


| °B 290 704 


tm 


LIBRARY 


OF THE 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 


GIFT OF 


GEORGE MOREY RICHARDSON. 


Received, August, 1898. 


‘ Accession No Nofs 3. A 7) Class No. . 








Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/allenlatinOOallerich 





INTRODUCTION 


TO 


LaTIN COMPOSITION 


REVISED AND ENLARGED 


WITH INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES ON ELE- 
MENTARY CONSTRUCTIONS 


BY 


WILLIAM F. ALLEN 


PROFESSOR IN THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN 






es 
“LIBRARY, 





UNIVERSITY 


OF CariFoRWS 


BOSTON, U.S.A.: 
PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY. 
1889. 


Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1880, by 
WILLIAM FRANCIS ALLEN, 


In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, 


7°7/4 


NOTE TO REVISED EDITION, °'* 


—e—- 


FTER the present revised edition of this book was announced 

last summer, and when a part of it was already in type, it was 
decided to prefix to the original Lessons an introductory portion, to 
include the more elementary constructions of Latin syntax. This 
portion (Part I.), with the revision of the entire book consequent 
upon the change of plan, has been executed by my brother, Rev. 
J. H. ALLEN, of Cambridge, Mass.,* with the valuable co-operation 
of Mr. JoHN TETLOwW, Master of the Girls’ Latin School in Boston ; 
aided by the skilful and acute criticism of Prof. Peck of Cornell Uni- 
versity. Especial pains have been taken to facilitate the work of the 
earlier Lessons by a copious use of Oral Exercises (interlined) ; and 
very full references have been given throughout to the three Latin 
Grammars most in use. The experiment has also been tried of mark- 
ing the Jong vowels in the Latin words employed, including those 
known to be long ‘‘ by nature,” and those understood to be lengthened 
in practice before the combinations 2/, zs, and gz. Some changes 
of arrangement in Part II., with the condensation or transposition of 
several topics, have resulted from the change of plan above-men- 
tioned; but these will not, in general, prevent the use of the two 
editions together where desired. Considerable additions have been 
made to the Vocabulary, which includes a few scores of familiar 
words not employed in the exercises, in order to facilitate such addi- 


tional practice as teachers may find advisable. 
W.F.A. 


Maptson, Wis., june, 1880. 





* Lecturer on Ecclesiastical History in Harvard University. 


PREFACE TO FIRST EDITION. 


+ Sanaea exercises are primarily designed as a training in Latin 
Syntax. It is taken for granted that the pupil has gone 
thoroughly through the Latin Lessons, or some other method of 
equal scope. No pains are taken, therefore, to illustrate the com- 
mon rules of agreement and government. On the other hand, I 
have not aimed to introduce rare constructions and mere idiomatic 
expressions. It has seemed to me that the regular principles of 
prose construction should be the only object of attention at this 
stage of advancement; and that the rarer idioms will be acquired 
with little effort by those who follow out an extended course of 
Latin reading. 

Nearly all the sentences in the written Exercises are taken, 
without change, from classic authors. These sentences are trans- 
lated as literally as practicable; still, it has been impossible to 
avoid a considerable variety of expression, so that the Vocabu- 
lary will be found to contain quite a wide range of words and mean- 
ings, considering the whole number of sentences. I have thought it 
best not to provide special vocabularies for the several Lessons, nor 
many explanatory notes: it has been my desire to have the student 
acquire the habit of referring to grammar and vocabulary for gen- 
eral principles in the choice of words and constructions, rather than 
depend upon special directions in each case. 

It is believed that these exercises can be taken up by any scholar 
who has gone thoroughly through any of the usual courses of Latin 
Lessons. Still, except in the case of mature or unusually capable 
pupils, I should advise that some time should first be devoted to 
mere translation. The familiarity with vocabulary and construc- 
tions thus acquired will be the best preparation for writing. I 
should let a class go through portions of Cesar, and perhaps of 
other authors, as rapidly as is consistent with accuracy, and with 
very little parsing. Then I should take up parsing again, and intro- 
duce the writing of exercises. However, all such rules must vary 
with different classes and teachers. 


UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, 
Mapison, Wisconsin, June, 1870. 


bea ge 


hy 


XL oa 
a Fy LIFORN\ 
— PREG ‘ sy? 
SS 2 - 


CONTENTS. 


PART FIRST. 


I.— ELEMENTS OF THE -SENTENCE. 


LESSON . 
_1-SUBJECT AND PREDICATE . ; F . ° 
2. OBJECT-ACCUSATIVE ‘ ° . ° ° ° 
3. INTERROGATIVE FORMS : ° : . : 
4. USE OF RELATIVES . ¢ : ° . ° ° 
5. THE PASSIVE VOICE . ° ; : : . 
6. INFINITIVE AND SUBJECT-ACCUSATIVE . ‘ ps 
4. PARTICIPLES: ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE . . : 


II. — CONSTRUCTIONS OF CASES. 


1. — Object-Cases. 


8. DrREcT OBJECT: ACCUSATIVE . ‘ . . 
9. DATIVE OF INDIRECT OBJECT . : : ° 


10, GENITIVE AND ABLATIVE A‘ : ‘ - 


2.— With Adjectives. 


11, GENITIVE WITH ADJECTIVES ; ; : : 
12. DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES : - ° ° ® 
13. ABLATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES . : . . 


er 3.— Miscellaneous Uses. 


Pee Ses OF THY. ACCUSATIVE.- 5 S7g5- 56 tee 


15. DATIVE: IDIOMATIC USEs . . : : : 
16.. USES OF THE ABLATIVE . ‘ é 3 ° ; 
17. TIME AND PLACE ‘ ° ° : . : 
18. GERUNDIVE CONSTRUCTIONS . : ‘ ‘ ‘ 


III. — Moops AND TENSES. 


19. SUBJUNCTIVE: INDEPENDENT USES . ; ‘ 
20. SEQUENCE OF TENSES : ; ‘ ; 3 : 
21. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES . 3 2 : ° 
22. TIME-CLAUSES . ; ° : ° ° ° ° 


23. PURPOSE AND RESULT ; . : : . 


16 


19 


22 


25 


28 


31 


35 


39 


vi Contents. 
PART SECOND. 
I. — SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES. 
(Lndirect Discourse.) 
LESSON 
24. ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE.—I . ; ‘ : 
25. ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE.— 2 i ‘ 4 . 


26. 
27. 


28. 


29. 
30. 


ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE.—3 . ‘ . . 
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONS . é F ‘ ° ‘ 
ENDIRECT QUESTIONS =. 6 0 6 8 
OTHER FORMS OF SUBSTANTIVE CLAUSE . ; ° 
IMPERSONAL VERBS . : ‘ . 3 : F 


II. — MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTIONS. 


. MODIFICATIONS OF THE PREDICATE . 5 ‘ ° 
. USE oF TENSES ; : “ : : °. 

. WISHES AND Cnaiiee ; ; ‘ ‘ > ° 
. USE OF PARTICIPLES. ; i ; . 

. GERUND, GERUNDIVE, AND SASS ; “ . ; 
. USE OF CONJUNCTIONS . : j ; site 


III. — CasE-CONSTRUCTIONS. 


. APPOSITION... . é ; ‘ ‘ : 
. USES OF THE Gunite ‘ : ‘é = ‘ 
. GENITIVE AFTER’ VERBS : ; ; ‘ : ‘ 
. DATIVE WITH VERBS Seas et * ‘ A . 
. DATIVE WITH PASSIVES ; : 4 : . ° 
.. SPECIAL USES OF THE DATIVE ‘ r a ° 
. SPECIAL USES OF THE ACCUSATIVE . ; . . 
. SPECIAL USES OF THE ABLATIVE .._. : ‘ 
. RELATIONS OF TIME . ; e ; ; . © 
. RELATIONS OF PLACE ‘ . : ‘ 
IV.—— ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. 
ADJECTIVES : SPECIAL USES : a p . A 


DERIVATIVES : POSSESSIVES . 3 é ; Z 


. PRONOUNS: REFLEXIVE AND INTENSIVE . é ‘ 
. RELATIVE PRONOUNS ‘s eae ° ¢ ° 
. CORRELATIVES .. . on 598, ce ay ee 
. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS . ° ° ° . ° 


Contents. 


V.— SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 
LrFsson 


' 53. SIMPLE CONDITIONAL CLAUSES . : . : 


54. OTHER CONDITIONAL CLAUSES : . . 


_55. IMPLIED CONDITIONS . : : : os 


56. COMPARATIVE AND CONCESSIVE CLAUSES. . 
57. TEMPORAL CLAUSES ., . . : : . 
i. Geral, USES OF Cum. 36: eS 
59. CAUSAL CLAUSES . ° Pais RV : : 
60. FINAL CLAUSES : ° ° . ° . 
61. CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES. ° ° ° ; ° 
62. CLAUSES OF CHARACTERISTIC . . . : 
63. INFINITIVE CLAUSES . ° . . ‘ ° 
64. INTERMEDIATE CLAUSES . : ° * ° 
65. DEPENDENT CONDITIONAL CLAUSES .. ; 


VI. — ADDITIONAL. 


66. THE ENGLISH POTENTIAL F ‘ . i 
67. FURTHER USES OF THE RELATIVE. . ; : 
68. SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES . = ‘4 : 
69. COMPARATIVE FORMS OF SPEECH . ; ‘ 


VOCABULARY. 


Vii 


- 130 
132 
- 135 





Horie 
hase 
aes 


a age 





OF THE 


UNIVERSITY | 


OF CALIFORWS 
—————— a 


PART FIRST. 


I.— ELEMENTS OF THE SENTENCE, 


Lesson 1. 
Subject and Predicate. 


1. LEARN the definitions of Subject and Predicate: 
§§ 172-174 (G. 192, except the first three paragraphs, 
193. Rem., 194; H. 356. 1, 2; 358, 360, 368). 


NoTE.— The references are to the sections of Allen & Green- 
ough’s Latin Grammar, revised edition. Parallel references are 
also given, in parenthesis, to Gildersleeve’s Grammar (G.) and to 
Harkness’s (H.), ‘‘ Standard” edition. 


2. Learn the meaning of the following Prepositions, 
observing the Case to be used with each :— 


Among or Between, inter (acc.). Through, per (acc.). 
By or From (away from), @ a6 (abl.). To (towards), ad (acc.).* 
From (out of ), €, ea (abl.). Under, sub. 4 

In or On, én (abl.). With, cum (abl.).¢ 
Into, im (acc.). Without, sine (abl.) 


a. The preposition ad must be used to express motion to. Thus, 
in the sentence ‘‘ he goes #o the river,” use ad with the Accusative ; 
but, in ‘* I give a book éo ¢he boy,” use the Dative. 

6. When sub indicates rest zm a place, it takes the. Ablative; 
when it indicates motion towards, and in such phrases as sub 
vesperum, fowards evening, it takes the Accusative. 

c. The preposition cum is regularly used to express 2” company 
with. Thus, in the sentence ‘‘he is walking with his sister,” the 
ablative is used with cum; but in ‘‘ he was killed wth a sword,” 
the ablative alone is used. 

I 


2 Latin Composttion. 


3. The learner is supposed to be familiar with the 
elementary Rules of Agreement: viz., 


1. Of the Noun, in Apposition or as Predicate: § 183 
(G. 319; H. 362, 363) ; 

2. Of the ADJECTIVE with its Noun: §§ 186, 187 (G. 285, 
286; H. 438, 439) 3 

3. Of the VERB with its Subject-Nominative : § 204 (G. 202 ; 
H. 460). 


4. The order of words in a Latin sentence is com- 
paratively free; but the following Rules may serve as a 
guide to the beginner : — 


1. In general, put the Subject first and the Verb last. 
2. Any very emphatic word may be first or last. 
3. An Adjective, except for emphasis, follows the noun; but 
may precede the preposition with its noun: as, mu/fis in locis. 
4. Put the Adverb immediately before the word which it 
modifies. 
Oral Exercises. 


NoTE. — The examples marked for oral practice may be written 
out, at the pleasure of the teacher; or they may conveniently serve 
for exercises at the blackboard. They are designed to enable the 
learner to avail himself, rapidly and easily, of the knowledge he has 
. acquired by study of the Grammar; and to aid him in acquiring the 
command of a stock of useful words, without the labor of incessantly 
turning to a dictionary. In writing these and the accompanying 
exercises, it is advisable 2o mark all the long vowels. 


1. The queen’s daughter is beautiful. — 2. The anchors are 
vrégina Silia puicher ancora 


large,* crooked, and strong.— 3. The gates of the town are 


magnus curvus validus porta oppidum 
open. — 4. In the woods were many wild-creatures.—5. The 
apertus. silva multus Sera 

moon was bright in a clear sky, — 6. The woe gates of Corinth 
lina liicidus Serénus caslum - altus Corinthus 





a. Insert “and,” 


Object-Accusative. 3 


were shut.— 7. We are boys, not men. — 8. se xecial was a 


- clausus puer non vir 
famous philosopher among the Romans. 
clarus philosophus Romanus 


Examples from Cvesar. 


1. All Gaul is divided into three parts. — 2. Of all these the 


onnts Gallia divisus tres pars hic 


bravest are the Belgze.— 3. This district was-called’ Zigurinus ; 
Sortts pagus(M.) — _vocol 


for every Helvetian state is divided into four districts. — 4. This 
namomnis Helvetius civitis guattuor 


thing is announced to-the-Helvetii® through testimony. 
res énuntio1 indictum 


Write in Latin, 


The son of Atneas was Ascanius. 

Anger is a great fault. 

Athens was the native-city of many? great men. 
Few slaves were faithful to [their]* masters (dat.). 
Great men are the gift of the good gods. 

The moon and stars were bright in the clear sky. 
You are men, not boys. 

The forces. of the Romans were great. 


OS Se eee 


Lesson 2. 
Object-Accusative. ; 


1. Learn the definitions and construction of the - 
Accusative as the object of transitive verbs: Gr. § 177, 
with c, comparing § 237 (G. 327 and 329. Rem. 2:11. 
371. I. I) and 2), also 371. ui.). 


RuLE. — The Accusative is the case of the DIRECT OBJECT of 
a transitive verb: as,-Caesar Galham superavit. | 





a. Proper names not translated are the same in Latin as in English.— 6, The 
small figures denote the conjugation of the verb.—c. Words connected by 
— are to be rendered by a single word (here by the dative).—d. Insert 


and”: § 208. ¢ (G, 483. 1; H. 440.1 nage —é¢, Words in a to _ 
translated, 


"ae Latin Composition. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. We see the moon and stars in-the-night.— 2. Horatius 


video? stella noctit 


sustains a great storm of danger.*— 3. We enter a great wood, 
sustineo* procella periculum intro} 


black with-darkness,’ near the town (acc.).— 4. A lazy sailor 
ater tenebrae prope oppidum ignavus nauta 


blames the winds and waves. — 5. You give good counsels to 
culpo} ventus unda do! bonus consilium 


[your] son.—6. True glory holds a place among the stars. 


Siltus verus gloria habeo® locus 


— 7. We praise the good,° we blame the bad.—8. The 


laudo* (plur.) vitupero' malus 


Romans move [their] camp®% from the plain.—g. A cruel 
moveo* castra campus saevus 


wolf tears the tender lamb.— 10. The slaves fill great bowls 


lupus lacero' tener agnus servus tmpleo* poculum 


with-wine.— 11. The weary sailors enter a narrow strait. — 
vinum SJessus angustus fretum 


. Chattering girls tell many [things ]* among pipes ee 


garrulus puella narro' 


Examples from Ceesar. 


1. The Helvetii excel the rest-of% the Gauls in-manhood22— 
praecédo® veliquus Gallus virtis 


2. The Aidui send ambassadors to Czsar.— 3. This district 
mittos legatus pagus 
had-slain Lucius Cassius the consul, and had-sent his army 


_ tnterficto® zs exercitus 


under the yoke.‘— 4. Czar held-back his [men] from battle. 


jugum contineo® suus a proelium 


—>5. Cesar takes his right-hand; calls Dumnorix to him; 
prendo*® dextra Dumnorig- Sé 


sends-for [his] brother. —6. He undertook the embassy to 
adhibeo? Sriater ts susctpio® legitio (F.) 


the states. 


Civitas 





i a. When a noun is limited, as here, by an adjective and a genitive, the usual 
order is (1) adjective, (2) genitive, (3) noun.# 4, Ablative.— c. See § 188, with 
Remark (G. 195. Rem.1; H. 441. 1).—d. THe Latin word for camp is the plural 
of castrum.—e. Neuter plural.—f Or, fo one another: see § 196. 7 (G. 212; 
H. 448. 1).—g. See § 193 (G. 287. Rem.; H. 440. N.2),— 4. Ablative: § 253 
(G. 398; H. 424).—2z. Acc.: § 152. ¢ (G. 413, 419; H. 435. 1). 


Interrogative Forms, — \\ o, 5 
Write in Latin. 


Slaves fear a cruel master. 

The black* darkness of the forest terrifies’ small boys. 
We owe a great [sum of | money to the jeweller. 

Few [men] love glory more than life. ° 

We often see wolves in the forest. 

We praise the good less than we blame the bad. 

The Tyrians? praise the beautiful queen. 

We have riches [as] a gift of the bountiful gods. 


Pe Te. OE 


Lesson 3. 
Interrogative Forms. 


1. LEARN the Forms of the simple sentence in § 172 
a, 6, c, and d, with the Definitions in §§ 179, 180, and 
read carefully § 180. a, 4, c, d, and e (G. Read care- 
fully the coarse type of §§ 192 and 474; H. Learn the 
coarse type of §§ 347 and 350, and read carefully 348, 
with the Notes). 


2. Learn the meaning of the following Conjunc- 
tions :— 
Both ...and, e¢... et. 
Either ...or, aut... aut. 


Whether ...or, wlrum...an. 
Neither... nor, neque (nec) ...neque (nec). 


3. Learn the meaning and use of the Interrogative 
Particles; and the forms of Questions and Answers: 
§ 210, with a, c, e¢, and § 212 (G. 456, 457, 458, also 
473, 3 and 2; H. 351, with 1, 2, and 3; and 352. Also, 
the forms of Double or Alternative Questions: § 211 
(G. 460 and 461; H. 353). 





a. ater,—b, Plural.—c. Accusative.— d. Tyrius. 


6 _ Latin Composition. 


a. Compare the two forms of Questions — viz., of simple fact 
and of special circumstance— as stated in § 210. a and e; and learn 
the following Interrogative Words : — 


Who? quis? Where? wbi ? Which (of two)? wter ? 
What? guid ? When! quando? How? quodmodo? 
Why? cur? Whither? quo? How many? quot? 


6. Notice that an exclamatory sentence in Latin is precisely the 
same as the latter form of Question; while in English it is generally 
distinguished by the order of the words (§ 210. ¢, R.). 


Examples. 


Were you the friend of Marcus? erasne Marci amicus ? 

Were you not the friend of Marcus? Yes. nonne eras 
Marci amicus? eram. 

Were you the friend of Marcus (:.c. you were not, were you?)? No. 
num eras Marci amicus? non eram. 

Were you the friend of Marcus or of Publius? wtruwm Marci 
(better, Marcine) an Publit amicus eras? [Notice that, 
if it were Maret aut Publi, it would mean that you might be 
the friend of both, or of neither. ] 


Model Sentences. 


Marcus is the son of Quintus. 

Marcus is not* the son of Publius. 

Is Marcus the son of Quintus? Yes.” 

Is not Marcus the son of Quintus? Yes. 

Marcus is not the son of Publius, [is he]?° No.® 
Who is the son of Quintus? Marcus. r 

Is Marcus or Lucius the son of Quintus ?? 

Both Marcus and Lucius are sons of Quintus. 
Either Marcus or Lucius is a son of Quintus. 
Neither Marcus nor Lucius is a son of Publius. 
11. Which is the son of Quintus, Marcus or Lucius? Both.* 
12. Which is the son of Publius? Neither (weuter)./ 


SHI ANE YH Sm 


m4 
sd 





a. Put ~du immediately before the word which it negatives.— 4. Use the 
verb: § 212 (G. 473. 3 and 2; H. 352).—c. Use num: § 210. c (G. 458; H. 351. 
N. 3).-—d. Put this in different forms: § 211. d (G. 460; H. 351 and 353). — 
e. utergue.—f. These forms should be repeated until both words and meaning 
are perfectly familiar. Other simple sentences may be varied in like manner, 
for oral or blackboard practice, the above serving as a model for the several 
variations. 


Use of Relatives. "7 


Oral Exercises. 
1. Why do you fear the dangers of war? — 2. We see both 


timeo?* periculum bellum video? 

with-the-eyes and the mind. — 3. How cold the water is !— 

oculus animus quam frigidus aqua 
4. How-great are thy kindnesses towards us!— 5. When were” 
quantus tuus benefictum erga nods 

you at Rome or Athens ?*— 6. Never; but I was often at 
Rima A thénae nunguam sed saepe 

Corinth.t— 7. We often see many both fools and blind. — 
Corinthus multus stultus caecus 


8. A good man neither harms [his] enemies, nor envies [them ]. 
bonus vir noceo? intmicus (dat.) invideo? 


Write in Latin. 


Do you see a narrow road in the forest? Yes. 
How great are the gifts of the gods! 
We were both weary and frightened. 
We do not see wholly either with the eyes or with the 
(use megue... neque). 
The queen has two slaves, the one’ tall, the other? stout. 
We have neither richés nor glory. 
Does a good man ever envy the bad ? 
The dangers of war frighten cowards, but not strong men. 
9. How-many fingers have-you on the right-hand ? how 
many on the left ? 
10. Pompey was an honest man, no doubt,’ and a good gen- 
eral; but proud, jealous, sullen, and-not* a true friend. 


Opn 


_ min 


Om DH A 


Lesson 4. 


Use of Relatives. 


Note. — The construction of the Personal, Demonstrative, and 
Possessive Pronouns is determined by their signification, and is 
the same as that of nouns and adjectives: see §§$ 194-197, with the 
subsections (G. 198 and 290-299; H. 446-452), and compare the 





a. See §§ 36. c; 40. a (G. 412; H. 425. i. and ii., with 
b. alter (acc.).—¢. guidem,— d. neque. : 





OF THE 4, 
UNIVERSITY 


ee 


8 Latin Composition. 


special uses of the Demonstratives in § 102. They require, therefore, 
no separate exercises in syntax. The Relative, on the other hand, 
is used to introduce a subordinate clause, with subject, predicate, 
and grammatical construction distinct from that of the antecedent 
clause. This relation is expressed in the Rule for the agreement of 
Relatives: § 198 (G. 616; H. 445). 


In the construction of Relative Clauses the following 
uses require to be noticed :— 


. The Rule of Gender: § 199 (G. 616. 3, ii.; H. 445. 4); 

. Agreement with implied Antecedent: § 199. 6(G.id.; H. 445. 5); 
Repetition of the Antecedent: § 200. a (G. 617; H. 445. 8); 
Noun only in Relative Clause: id. 4; 

Omission of the Antecedent: id. c (G. 623; H. 445. 6); 
Priority of Relative Clause: § 201. ¢ (G. 622); see also 
§ 201. a, bd. 


AREY Pm 


a. A Relative is often used in Latin where in English we use a 
Demonstrative with avd or dut. Compare § 201. e (G. 612, with 
Rem. 1; H. 453). Thus— 


And since these things are so, quae cum ita sint.- 
But if they [shall] hesitate, quit st dubitabunt. 


6. Where AS or THAT is used in English as a relative word, it 
must be rendered in Latin by the relative word which corresponds to 
its demonstrative antecedent: as, 


The same [person] as before, 7dem qui ante. 
Such an orator as we know Cicero [to have been], falis orator 
qualem Cicerdnem novimus. 
I came to the same place that you directed, eddem véni quo 
mandasti. 
As many minds as men, quot hominés tot sententiae. 


Oral Exercises. 


. The soldier you praise (§ 201. a) does not keep [his] ve 


miles laudo* servot 
—2. The day is-at-hand in-which* the Roman people a 
Giés(M.) insto' . populus quotannis 





a. Repeat the noun: § 200. a (G. 617; H. 445. 8) 


Use of Relatives. 9 


elects [its] magistrates.*— 3. Brutes do not move’ from the 
creo} magistratus* bestia (F.) comuntioveo® ex zs 
spot in which they are born.— 4. The greater the army, [so 
locus natus exercitus* 
much] the* heavier is the loss.— 5. A sort [of people] who 
gravis cladés (F). gens 
like-to tell-a-lie. —6. Here-is [the man] I spoke-to yesterday. 
libenter (adv.) mentior* ecce adloguor* heri 


Examples from Ceesar. 


1. Three parts, of which the Belgz inhabit one, the Aqui- 


pars tncolo® wd¢nus 
tani another, the Celte a third. — 2. There-were in-all two 
altus tertius omnuind duo 
ways by which they could go-out [from] home.— 3. It-was 
zter possumt exeo domus 
full moon, [on] which day the sea? tides are greatest.— 4. He- 
plénus lina maritimus aestus* 
himself pushes-on to them [by] the same way that the enemy 
contendo® tter hostts (plur.) 
hat gone.— 5. They send ambassadors, head of which embassy 
nittto® légatus ge ligatio 
was Divico, who had been chief of the Helvétii. 
aux 


Write in Latin. 


1. The boys you were praising just now are very idle and 
troublesome. 

2. Those are good citizens, who adorn the state by their 
warlike* glory, and their own homes by their virtues. 

3. Whatever I have of riches, I give all to you. 

4. We honor Rome, which“ is the head of all Italy. 

5. There was war between the Romans and Samnites, both 
of-whom’ were brave and warlike people.” 

6. Which do you consider the greatest general, Cesar, 
Scipio, or Hannibal ? Which the better orator, Cicero or 
Demosthenes ? | 





a. The small figure denotes the declension. — 4. Understand “ themselves” : 
reverse the clauses.—c. Use gud...¢0: § 106. ¢ (G. 400, fourth illustrative 
sentence; H. 423).—d. This word is here an adjective. —e. dellicus.—f. See 
§ 199 (G. 616, 3. ii.; H. 445. 4).—g. Nominative.— 4. Plural. 


10 | Latin Coutposttion. 


Lesson 5. 
The Passive Voice. 


BESIDES the simpler uses of the Passive, correspond- 
ing to the meanings of the tenses as given in the Gram- 
mar, the following require especial attention : — | 


a. In the tenses of completed action in the Passive, — the perfect, 
pluperfect, and future perfect,— the participle (amatus, &c.) is 
treated as an adjective, agreeing in gender and number with the 
subject of the verb: as, 


War has been prepared, bellum pardtum est. 
The Gauls had been subdued, Galli domiti erant. 
The ships were sunk, nadvés dépressae suni. 


6. In the Passive Construction, the object of the action becomes 
subject, while the subject (or agent), if a person, or treated as a 
person (personified), is expressed by the ablative with the prepo- 
sition 4 or ab, BY; if not a person, by the ablative alone: as, 


Cesar subdued the Gauls, Caesar Gallas domuit. 

The Gauls were subdued by Cesar, Galli &@ Caesare domitt 
sunt. 

Hunger destroys men, famés necat hominés. 

Men are destroyed by hunger, hominés famé necantur. 


c. An Intransitive verb may be used zwPersonally, in the third 
person singular of the Passive: as, 


There was fighting (lit. it [a battle] was fought), pienatuie 
est. 
Oral Exercises. 


1. This city of-ours will be attacked by the Gauls. — 2. Great 


oppugno* 
seas were sailed-over by the Carthaginians. — 3. Cesar was 
navigo 1 Carthaginténsts 


slain by conspirators. — 4. The poor lamb will be mangled by a 


occido* conjuratus miser agnus lacero} 


wolf.—— 5. A vast monster was overcome by a maiden.—6. Ye 
lupus ingens monstrum domo virgo 


The Passive Voice. It 


have been called the unhappiest of all women. — 7. In those 


appello miser mulier zlle 
places there-is-no-living outside the walls.—8. The will of 
habito' extra (dat.) 
that man is always heeded. 
obtempero* 


- Examples from Cesar. 
1. When the Helvetii were informed of Czsar’s approach, 
certiorem facio® dé adventus* 


they sent ambassadors to him.— 2. Lucius Cassius the consul 


had been slain, and his army beaten and sent under the yoke. 
ae pellos 


— 3. Lucius Piso had been killed [in] the same battle as 
Cassius. — 4. So they fought* long and fiercely [in] doubtful 


wta acriter anceps 


battles. — 5. When they had fought * long, our [men] gained 


cum (subjunctive) pottor* 


the baggage and camp.—6. There-was-terror throughout the 
impedimenta (Nn. plur. abl.) trepido' 


camp.’— 7. Lists were found in the camp of the Helvetii, and 
tabula reperio* 


brought to Czesar, in which lists an estimate had been made-out 
refero (irr.) ratio conficio® 


by-name. — 8. Of those who returned home, the number was 
nominatim _redeo (acc.) UUMLEYUS 


found [to be] 110,000. 
(gen.) 


Write in Latin. 


1. The faithful guards were praised by all the citizens. 
2. The nightingale is charmed by her own songs. 
Wreaths had been given to the victorious soldiers. 
Let the mountain be held by our [men]. 
A-battle-will-be-fought to-morrow. 

Between the wolf and dog was a long® dispute.* 
Are you alarmed, Romans, at* the dangers of war? 
There-was-terror throughout’ the city. 


coded ik. JP 





a. Use the passive impersonal form (it was fought).— 4, ¢d¢is castris.— 
t. diu.—d, Verb: impers. pass.—e. Ablative.—/. totus (abl.). 


12 Latin Composition. 


Lesson 6, 
Infinitive and Subject-Accusative. 


1. THE following are the uses of the Infinitive :— 


a. The Infinitive (complementary) is used where the sense would 
be incomplete without another action of the same sulject: as, 


I cannot change [my] plans, consilia non possum mitére. 


Such verbs are ¢o be able, dare, begin, cease, wish, and the like. 
6. The Infinitive is used “ke the nominative of a neuter noun, in 
such sentences as — 


To write (writing) is useful, scrabere est utile. 


c. It is used dike the accusative of a neuter noun, in such sen- 
tences as — . 
The enemy prepare to storm the town, hostés parant ex- 
pugnare oppidum. 
d. In either of these uses, it may take as subject the accusative 
of a noun or pronoun: as, 
For an old man to dance is unbecoming, senem saltare 
indecorum est. 
I see that you are lame, video té esse claudum. 


2. The Infinitive with Subject-Accusative is used 
with verbs and other expressions of Knowing, Think- 
ing, Telling, and Perceiving: as, 


He says [that] the hill is held by the enemy, dicit montem 
ab hostibus tenéri. 

There was a report that Catiline had armed the slaves, 
rumor erat Catilinam servos armasse. 


Oral Exercises. 
. It is disgraceful to Shae [your] back to the enemy [in] 
turpis tergunz (pl.) (plur.) 
flight, — 2. No-man can a happy without virtue. — 3. The 


nemo beatus 


Infinitive and Subject-Accusative. 13 


burden should be-fitted to the strength. — 4. It is the greatest 


onus debeo? apto} vis (pl.) SUMMUS 
folly to persist in [one’s] faults. —5. The neighbors falsely 
dementia (gen.) persevero} vitium vicinus Jalso 


suppose that I am rich. — 6. They-say [that] the enemy have 


existino!} dives 


advanced. — 7. Word-is- erent [that] the Germans have 


advento! niuntio Germanus 
crossed the Rhine. 
transeo Rhénus 


Examples from Ceesar. 


. He says [that] it is very-easy to win the-whole-of Gaul. — 


perfacilis potior* totus (gen.) 
2. The Helvetii attempt to do that which they had-resolved.— 
conor * constituo% 


3. It-was-reported to Cesar, [that] ~~ were-attempting to 


nuntto% 


make [their] way through our province.— 4. He says* he can- 
tter provincia 


not,” by the custom and example of the Roman people, give to 


mos exemplum 
ast the right-of-way through the province.— 5. They now 
ater jam 
thought themselves ° ready for this thing. —6. The Helvetii [he 
paratus zs ves 
says | will go® to that quarter and will-remain there, where Ceesar 
pars sum zbz ube 


has appointed.° 
constituos 


Write in Latin. 


1. It is a grand’ thing to be made consul (acc.). 

2. It is beneficial’ for a sick* man to sleep. 

3. It is-better‘ to live honorably’ than to be born honorably. 

4. There was, however, a rumor that the election* would 
be! put off.™ 

5. It is lawful for no man (acc.) to lead an army against 
[his] country. 





a. Use nego: § 209. 6 (G. 446).— 4. Use either a/us or guisguam,— 
¢. Insert esse.—d, Use fut. part., omitting esse. —e. Plupert. (or aiid ) subj. — 
fi magnificus. —g. utilis. —h, aegritus.—i. praestat,— 
{plur.).— 2. fore ut.— m. differo (imp. subj.). 





14 Latin Composition. 


6. The scouts* report that the Germans have already 
crossed’ the Rhine. 
7. I hear that Cicero has set out* for-Athens (acc.). 
8. Divitiacus said that he knew these things were true. 
g. I remember that [when] a boy I saw the orator Hor- 
tensius. 
10. I take it ill* that I am poor. 


Lesson 7. 
Participles: Ablative Absolute. 


TueE following are special uses of the Participle : — 


a. The Participle is often used to describe some circumstance: as, 


The envoys saluted Lucius Quinctius while ploughing (at the 
plough), arantem L. Quinctium légatt salitavérunt. 

6. A Noun and Participle are used together in the ablative to de- 

fine the time or circumstances of an action (ablative absolute) : as, 

If but few stand by me, I will not despair, paucis @ mé 
stantibus, non déspérabo. 

When the enemy were put to flight, Cesar called back his 
men, hostibus fugdatis, Caesar suds revocavit. 


NoTE. — The Ablative Absolute is very rarely found except with 
the present active and the perfect passive participle. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. After the-expulsion-of the kings, consuls were created. 
post expello® (part.) creo' 


— 2. Cesar followed-up the Gauls [and] slaughtered [them] 


adsequor® (part.) trucido' 


while-in-flight. — 3. I will not send your son to-Rome without- 
Sugio* m ttto 8 (acc.) 


your-consent.— 4. Pythagoras came into Italy [while] Tar- 


tu-invitus venio * 


quinius Superbus [was] king. —5. Lysias, when [his] son was 





a. explorator.— b, transeo.—c. proficiscor’ —d. aegré fero. 


Participles: Ablative Absolute. 15 


banished from the state, lived many years at-Sardis.— 6. Cati- 


pello* 2 annus (acc.) (abl. pl.) 
line by the-murder-of [his] son made his house empty for a 
neco} domus vacuus 


guilty marriage. 
scelestus nuptiae ; 
Examples from Cesar. 


1. Having-attacked them while encumbered and off-their-guard, 
adgredior® tmpedto* tnopinans 


he-cut-down a great part of them.— 2. When this battle was 


concido® proelium 


over, he provided | for] making a bridge over the Arar. — 3. The 
Jacto® ciuro* (ger.) pons (M.) in (abl.) 


men, having sent [their] javelins, easily broke-through the 
miles (pass.) pilum Sactle perfringo® 


enemy’s phalanx. — 4. When this was scattered, drawing [their ] 
(plur.) phalang- (F.) zs disjicio* déstringo* (pass.) 


swords, they made an attack upon them.—5. When the hill 


gladius impetus in mons 


was taken, [and] as our [men] were coming up, the enemy 
capio 3” z succédo® 


attempted to out-flank our men on the march [on their] 
aggredior® circumvento* ex wter 


exposed flank. — 6. [In] all this fight, not-a-man could see an 


apertus latus® proelium nemo 
enemy with-his-back-turned. 
averto® 


Write in Latin. 


1. After ending * the war with the Veneti, Cesar put? all the 
senate to death® [and] sold the rest [of the inhabitants] at- 
public-sale.° 

2. We strive ¢ in vain when nature opposes.° 

3. The father, despairing-of’ the arrival of his son, set-out? 
for-Rome (acc.). 

4. The Latins, having lost” [their] army, begged peace of 
(a) the Romans. 

5. The Romans, when the city was taken by the Gauls, 
retreated‘ to the Capitol. 





a. conjicio® (abl. abs.).— 4, eco} (abl.abs.).—c. sub cordna.—d. contendo.8 
—e. repugno\—/f, déspéro,—yg. proficiscor3 —h, amitto3 —i. sé recipere3 


16. Latin Composition. 


II. — CONSTRUCTIONS OF CASES. 


1. — Object-Cases. 


NoTE.— Observe that all the four Oblique Cases (§ 31. g) may 
be used in Latin as Object-Cases, with different classes of verbs, 
being represented alike in English by the objective case. Thus— 


1. I see the man, hominem video (AccusATIVE) ; 
2. I serve the man, homini servio (DATIVE); 
3. I pity the man, hominis misereor (GENITIVE); 


4. I treat the man as 4 friend, homine familiariter tutor 
(ABLATIVE). 


Lesson 8. 
Direct Object: Accusative. 


SUBORDINATE to the use of the Accusative as Direct 
Object (Lesson 2), are the following : — 


a. Its use with verbs of Feeling: § 237. 6 (G. 929. R-o¢ Hy29k, 
3, 1)); 
6b. With verbs of Sensation (taste and smell): id. ¢ (G. id.; 
Fis id.2))% 
c. After compounds (chiefly with circum and trans): id. d (G. 
330; H. 372); 
d. After Impersonal verbs (decet, &c.): id. ¢ (G. 345. R.'). 
e. The Cognate Accusative (so called) with verbs of kindred 
meaning: § 238 (G. 331; H. 371. ii.). 
f. As Secondary Object — 
1. With verbs of Naming, &c.: § 239. a (G. 334; H. 373); 
2. With Compounds: id. 4 (G. 330. R.1; H. 376) ; 
3. With verbs of Asking and ETE hey ido... 333 3 


H. 374); 
4. With célo and lateo: id. d. 


Oral Exercises. @ 


yz. Little-by-little the Germans were-accustomed to cross the 


paulatim consuésco® (plup.) transeo 
Rhine. — 2. Three divisions of [their] forces the Helvetii had 
Rhénus pars copiae 





a. In these exercises the examples are, where convenient, but not uniformly, 
taken from Ceesar. 


4 PNIVERSITY 





Uses of the Accusative. 


now led-across the Rhine. — 3. Hereafter we shall live a safer 


jam tradico* posthic vivo® tutus 
life. — 4. We. have laughed enough [at] your jokes,* full of 

video? satis jocus plénus 
fun.— 5. Every-man grieves-at his-own miseries.— 6. I will 
Jacttiae guisgue doleo* miserta 


teach you your fate. — 7. We or peace [of] all the gods 
doceo2 Jatum (pl.) 


and goddesses. —8. I will Peal he way [from ] all.— 9. Some 


célot zter nonnullus 


teach children only [what is] useful, [but] overlook [what is] 


puer solum . utilzs (pl.) neglego® 
honorable. — 10. The consul was first asked [his] opinion. — 


honestus rogo} sententia 


11. The people elect [as] consuls Brutus and Collatinus. — 


creo} 


12. The Gauls begged peace of?’ Ceesar. 


peto® 
Write in Latin. 


Ceesar led his forces across the Rhine. 
They afterwards lived a safer'life. 
My son complains® [ of ] his fortune. 
We shall go once [on] the last journey. 
All men laugh-at folly : all men grieve-at misery. 
These cakes have-a-taste-of cinnamon. 
This thing is hid from most.? | 
Do you only beg’ pardon of the gods. 
I did not hide from you [my ] friend’s opinion. 
10. Why do you ask me that? Ask your father. 
11. The consul Nero? skilfully concealed his march [from] 
Hannibal. 
12. The senate saluted Cicero [as] father of [his] country. 
13. Lucius Junius Brutus was called the liberator’ of Rome. 
14. The people elected Lucius Junius Brutus and Lucius 
Tarquinius Collatinus [as] first consuls. 
15. An old herdsman in vain begged® [his] liberty [of] 
Vespasian. 


le eRe go eo 


¥ 





a. § 79. 6 (G.78; H. 141.—d, § 239. c, Rem. (G. 333. R2; H. 374..N. 3).— 
c. queror.— da. plerigue.—e. posco’ —f. Put the name before the title, — 
g. § 185 (G. 197; H. 373. 2). 


18 Latin Composition. 


Lesson 9. 
Dative of Indirect Object. 


THE uses of the Dative are the following :— 


a. As Secondary Object, with transitives: § 225, with ¢, d, eé 
(G. 344; H. 384. ii.) ; 

6. As Indirect Object, with intransitives: § 226 (H. 384.i.). 

c. With verbs of special signification: § 227 (G. 345; H. 385); 

d. With Compounds: §§ 228, 229 (G. 346, with last illustration ; 
H. 386, with 2). 


NOTE. — For passive use, see § 230 (G. 208; H. 301. 1). 


Oral Exercises. 


1. People believe [their] eyes more than [their] ears. — 


homo credo’ amplius quam aurts 
2. Some-people prefer the slightest gratification to the weightiest 
nonnulli antepono® levis délectatio gravis 
advantage. —— 3. The immortal gods will pardon you [for] this 
utilitas tmmortalts igndsco® 
fault.—4. The slaves cursed their masters.—5. Men sound 
delictum maledico® dominus miles integer 
and fresh relieve the weary.— 6. Protect our innocence, [O] 
vecens succurro® Sessus subvento* 
judges.— 7. A mother will always be obeyed by (@) a good son. 
judex pareo* 
—8. The temples of the gods must-be-spared* by the victorious 
parco*® victor 
soldiery (dat.).— 9. Both consuls had indulged that legion. — 
miles uterque (sing.) 


10. I could never be persuaded that souls are mortal.® 
nunguam persuadeo* animus 


Write in Latin. 


The ant gets itself food in summer-time. 

The sun shall give thee signs. 

You pardon yourself; others you pardon not. 
Patience heals * any? pain. 

He told me every thing. 


Mae yn 





a. Use the participle in dus, with est.—%é. Accusative and Infinitive, — 
c. medeor.— ad, quivis. 


Genitive and Ablative. 19 


I mercifully spared the wretched man. 

A faithful soldier serves the state. 

The soldiers spared “ the temples of the gods. 
Our men pressed-hard? the flying Gauls. 


(Passive.) 
10. Your glory is envied. 
11. Liars are not believed.* 
12. The temples of the gods were spared. 
13. That age is not envied, but even favored. 
14. The authority of the senate will be obeyed. 
15. Clodius was distrusted by all good citizens. 


ree 


Lesson 10. 
Genitive and Ablative. 


Tue Genitive and Ablative_are used as object-cases 
with only a few verbs, of the classes designated as 
follows : — 


a. The Genitive is the object of — 

1. Verbs of Memory: § 219 (G. 375; H. 406. ii. and 
409. i.) ; 

2. Verbs of Accusing, &c. (of charge or penalty): § 220 
(G. 377; H. 409. ii.) ; 

3. Verbs of Pity: § 221. a (G. 376; H. 406. i.); 

4. The Impersonals miseret, etc.: id. d(G. id.; H. 4009. iii.); 

5. The Impersonals réfert and interest: § 222 and a 
(G. 381. 2; H. 408. 1 and 2); 

6. Verbs of Plenty and Want (rarely): § 223 (G. 389. R.?; 
H. 410. v. 1). 

6. The Ablative is the object of the Deponents iitor, fruor, 
fungor, potior, and vescor, with several of their compounds: 
§ 249 (G. 405; H. 421.i.). 

N.B. With these verbs the Ablative is strictly an ablative of 
means or Source, rather than a direct object of the verb. 


REMARK. — Notice the special use of the Genitive with potior: 
§ 249. a (G. 405. R.; H. gto. v. 3). 





a. tempero.—b, insto.—c. crédo, 


20. Latin Composition. 


Oral Exercises. 
1. An old-man remembers [his] old griefs.— 2. Catiline 
senex memini vetus dolor Catilina 


admonished one of his poverty, [and] another of his ambition. 
admoneo* egestas cupido 


— 3. Every-man regrets his own fortune.— 4. This boy is 
guisgue paentitet 


neither ashamed nor tired of his sloth.—g5. I am weary of 
pudet taedet ignavia taedet 


these daily vexations.— 6. Verres is charged with extortion. 
guotidianus molestia arguo% vrepetundae 


— 7. All the conspirators were capitally* condemned. — 
conjuratus damno} 


8. Remember (said he) the ancient valor of the Helvetii. 
remtiniscor ® tnguam pristinus virtus 


—g. The Romans got-hold-of the baggage and the camp of 


potior* zmepedimentum (pl.) 


Ariovistus. —10, At-length the eyes do not fulfil their office. 


aliquando Jungor munus 


—11. Pity a frail perishing race.— 12. We enjoy all the 


misereor? fragilis caducus gens. Sruors 


advantages of life together with [our] friends. —13. I feed on. 
commodum una ; vescor® 


milk, cheese, [and] meat, writes the Scythian Anacharsis.? 
lac ciseus caro Scythés 


Write in Latin. 
1. Cato admonished the judges of the laws and of [their] 


2. We have-no-need % of your help. 
3. The man is neither ashamed nor sorry for his cowardice. 
4- The Athenians charged Socrates with impiety. 
5. Forget slaughter and conflagration. 
6. I lack not gold or silver. 
You have charged me in-my-absence® with a capital 
offence’ 
8. Brutus condemned to death % his two sons. 
9. The Macedonian’ phalanx employed” very-long * spears. 


~I 





a. See § 220. a (G. 337. R.1; H. 410, ili, Note 2).—4, Put the name first. — 
c. religio.—d, nihil indigere.—e. abséns.—/f. res capitalis,—g. Macedonicus. 
— h, ttor.—t. praelongus. 


Genttive with Adjectives. 21 


1o. A brave man bravely performs his duty. 

11. A base man takes-advantage-of* the ignorance or folly 
of-others. 

12. We enjoy the gifts of the earth, which therefore we cali 
fruits and crops. 

13. The soldiers of-the-legion® used a shield, a javelin, and 
a short sword. 


2.— With Adjectives. 


Lesson 11. 


Genitive with Adjectives. 


ADJECTIVES which take the Genitive are the follow- 
ing :— | 
a. Adjectives of Desire, Memory, &c.: § 218. a (G. 373; H. 


a0: 1.9, 2) ; - 
6. Verbals in-ax and Participles in ns: id. d (G. 374; H. id. ii.) ; 
c. Adjectives of Quality, &c.: id. ¢c (G. id. R.?; H. id. iii.) ; 
d. Adjectives used as Nouns: id. d (G. 356. R.’; H. 391. li. 4). 


- Note. — Compare § 218. @ with the Remark under § 188. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. The Gauls are barbarous, and unacquainted-with our 


barbarus tm peritus 

customs. — 2. The mind of man is ignorant of fate and of 
consuetudo (sing.) mens (plur.) mesctus Jfatum 
coming destiny.— 3. I have sent men well-acquainted-with 
JSutirus sors ' peritus (superl.) 
those regions. — 4. You have a leader mindful of you,’ forgetful 

regio dux memor : oblitus 
of himself.—5. The man had* a mind fierce and uncon- 

Serox Zm- 

trollable in wrath.— 6. [His] body was capable-of-enduring 
poténus ira patiéns 





a. abitor.— b, legidnarius.—c. See § 194. 6 (G. 362).—d. Use esse with 
dative. 


22 Latin Composition, 


abstinence, watching, [and] cold. — 7. Our life is full of snares 


inedia vigilia algor insidiae 
and fear.—8. No age was more-fruitful-in virtue. 
metus * aetas Serax 


Write in Latin. 
This man is eager ® for glory and greedy’ of praise. 
Most boys are careless *° about antiquities. 
Gaul is full of Roman citizens. 
Night alone was conscious of this deed.? 
This boy is very like * his father. 
The consul was full of plans, [but] sparing’ in words. 
The river Rhine is common’ to Gaul and Germany. 
Achilles, bravest of the Greeks, was ungovernable? in 
wrath. 


Ow AN RW ND A 


Lesson 12. 
Dative with Adjectives. 


TuE Dative is used after Adjectives, to denote that 
to which the given quality ts directed, or for whtch tt 
exists. Under this use are included :— 


a. The dative of Fitness, Nearness, &c. ; 
6. Of Likeness and Unlikeness ; 
c. Of Service and Inclination: § 234. a (G. 356; H. 391. 1). 


REMARK. -— Observe the use of the prepositions ad to denote the 
End: § 234. 6 (G. 356. R.?; H. 391. ii. 1), (2)); and in or erga 
with words of Inclination: id. ¢ (G. id. R.2; H. id. (1)). 

Also, notice the use of similis with the Genitive: id. @, Rem. (G. 
Mi Re + Th. 1G. 2: 

Oral Exercises. 
1. Another’s virtue is always alarming to tyrants. — 2. A king 


alitnus Jormidulosus tyrannus 


is always exposed to faithless counsels. — 3. To each-one of the 
obnoxius infidus constlium unusquisgue 


virtues some vice is next-neighbor.— 4. The-rest-of the sons 
aliguis Sinitimus ctterus 





a. cupidus.— 6. avidus.—c. neglegens.— d. facinus.—é. § 218. d (G. 356. 
R.1; H. 391. ii. 4)).— fl parcus.— g. impotens, 


P OF THE 


| | UNIVERsITyY ) 
Ablative with Adjectives. OF C4) roRao_ 


were survivors of [their] father.—5. That grief was common 
superstes dolor commiinis 


to the three brothers. — 6. Fathers are sometimes unjust to their- 


nonnunguam iniguus 


own sons.— 7. Children are generally like [their] parents. — 
liberi (plur.) plérumque paréns 


8. When these things were settled, having-found a time fit for 


constituo nanciscor * tdoneus ad 


sailing, he set-sail about the third watch (abl.).—g9. He was 


naivigo} solvo® fere vigtlia 


friendly to the Helvetii, because he had taken in marriage the 


amicus quod dico* wméatrimonium 
daughter of Orgetorix. 
Write in Latin. 

Death is like a sleep. 
To a frail ship all winds aré contrary. 
The death of Socrates was in-harmony ® with his life. 
I have noticed a harbor fit® for our ships. 
Livius was of-the-same-age* with Ennius. 
Not even the gods—so they boast — are a-match-for 4 
the Swabians.° 

7. Radishes/ are bad’ for the teeth, says Pliny.” 

8. This thing is easy for me, [but] hard for you. 

g. Simple food is good‘ for children. 

10. The speech of Marius was very pleasing to the people. 


et ear 


Lesson 13. 
Ablative with Adjectives. 


THE uses of the Ablative with Adjectives are the fol- 
lowing :— 

a. Of Freedom and Want (also opus and iisus): § 243. d,¢ 
(G. 388%, 373. R.*, 390; H. 414. iii. iv.) ; 

6. Of Source (the participles natus, etc.): § 244. a (G. 395; 
H. 415. li.) ; 

c. Comparatives: § 247, with a (G. 399; H. 417, with 1); 





a. consentaneus.— 6, tdoneus.—c, aequalis, —d. par.—e. Suévi. —f. rapha. 
nus.—g. tnimicus.—h, ait Plinius,—i, utilis.—7. puer. 


24 Latin Composition. 


d. Of Abundance (participles and verbals) : § 248. ¢ (G. 389. R.?; 
H. 421. ii.). 

é. Of Worth: § 245. a (G. 398. R.2; H. 421. iii.). 

ff. To denote degree of difference: § 250 (G. 400; H. 423). 


Oral Exercises. 
1. A city bare of defence requires aid.— 2. Even a wise-man 
nudus praesidium fposco*® of- etiam sapténs (dat.) 


has need of friends. — 3. Tiberius Gracchus, born-of a most- 
opus 


noble mother.— 4. An honorable death is preferable to a base 


nobilis honestus potior turpis 


life. —5. Nothing has been found among men rarer than a 
(abl.) invento* varus 


perfect orator. —6. We esteem all human [things] inferior to 
diico® 


virtue. — 7. He waged wars more bravely than successfully.* — 
(abl.) gero® JSortiter Sélictter 


8. It is a space of not more® than six hundred feet.— 9. The 
spatium amplius pes 


house of Verres was full of plundered ornaments. — 10. Good 
refertus rapio® ornamentum 


men dread a life full and crowded with delights. — 11. Ireland 
metuos confertus voluptas Hibernia 


is smaller by half, as is reckoned, than Britain. —12. Another 
parvus dimidium ut aestimo 1 alter 


way through the province, much easier and more expeditious. 
ter Sactlis expeditus 


“ Write in Latin. 

What Roman is free from this dishonor °? 
. The army was in-lack ¢ of all necessaries. 
. Cato, said his friends, was clear * of every human fault. 
I have need’ of your help. 

s. Thou art sprung’ not from human blood, but from 
divine stock. 

6. Ignorance of future evils is better than knowledge. 

7. From* the tongue of the aged Nestor, says* Homer, 
flowed speech sweeter than honey. 


-& WN & 





a. See § 192, with a (G. 314; H. 444. 2).—d. See § 247. ¢ (G. 311. R4; 
H.417.N.2.—c. dédecus.—d. egéns.—e. vacuus.— f. opus.—g. ortus.—h, ex, 
—2, ait, 


Uses of the Accusative. 25 


8. These things are harder than-one-would-think.* 
9. In the battle at-Canne’ the Romans lost more than 
40,000 men. 
. 10. The speech of the consul was more true than pleasing 
to the people. 
11. He judged you unworthy of every honor. 
12. We suffer no more from foreign enemies than [from] 
those-at-home.° 
13. Corinth was the richest city of Greece in pictures, 
statues, and gold. 
14. Cicero was six years older than Ceesar. 
15. The more cautiously you go, the sooner? you will arrive. 
16. Veii was* about twenty miles distant * from Rome. 
17. The battle of Cannz’ was fought seventeen years before’ 
[that] of Zama.9 


3.— Miscellaneous Uses. 


Lesson 14. 
Uses of the Accusative. 


THE special uses of the Accusative are the follow- 
ing :— 


a. Adverbial: § 240. a, 6 (G. 331. R.2; H. 378, with 2); 
6. Of Specification: id. ¢ (G. 332, with R.'; H. 378, with 1) ; 
c. Of Exclamation: id. d (G. 340; H. 381). 


REMARK. — The Accusative of Specification is rarely used except 
in poetry, or in poetic description, and should generally be avoided 
in writing Latin prose (compare the Ablative of Specification: 
Lesson 16). 

Oral Exercises. 
1. The Swabians live for the greatest part on milk and meat 
, Suevi lac pecus 


[of domestic animals].— 2. I [am] extremely glad on your 
miagnopere gaudeo* 





a. opinio, — b, Cannénsis,— c. domesticus.— d. citius.—e. abesse a.— f. In- 
sert guam.— 2. Zaménsis. 


26 Latin Composition. 


account. — 3. He was a man in other [respects] excellent. — 


| wicis vir céterus egregius 

4. When he was at-that-time of life, he was made chief-com- 
cum (subj.) aetas im- 

mander.—5. He was hit in the right knee with a stone. — 

perator ico’ dexter geni lapis 

6. I said that they would-come at that time. — 7. Alas, the 

(fut. part.) tempus heu 

folly of men!— 8. Oh the deceitful hope of man, and [his] 

dementia Jallax (plur.) 

frail fortune, and our vain strifes ! 

Sragilis inants contentio 


Write in Latin. 


1. I am often sorry on your account.* 
2. At that time Romulus was king. 
3. A man at that age ought to be more discreet® than 
daring.° 
4. Hannibal was severely wounded right in the thigh? with 
a dart.° 7 
The commander exhorted his [men] at-length/ 
The maidens put on long robes.’ 
Ah !* the faith of gods and men! 
What a man! what impudence! what audacity ! 
Happy the Roman chiefs of-old.‘ . 
Ah !¥ unhappy me! 


Sater wee 


bt 


Lesson 15. 
Dative: Idiomatic Uses. 


SPECIAL or idiomatic uses of the Dative are the fol- 
lowing : — 


1. Of Possession: § 231 (G. 349; H. 387). 
2. Of Service (predicate dative): § 233 (G. 350; H. 390). 





a. vicis.— b, pridéens,—c, audax (comparative). — d. adversum femur.— 
e. tragiila.—f. multa.—g. § 240. ¢, N. (G. 332.2; H. 377).— 4. prd.—t. guon- 
dam.—j. héu. 


Dative: Idiomatic Uses. 27 


$:7 OF cuca § 235 (G. 343), i the Ethical Dative: 
§ 236 (G. 351; H. 389). 

REMARK:— After the Dative used with expressions of Naming 
(as ndmen est), observe that the name is more commonly in the 
Dative by attraction; as uic puerd nomen est Marcéd rather than 
Marcus. : 

Oral Exercises. 

1. To the boy was given the name £gerius, from [his] 

ab 


indo*® 


poverty.— 2. In this person was a manly soul.— 3. The 


znopia homo insum wvirilis ingentum 
friendship of the Roman people ought to be our ornament and 
(acc.) oportet ornamentum 
defence, not [our] ruin.— 4. Avarice is a great harm to men. 
praesidium détrimentum avaritia malum 
—5. When this thing was told, Ceesar sent all the cavalry out 
(rel.) OO 1 equitatus 
of the camp, as a relief to his [troops].—6. A fine house is 
castra auxtlium pulcher 


- 


built for [its] masters, not for _ — 7. Ortygia is situated on 


aedifico' dominus situs 
the right side as-you-enter * aus great harbor of Syracuse. — 
pars intro} portus Syracusae 
8. What does this speech mean ?® 
oratio volo 


Write in Latin. 


1. A sick man always has hope. 

2. The surname of Lucius Scipio was Asiaticus ; of Publius 
his brother, Africanus. 

3. The name of this disease is avarice. 

4. We used to give him the nickname‘ of sluggard. 

5. This book was of great service? to me. 

6. For whose (dat.) advantage ° is this ? 

7. The Germans came to our relief’ 

8. I seek for myself no defence against danger? or helps to 
honors.’ 





a See § 235. 4 (G. 354).—4. Insert 525t.—c. cigndmen.—d. asus, ~ 
¢. bonum.— f. auxilium,— g. Dative, —— a 
hf 7 ; y¥ . 





28 Latin Composition. 


9. A good man seeks wealth not for himself only, but for 
his children and friends. ° 

10. Anticyra is situated* on the left as you enter the 
- Corinthian gulf. 


Lesson 16. 
Uses of the Ablative. 


AmonG the miscellaneous uses of the Ablative may 
be reckoned the following :— 


1. Of Cause, Manner, Means, and Instrument: §§ 245, 248 
(G. 401, 403, 406; H. 416, 419. iii., 420) ; 

2. Of Quality: § 251 (G. 402; H. 419. ii.); 

3. Of Price: § 252 (G. 404; H. 422), comparing the Genitive 
of Value: § 252. a (G. 379, 380; H. 405); 

4. Of Specification: § 253 (G. 398; H. 424). 


Oral Exercises. 


1. Some [people] by [reason of ] some disease and dulness 
quidam aliguis morbus stupor 


of sense do not perceive the sweetness of food. — 2. What 
sénsus* — sentio* suavitas ctbus 


is-done through good-will, that you charge [as] done through 


Sio Senevelentia criminor } 


hate.— 3. How many are unworthy? of the light, and yet the 


odium indignus tamen 


day arises !— 4. Great things are done, not by strength or 


ortors (superl.) gero® vis (pl.) 


speed of body, but by hardihood of soul.—5. A man of most 


celerttas (plur.) Sortitudo animus 


vigorous genius then ruled the state. — 6. There was between 
acer ingentum tum  rego® 


Labienus and the enemy a stream of difficult passage,° [ with ] 
(plur.) Siimen | adifictlis transitus* 


steep banks.— 7. The Gauls with the same speed pushed-on 


praecruptus ripa contendo*® 


to our camp.— 8. I have bought this estate at a very-large 
mercor} Jundus 


nS 


‘a, situs.—b, See § 245. a (G. 398. R.2; H. 42. iii.).—¢. Insert “and,” 





Uses of the Ablative. 29 


price.—9. My conscience is [worth] more to me than every- 


pecinia consctentia 


body’s talk.—10. All the Gauls differ from one another * 


sermo aiffere 
language, customs, [and] laws. 
dingua instititum lex 


Write in Latin. 


1. For the sake of the republic, I accuse Lucius Catiline. 
2. The Roman people held’ the young Scipio worthy ® of 
the highest honors. 
3. I judge * him most unworthy of every honor. 
4. Ducks delight ¢ chiefly in marshy ° places. 
5. Bulls defend themselves with [their] horns, boars with 
[their] tusks. 
6. Great things are-done/ not by strength or speed of body, 
but by counsel and valor. 
7. Links of-steel” are worn-out” by constant use. 
8. The barbarians were of vast size’ of body (plur.). 
9g. A mountain of great height overhangs’ the town. 
10. Czsar was a man of extraordinary force* of intellect,’ 
and of remarkable skill” in-war.” 
11. I have sold my house for fifteen talents. 
12. That oration cost’ him a-great-deal-of labor. 
13. In glory Cicero was far inferior to Czesar,? but superior 
in eloquence and wisdom. 
14. In laws and language the Greeks widely? differ from the 
Romans, but in warlike” glory they are nearly equal. 
15. My brother is lame of the left” foot. 
16. The Spartans excelled * all the other Greeks‘ in fidelity 
and reverence to the laws.” 
17. The Germans were a race of tall” stature, fair complex- 
ion, blue” eyes, courage in war,” and great strength of body. 





a. inter sé: § 196. f (G. 212; H. 448.N).— 3. dignor1— c. aestimo1— 
d. délector1 — e, paluster.—f. gero® — g. ferreus.— h. contero®—i, mag- 
nitudo,—j7. impendeo2 —k,-vis.— l, ingenium.— m, scientia.—n. ret bellicae. 
—o, sto.1— ~. Ablative.— g. multum.—r. laevus.— s. antecello, —t. Dative, 
— + Genitive.— v. grandis, —w. caeruleus, 


30. Latin Composition. 


Lesson 17. 
Time and Place. 


THE uses especially requiring to be noted are the fol- 
lowing : — 


1. The Accusative of Duration and Extent: §§ 256, 257 (G. 337, 
335; H. 379); 

2. The Ablative of Time: § 256 (G. 392; H. 429) ; 

3. The Genitive of Measure: § 257. a (G. 364. R.); 

4. The relations of Place, especially the Locative forms: § 258. 
a, b,c, a(G. 410, 411, 412, with R.'; H. a 425. i. li., 412, 426 
I, 2), and the Locative uses of the Abies: § 258. f (G. 384-386; 
H. 425. 3). 

5. The expression of Dates: § 259. ¢ (G. App.;-H. 442). 

REMARK. — With all names of places, AT meaning wear (not z#) 
is to be expressed by ad or apud with the accusative. 


Oral Exercises. 
1. The next night Cesar moved [his] camp.— 2. We have- 


proximus moveo* 


been-waiting* [for] you all summer.— 3. I spend whole days 


totus aestas sum totus 
with Marcus, and quite-often a part of the night.— 4. We have 
saepenumero 
besieged this city ten successive summers.— 5. I have lived 
ctrcumsedeo* continuus 
within the last twenty years at Rome, Tarentum, Athens, Gabii, 
hic proxintus annus 
Carthage, [and] Sardis. —6. Numa dwelt at Cures; but he 
Carthago Sardés (pl.) habito' 


afterwards reigned forty years in Rome.— 7. The soldiers 
postea vrégno} 


made-a-halt at Alba, a fortified town.’— 8. Cneius Pompey [when ] 


consisto* minitus 
a young-man had won the greatest glory at-home and in-the- 
adulescéns adsequor® 


service.— 9g. That day was the 26th of March.*— 10. Marcus 
militia 


Regulus was sent from Carthage to Rome [to treat] of peace. 
dé 





a. Present: § 296. a (G. 221; H. 467. iii. 2).—-d. Use iz: § 184. ¢ (G, 412. 
R.2; H. 425. 3, Note). —c. See § 376. d (G. App.; H. 642. iii. with 2, 3). 


Gerundive Construcitons. 31 


Write in Latin. 


. In winter and summer the Arabs roam-over? the plains. 
2. At the beginning of summer? the consul passed° into 
Spain. 
3. Agamemnon scarcely in ten years took one city. 
4. Within three days I will finish? the work. 
5. Cesar moves [his] camp, and in about fifteen days 
arrives at the bounds® of the Belge. 
6. I was yesterday at Ceesar’s house (apud Ciara 
7. That most illustrious’ commander had strengthened’ the 
republic at home and abroad by his victories. 
8. Brutus learned philosophy at Athens, eloquence in 
Rhodes. 
g. My sisters are passing” their life in the country.’ 
10. I have lived in Rome, Carthage, Athens, Naples, and 
Corinth ; and have now been’ three years at home in Gaul. 
11. Amynander sent ambassadors both to Rome to the Sen- 
ate, and to the Scipios in Asia." 
12. Cicero after [his] exile sailed’ from Greece to Italy, and 
remained a few days at Brundisium ; then, through friendly 
cities, returned to Rome. 


Lesson 18. 
Gerundive Constructions. 


In the use of Gerundive Constructions, the following 
should be carefully distinguished : — 


1. The Participial or Adjective use: § 294 (G. 243; H. 200. iv.) ; 

2. The Gerund, with Object-Accusative : § 295 (G. 295; H. 541); 

3. The Gerundive in Agreement, having the force of the Gerund. 
§ 296 (G. 428; H. 543, 544) ; 

4. The special uses of the four Object-Cases : §§ 298-301 (G. 429- 
434; H. 542, 544). 





a, peragro..—b, ineunte aestate.—c. transeo.—d. perficio3 —e, fines. — 
f. clarus.—g. augeo2—h, ago.8—i, See § 258. d (G. 412, R.1; H. 426, 2).— 
j. Present. —, Accusative. —/. navigo. 


32 Latin Composition. 


REMARK. — In general, the gerundive construction in Latin cor- 
responds with the participial noun in -ING. The chief difference is— 


1. That for the nominative, the Infinitive must sah employed in 
Latin: as, 


Writing is useful, scribere est uwtile. But— 
The art of writing, ars scribendi. 


2. That for the phrase ‘‘ wiTHOUT doing anything,” or the like, 
some other form of expression must be used: as, for example, 


I went away without effecting my object, abit ré infecta. 
He came without warning, inopindtus vénit. 
I did this without knowing it, hdc insciéns féci. 


Oral Exercises. 


. They considered that two-years were enough to accom- 


dico* bienntum ad con- 


plish these things. — 2. Thus they were better-prepared to 
Jicio% paratus 


undergo all dangers. — 3. Convinced by these things, Czesar 
subeo addiuco* 


decided that he must not wait.* — 4. If anything should-happen’® 


statuo® (dat.) | exspecto guia acctdo*® 


to the Romans, he has the strongest hope of holding the royal- 


summus spies obtineo® reg: 


power by-means-of the Helvetii.—5. Czeesar takes his hand, 
num per prendo® dextra 


consoles [him, and | begs [him] to-make’ an end of entreaty. 
consolor Sintis oro} 


—6. The Helvetii de ambassadors for-the-sake of seeking 


causa® peto® 
peace. — 7. Czsar provided-for making a bridge upon the 
curo} pons 
Arar. — 8. The preetor appointed decemvirs for marking-out the 


'  ereo' decemvtir métior* 


Samnite territory.—9. The laws of the Cretans train [their] 


Samnis ager lex Cretés érudio* 


youth by tasks, by hunting, running, fasting, thirst, cold, [and] 


Juventus labor venor 1 curro® @esurio* sitio* algeo* 


heat.— 10. Czesar had everything to do at-once: to display 


aestuo* (dat.) ago* und tempore propono® 





a. Impersonal passive: § 232 (G. 353; H. 388).— 4. Present subjunctive. 


Subjunctive: Independent Uses. 33 


the battle-flag, to signal with the trumpet, to call-back the men 


vextllum signum dot tuba revoco} miles 
from work, to draw-up the line, to cheer the men, [and] give 
ab opus instruo* actés cohortor} 
the signal.” 


Write in Latin. 


i. The consul gives heed? to propitiating* the gods. 

2. All hope of taking the town was lost. 

3. Cesar perceives? that the war must be put-off® till/ 
summer. 

4. The consul gave Fabius one legion to lead into Spain. 

5. Conon provided-for’ the repair” of the walls of Athens. 

6. A short time‘ of life is [long] enough to? live well and 
happily. : 

7. By always obeying the magistrates, the youth won* [them- 
selves | good fame. 

8. The grass’ here is very convenient™ for sleeping. 

g. You have lost much time in play. 


III.— Moops Anp TENSEs., 


Lesson 19. 
Subjunctive: Independent Uses. 


THE Independent uses of the Subjunctive are the 
following : — 


1. Of Exhortation or Command: § 266 (G. 256. 1, 2, 3; H. 483. 
A AS 

2. Of Prohibition: § 269. a (G. 264, 266, with 2, 264. ii.; H. 483. 
3; 488, 489) ; 

3- Of Wish: § 267 (G. 253, 255; H. 484. ii.) ; 

4. Of Doubt or Interrogation: § 268 (G. 251, 258: H. 486. ii.). 





a, Use the passive construction. — 4, ofera.—c. placol1—d. animadverto8 
—e. difero.—f. ad.—g. ciro\—h, reficio? —i, spatium,—j7. ad.—k. ad- 
seqguor3 — 1, grimen,—m,. commodus, 


34 Latin Composition. 


REMARK. — To these may be added the so-called Potential Sub- 
junctive: § 311. a (G. 250, 252, with R.'; H. 485, 486. i.), though 
strictly belonging to the construction of Gordisioant Sentences. 

Notice especially the use of velim, etc., in expressions of Wish: 
§ 267. c (G. 254, R.”); also, the use of né in prohibitions. 


Oral Exercises. 


[Granted that] this is false if-you-will; at-least it is not 


(plur.) falsus sane certé 
harmful. — 2. I would-rather that you be good than seem [so]. 
molestus milo videor? 
—3. This, intruth: I may assert,” without any hesitation, that 
vero conjirmo' wilus dubtitatio a 


eloquence is the one thing most difficult of all.—4. What can 
you do with® this man?—5. If you are® resolved to do [this], 
certus 


do [it]; but do not afterwards throw the blame on me. — 
verum post confero culpa 


6. Pardon nothing, do nothing for the sake of favor, be not 
ignosco causa gratia 


disturbed by pity. — 7. [Suppose] a good man to sell # a house 


commoveo* mtsertcordia vendo aedés 


on-account-of some faults which he-himself knows,’ others 
propter vitium nosco* céterus 


do not ; [suppose] it’ to be? pestilential and to be esteemed? 
ignoro pestiléns habeo? 


wholesome ; [suppose] it is-not-known ? that vermin’ turn-up in 
salibris ignoro' serpens  appireo* 


all the bedchambers ; [that it is] ill timbered [and] rickety, — 


cubtculum male materiatus YuinNdSUS 
but no-one knows? this except the owner. 


nemo sczo* praeter dominus. 


Write in Latin. 


1. Let the advantage’ of the commonwealth prevail.” 
2. Let us accordingly‘ bring-up’ [our] child with every 
indulgence. 





a. Perfect.— 4. See § 244. d (G. 396. R.1; H. 415. iii).— ¢. “It is." —d, These 
verbs are all in the hortatory subjunctive. — e. Perf. subj. — Plural.—g. uéz/i- 
tas.— k. valeo2—i. proinde.— 7. nitrio* 


Sequence of Tenses. 35 


This thou shalt do*: this thou shalt not do.? 
Let him write to me what he has done.’ 
I could not easily say® that this is better. 
I wish* [that] Athens may conquer.’ 
This thing may [perhaps] seem absurd ¢ to you. » 
Some-one* may [perhaps] think that I am-wrong./ 
No one can easily restrain’ Czesar from victory. 
I would-rather’ be at home than abroad.” - 

11. Suppose your friend should fall sick’ or die, what will 
you do? 

12. Let justice be done [though] heaven fall. 


re SS eee ee 


Lal 


Lesson 20. 


Sequence of Tenses. 


NotE.—It is to be observed (a) that the rule for the Sequence 
of Tenses applies only to the tenses of the Subjunctive in subordi- 
nate constructions ; and (4) that the rule in Latin (with one or two 
qualifications) is the same as in English. 


1. Learn the definitions of Primary (or Principal) and 
Secondary (or Historical) tenses, with the rule for the 
Sequence of Tenses: §§ 285, 286 (G. 216; H. 491). 

2. Notice the use of secondary tenses (chiefly the 
Imperfect) after primary: viz., — 


1. With the historical present: § 287.¢ (G.511,R.!; H. 495. ii.). 
2. With the perfect definite: id. a (G. 511. R.?; H. 495. 1). 


Also, the application of the rule in — 


3. The Imperfect of general assertions: id. d. 


Note. — The dependent verbs in the following examples (after 
**so-that,” ‘+ as-if,” &c., are all to be in the subjunctive mood. 





a. Fut. imperat. — 4. Perf. subj. — c. Pres. subj.— d. absurdus.— e. quispiam. 
J. erro} (infin.).—g. malim.—h. foris.—t. in morbum cadere, 


36 _ Latin Composttion. 


Oral Exercises. 
1. It-is-impossible-that* many should lose [their] peo Lerty: 
amttto® 


without’ dragging more with-them into the same dicastet: —- 
traho® calamitas 


2. The king was so cruel, that he spared not his- -own son. — 
adeo saevus tempero} 


3. Our [men] took-by-assault [their] ships, one-by-one, so-that 
expigno} singuli ut 


very-few out-of the whole number got® to land.— 4. [He 


perpauci omnis © pervenio* 


says | the Helvetii have been so trained by their ancestors, that 


(acc.) instituo® miajores ut 


they are-used* to receive hostages, not give [them]. — 5. Cicero 


consuesco® acctpio% 


says that he has withdrawn from [his] country, so-as-to avert 
excédo* ex patria ut averto% 


civil war.— 6. We seem to have advanced so-far, that we are 
civilis proficio® tantus 


not? surpassed by the Greeks even? in wealth of words. — 
vinco® Graecus copia verbum 


7. He shuns every gathering of men, just-as-if he were odious 
coetus guast (pres.) znvisus 


to everybody. — 8. From his own misfortunes he learned how 


omnis infortiuntune disco* 


uncertain is all hope of the future.—g. He strengthens the 


tncertus (subj.) spies ves futurae com minio* 
town, so-as to deliver® his fellow-citizens from alarm. 
ut libero? civis trepidatio 


Write in Latin. 


1. I write that I may admonish you. 

2. I wrote yesterday that I might inform you. 

3. He runs-away/ as if he were” frightened. 

4. He undertook this task as if he were a good workman.” 
5. I will come to-morrow to-see‘ you. 

6. We went out yesterday to see‘ the battle. 

7. I have toiled’ so-long* that I am completely tired-out.' 





a, Use non possunt.— db, Use ut non, with pres. subj.—c. Perfect subj.— 
d, Use n@...guidem.—e. Imp.: § 287.d.—f. effugio.8 —g. Present subj.— 
h. faber, —i. ut, with subj. —/. daboro.1— k, tam dit.— 1. défessus. 





Conditional Sentences. 


— 


8. Czesar was so merciful* that not even [his] beaten® ene- 
mies ° feared him. : 
g. This man is so% just that no one ever feared ° to confide 
in him. 
10. A painful experience has taught [us], how sad [a thing] 
is the loss of fortune.’ 


Lesson 21. 
Conditional Sentences. 


Tue forms of Conditions, which should be carefully 
distinguished, are the following : — 


I. Simple Conditions — any tense of the Indicative: § 306 (G. 
597; H. 508) ; 

2. Future Conditions — Future Indicative or Present Subjunc- 
tive: § 307, with a, 6, and c (G. 597, 598; H. 508, 509) ; 

3. Conditions Contrary to Fact — Past tenses of the Subjunctive : 
§ 308 (G. 599; H. 510, with 1). 

a. Notice carefully the precise nature of the condition to be 
rendered into Latin. Thus — 


If he is now alive (Present), st nune vivit. But— 
If he is alive to-morrow (Future), st crds vivet. 


If he were here now (Present), s% nunc adesset. But — 
If he were to come to-morrow (Future), s2 cras veniat. 


6. Notice especially the use of the Present Subjunctive, cor- 
responding to the English sHOULD and wouLb. Thus— 
If you should come to-morrow you would see (Future), s2 
cras veniads, videads. Compare — 
If you were here now you would see (Contrary to Fact), s? 
nunc adessés videres. ! 
c. Clauses with quasi, tamquam, etc. (AS IF, AS THOUGH), have 


their verbs in the Subjunctive: § 312, with Rem. (G. 604; H. 513. 
and ii.). 





a, cleméens.— b, victus.— c. inimicus.—d, adeo.—e, Perfect subj.—f. rés 
familiaris. 


38 Latin Composition. 


d. The phrase IF ... NOT is generally to be rendered by nisi; 
but, where the negative is thrown with emphasis on some single 
word, si... n6n (neque) is to be preferred. Thus— 


If I am not mistaken, nisi fallor. 
If Brutus is not a friend but an enemy of Cesar, s? Briitus 
non amicus est, sed inimicus Caesaris. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. If [my] mind does not deceive me, misfortune will not 


animus Sallo* infortinium ° 


be-far-away. — 2. If [your] CMS should discourse with you, 
multum abesse pat loguor’ 


ought she not to prevail, even if she could not apply force ? — 

dézbeo? impetro' etiam adhibeo® vis 

3. If I should write* 10 my brother, he would make-haste 
propero' 

at-once [for] Rome. sou “ie I had® a pen handy,’ I would write 


statim (acc.) calamus 


to Marcus. —5. If [your] parents feared and hated you, and* 


paréns  timeo* odi 


you could not® in any way reconcile them, you would withdraw 
ratio placo' concédo® 


somewhere from their sight.— 6. If my counsel and influence 
aliguo oculus consilium auctoritas 


had prevailed, you would os ear be-a- beggar, we should be 
valeo? tu egeo? 

free, the commonwealth weal sist have lost so-many generals 

liber ves publica amitto® tot dux 


and armies. — 7. The mind is pretty-much like iron: if you 
exercitus* mens prope uti ferrum 


use [it],? it wears-out*; if you don’t use it, it gathers rust. — 
exerceo* contero® contrahe® robigo 


8. Then [said] I: “What!-even if he wanted you to take 


tum ettamne volo Sero 


firebrands to the Capitol ?” “ Never,” said he, “would he have 


Jax in Capitolium inquam 
wished [it].”"%’—9. At that time you would have thought 
tlle tempus sentio* 


differently.’ — 10. He walks as if he were lame. 
altter ambulo' claudus 





a. Perfect: § 307. ¢ (cf. G. 236. R.2).— 3. adsum.— c. negue.— d. Subj. of 
general condition: § 309. a (G. 597. R.2).—e. Passive. —/. Observe the im- 
plied condition, 


Time-Clauses. 39 


Write in Latin. 


1. If you see your father to-morrow, what will you say? 
2. If I had not known that you would come, I should have 
written. 
3. I should not have gone® yesterday, if I had known. 
4. If it is as you say, I was greatly mistaken. 
5. I should go to-morrow if you should be ill.’ 
6. Hannibal would not have fought at* Zama if he could 
have helped? [it]. 
7. I would not have gone® unless Cesar had ordered. 
8. You can always do that if you try.° 
9. If it is allowed,’ I shall be-glad-to’ speak. 
10. If it would be allowed, I should be-glad-to’ speak. 
11. At another time I might think” so. 
12.' You speak as if you thought I was deceiving you. 
_ 13. [If he were] intending-to-return‘ home, he would not 
delay’ so long in business." 2 
14. A life remote from the society of men and the protection 
of laws would justly’ be reckoned” wild” and dreary.° 
15. Without help of the Gauls, Caesar could not have over- 
come” the Germans. 
16. In extreme poverty?’ old age cannot be a light [burden]. 
17. Your friend spoke of the monuments and antiquities as 
if he had lived a year at Rome. | 


Lesson 22. 
Time-Clauses. 


THE use of the Moods in clauses of Time (when, 
since, before, after) depends on the distinction of adso- 
lute and relative time-(§ 323, with Note), and may be 
learned from the rules given in the grammar ; viz. — 





a. proficiscor.® —b, aegroto1—c, ad.—d, défugio3 — e, cinor1—f. licet 
(fut.).— g. libenter (adv.). — 4, Present subj. —z. Future participle. —7. moror.1 
—k., negotior \ (gerund.).— Z. recté. —m., Present subj. — , agrestis. —o. tristis. 
—p. supero,| — 9. summa inopia, 


40 Latin Composttion. 


Use of ubi, postquam, etc.: § 324 (G. 563; H. 471. ii. 4); 
Use of cum femoral: § 325 (G. 581, i. — H. 521); 
Use of cum causal: § 326 (G. 581. iii; H. 517); 
Use of antequam and priusquam: 'g 327 (G. 576, 579; 
H. 520) ; | 

5. Use of dum, ddnec, quoad: § 328 (G. 573, 574, 575s 
H. 519). 


To these the following may be added :— 


BOY m 


a. If WHEN is equivalent to WHENEVER, use the Indicative: as, 


When I come home, I busy myself writing letters, cum 
domum véni, operam do epistulis scribendis. 


6. If the clauses are reversed, so that the temporal clause con- 
tains the principal statement, use the Indicative: as, 


I was just looking for you when our friend came up, ¢é ex- 
spectabam, cum amicus noster advénit. 


c. If WHEN or WHILE approaches in sarees to SINCE or THOUGH, 
use the Subjunctive: as, 


But if you do not yet quite see, when the thing is plain by 
so many clear proofs and tokens (Cic.), quod si non- 
dum satis cernitis, cum rés ipsa tot tam claris 
argumentis signisque luceat. 


Oral Exercises. 


. When fortune blows-against [us], we are distressed. — 
Sortina refio' (perf.) affiigo® 
2. When Verres heard this, he called Diodorus to him. — 
ubt audio* 

3. Pompey, as- — as he saw his cavalry beaten, withdrew 
Pompiius equitatus pello* excéedo* 
from the Gee When this seemed too-difficult, and-no 

actés postquam videor? (compar.) negue 
opportunity was offered for effecting [it], they went-over to 
Sacultais do' (imp.) perficitos transeo 


Pompey. — 5. a the woman, while she wished* to keep-back 


mulier dum (pres. ) vretineo* 
a few chattels, lost all [her] fortune. — 6. This had happened 


ieuicthinns perdo* (plur.) 


before we came-back.— 7. Whenever spring began,’ Verres 
redeo cum ver coepi 





a. See § 276. ¢ (G. 572; H. 467. iii. 4). — 4. Insert “to be.” 


Time-Clauses. 41 


would-give himself to toil and travel. — 8. The spring was now 
(imperf.) labor zter (plur.) jam 


coming-on, when Hannibal moved from [his] winter-quarters. 
adpeto* moveo* hiberna (pl.) 


—g. Sailors reckon [it] a sign of stormy-weather, when many 
nauta puto} argumentum tempestas 


meteors fly-across [the sky]. — 10. Since life without friends is 
stella transvolo' 


full of treachery and fear, reason itself warns [us] to provide? 


insidtae metus* ratio moneo? paro' 
friendships. — 11. While in many respects men are weaker than 
cum res infirmus 


brutes, in this thing they chigfy excel [them], that they can 


bestia aximée praesto 
talk.— 12. When (itndtitindiae had beaten the Lscallcanisilinth 
loguor 8 cum vinco® -ius 
at Mantinéa, and saw that he was getting-exhausted by a severe 
apud atque exantmo' gravis 
wound, he asked pnether [his] shield was safe. 


vulnus® -n clipeus (subj.) salvus 


Write in Latin. 
1. When you come (fut. perf.), I shall go away.° 
2. I was-asleep*® when the doctor came. 
3. I had scarcely? read your letter, when Lentulus ap- 
proached.°* 
4. When he had said this, he went away. 
5. This he had said, when news-was-brought’ that the 
enemy were in sight.4 
6. When summer had begun,” he used-to-make his quarters‘ 
at Syracuse. 
7. Before I reached home, my father had already gone/ 
8. While he was speaking thus, his father arrived.* 
g. When I come home at night,’ I take-comfort™ in-doing * 
nothing. 
10. As soon as he saw his father coming, he ran-away.° 
11. Since the time is-near,? it becomes us all to be ready. 





a. Inf. or (better) w¢ with subj. — 4. abeo.— c. dormio.A— d. vix. —e. appro- 
pinquo. — f. nuntio \ (impers.).— gv. conspectus.4 —h, Add “ to be.” —z. stativa 
(pl.).—/. proficiscor.8 — k, venio.’A —l. vespert.—m. me délecto.— n, itor 
— 0. effugio8 —p. adsum, 


% 





42 Latin Composition. 


12. While I do not believe him to be a traitor, yet I distrust 
him. 

13. Will you not believe, when the thing is so plain?? 

14. I congratulate® you that* you have recovered? your 
property ° at-last./ 

15. You will not’ hear till I have been gone ten days. 


Lesson 23. 
Purpose and Result. 


‘Crauses of Purpose (Final Clauses) and of Result 
(Consecutive Clauses) require the Subjunctive, as fol- © 
lows :— 


1. PURPOSE, with Relative, ut (né): § 317 (G. 544. i., 545. I, 3; 


H. 497) ; 
2. RESULT, with ut (ut n6n): § 319 (G. 553, 554; H . 500). 


a. Observe the special use of qué (for ut) after Comparatives ‘2 
§ 317. 6(G. 545. 2; H. 497); of quéminus after words of Hinder- 
ing: § 319. ¢ (G. 549; H. 497); and of quin after shee expres- 
sions of Doubt or Hindrance: § 319. d (G. 551; H. 504, with 3). 
Also, the distinction to be observed in the use of the several expres- 
sions of Purpose: § 318. a, 4, ¢, d. 

6. In Latin, the constructions of Purpose and Result are pre- 
cisely alike in the affirmative, but in the megative the former takes 
né and the latter ut n6n. Thus — 


1. He was guarded so that he might not escape, custo- 
ditus est né effugeret. 

2. He was guarded so that he did not escape, custoditus 
est ut non effugeret. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. The Helvetii sent ambassadors to Ceesar to ask-for peace. 


legatus gui peto 
— 2. There are many who rob from some to lavish on-others. 
éripio® (dat.) guodlargior*  (dat.) 





a. manifestus. — b. gratulor} (dat.).—c. guod (followed by indic.).—d. re- 
cipio8 —e, res.— f. tandem (before the verb). — g. “0m ante... quam, 


Purpose and Result. 43 


— 3. Arria gave [her] husband a sword to kill himself with. — 


maritus gladius interficto® 
4. I do not doubt that* you are-glad of this news. — 5. Czesar 
dubtto' gaudeo* niinttus (abl.) 


found-out that it was Afranius’s fault’ that® he did not° fight.4 
cdgndsco* 
—6. I write* you this for-the-very-reason that you may not 


7deo 

suppose’ I have forgotten your message. — 7. So-great is the 
puto} obliviscor 4 mandatum (pl.) tantus 

power of integrity, that we love it even in an enemy. — 8. You 
vis probitas diligo* etiam 


were so far off that I could not hear. 


Write in Latin. 


1. Atneas, that he might win’ the hearts of the Aborigines, 
called both the nations Latins. 
2. Romulus, lest the greatness of the city should be void," 
opened a certain place [as] an asylum. 
3. The Clusians sent ambassadors to Rome, to ask aid from 
the Senate. 
4. I sent [a man] to Antony, to‘ tell [him] this. 
5. A pen? was given me to write with.” 
6. He lived honorably, that’ he might quit” life with a more 
calm mind. 
7. Again and again I beg you to do it. 
8. Thrice I have begged you to come as-soon-as-possible.” 
g. What prevents you from coming at-once ?° 
10. I shall not prevent your returning home to-morrow. 





a. Use guin,— b. per A. stare.—c. quoiminus.— d. Passive impersonal. — 
e. Epistolary imperfect: § 282 (G. 244; H. 472. 1).—/f Imp. subj.—g. sidé 
conciliare.— h, vanus.— 1, gui.— 7. calamus.— k, gud scriberem.— 1, qud.—. 
m. excedo’ q.—n. quam primum.—o. statim, 


44 Latin Composition. 


PART. SECOND. 


———- 6 


I.—SuUBSTANTIVE CLAUSES, 


(lndirect Discourse.) 


Lesson 24. 
Accusative and Infinitive :—1. 


1. LEARN the rule for the use of the Infinitive with 
Subject-Accusative: § 272 (G. 527; H. 535. 1). 


a. This form is to be employed in Latin in cases where @ simple 
statement of fact is introduced in English by THAT, following a verb 
of saying, &c. Thus — 


He says that the mountain is held by the enemy, dicié 
montem ab hostibus tenéri. 


Here the actual words of the speaker were: mG6ns ab hostibus 
tenétur, the mountain ts held by the enemy. In indirect discourse 
the subject m6ns becomes accusative, montem, and the verb 
tenétur is put in the infinitive, tenéri. 

6. In these cases, the infinitive, with subject-accusative, is the 
Object of the verb, and is called a Substantive Clause: §§ 329, 330! 
(G. 523. R.', 527; H. 533-535. 1). For example — 


He says [that] he knows [that] those things are true, dicit 
scire sé illa esse véra. 


Here the object of dicit is the clause scire...véra; the object 
of scire is illa...véra. Standing by itself, it would be: illa sunt 
véra, those things are true; and in making this the object of seit, 
he knows, the nominative illa becomes accusative, and the verb 
sunt becomes the infinitive esse. But again, scit illa esse véra 
is made the object of dicit, when scit becomes scire, and its subject 
is put in the accusative. 

Norte. — In clauses of this kind, the word ¢ha¢ is often omitted 
in English, as in the above examples. 


Accusative and Infinitive. 45 


c. If the subject of scit is the same as the subject of dicit, — that 
is, if the speaker says that he himself knows,— the reflexive pro- 
noun must be used, because this refers to the subject of the princi- 
pal verb; so we have dicit sé scire, etc., ke says that he himself 
knows. But if the speaker is talking about somebody else, the 
accusative of is, ille, or hic must be used. Thus, dicit eum scire 
would mean, Ze (Marcus) says that he (Caius) knows. So dico 
mé scire, / say that / know, &c. The sentence here analyzed illus- 
trates the common case of one accusative with the infinitive depend- 
ing upon another. 

d. Some verbs require the reflexive in Latin which do not in 
English; thus, simulat sé esse bonum, e pretends to be good. 
So sometimes verbs of desiring; as, cupio mé esse clémentem, 
L desire to be merciful. 


2. For the use of Tenses in Indirect Discourse, 
learn § 288 (G. 530; H. 541-543). Thus — 


I. For incomplete, indefinite, or contemporary action: 


He says that he knows, now, dicié sé scire; but 

He said that he knew, THEN, diwit sé scire; and 

He used to say that he knew, dicébat sé scire; or, 
He was saying, &c., when something else occurred. 

He says that he is laughing, now, dicit sé ridére; 
He said that he was laughing, THEN, dixit sé ridére. 


Note. — The defective verb inquam is regularly used, paren- 
thetically, with direct quotations. All other verbs of sayzng, &c., 
—as dico, nego, réspondeo, —are in general followed by Indirect 
Discourse. : 


2. For complete action: 


He says that he nas laughed (but has ceased), dicit sé risisse ; 
He said that he nap laughed (but had ceased), dtxit sé risisse. 


~ 


3. For future action: 


He says that he witt come, dicit sé venttiirum [esse]; 
He said that he wovuLp come, dixit sé ventirum. 


46 Latin Composttion. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. We know that Ceesar will be absent. 
2. You think that he was your enemy. 
3. He says that he is well. 
4. He supposed that Marcus would not come. 
5. I saw that the army was approaching. 
6. They thought we should be absent. 
7. I feel that I have been merciful. 
8. Czesar understood that I had been his friend. 
g. I pretended to be mad. 
10. He pretends to be your friend. 
11. We are mindful that we are mortal. 
12. There was a rumor? that Ceesar was dead. 


Lesson 25. 


Accusative and Infinitive : — 2. 


THE General Rules for the use of Tenses in Indirect 
Discourse have been given in the preceding lesson ; 
but certain verbs require special attention. 

a. After verbs of hoping, promising, and undertaking, the Future 
Infinitive should be used only when the action is future relatively to 
the predicate. Thus — 

I hope that you will come, spéro té venttirum esse ; but, 

I hope that you are well, spéro té valére. 

REMARK. — Notice that when the person performing the action 
is the same as the person hoping, &c., the reflexive pronoun must 
be used. Thus— 

I promise to come, polliceor mé venturum [esse]; 

You promise to come, pollicéris té venttirum ; 

He promises to come, pollicétur sé venttirum. 





a. Should in this sentence represents sha// of the actual thought, becoming 
past after the past tense thought. The original expression would be “ we shall 
be absent.” Use the future infinitive. — 4. The infinitive clause, in this case, is 
sometimes ‘called the object of the verbal phrase 7#mor erat; but is, more 
strictly, thé predicate after erat: see § 272. Rem. 


Accusative and Infinitive. 47 


6. On the other hand, memini and similar verbs use the present 
infinitive for a past action, when it is an action actually witnessed 
by the person speaking. Thus — 

I remember that Cesar was present (I myself having witnessed 

it), memint Caesarem adesse; but, 

I remember that Cesar conquered Gaul (having learned the fact 

from others), memint Caesarem Galliam vicisse. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. I hope that Ceesar will come.—2. I hope to come. — 
3. He promised that I should have a province. — 4. He prom- 
ised to give me a province.—5. He said that Marcus was- 
absent.*— 6. He said that Marcus had been absent. — 7. He 
hopes to meet? us. — 8. He thinks that we shall meet Cato. — 
g. He promised that we should meet Cato.—10. They de- 
clared that we had-been-neglected.°— 11. I think that she has 
been neglected.— 12. I thought that she was neglected. — 
13. I remember that you were-present.? 


Translate into Latin. 


1. I hope that King Deiotarus will send ambassadors to us. 

2. We hope that you are no-longer distressed in mind, 

3. He promises speedily to come with all his* forces to our 
camp. 

4. Sextus Roscius demanded two of [his] father’s slaves 
for (ad) torture: don’t’ you remember that Titus Roscius 
refused ? | 

5. You remember that I so laid-out the case in the beginning. 

6. Who promised that we should see the ocean to-day? 

7. He thinks that you have not-yet written the letter. 

8. He thinks that you have not-yet written-out the oration. 

g. The consul supposed that the enemy had already 
crossed the river; the enemy waited, hoping that the consul 
would lead his forces across. 





- a. absum.— b, convenio.— c. neglego3 — d. adsum,—e. The possessive 
is not to be expressed unless for emphasis or to avoid ambiguity; but pee 
ete, ,may mean “his forces.” — Sf ~ne : § 2t0. @ (H. 351. 2). 


7. a Latin Composition. 


10. I hope that you will be even firmer. 

11. What did you suppose that those* said who saw° [this ] ? 
what [did you suppose] that those thought who heard ? it? 

12. The Carnutes declare that they shrink from no peril, and 
the chiefs promise to make war. 


Lesson 26. 
Accusative and Infinitive :—3. 


In the following points the Latin usage differs from 
the English :— 

a. The word which governs the Accusative with the Infinitive is 
sometimes omitted, being implied in a preceding expression: § 330. 
e.(G. 652. N.2; H. 523. Note): as, 

The Eduans send deputies to Cesar to ask for help, [saying] 
that. they had deserved so well, xc, Aeduit légatos 
ad Caesarem mittunt, rogadtum auxilium; ita sé 
meruisse, etc. , 

6. When the statement is in the form of a denial of the fact con- 
tained in the object-clause, nego is commonly used instead of dico 
...n6n. Thus— 

I am well, valeo; He says that he is well, ait sé valere. 

I am not well, dn valeo; He says that he is not well, 
negat sé valére (instead of ait sé non valére, which 
would be grammatically correct). 

c. A Relative or other subordinate Clause in indirect discourse 
(except where merely explanatory) has its verb in the Subjunctive: 
§ 336 (G. 653; H. 524). Thus— 

He said [that] these were [the men] whom he had seen, diaxit 

hos esse quos vidisset. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. I am very much offended.— 2. I said that I was not 
offended. — 3. He did not say that he was a Roman citizen. — 





a. is, the proper pronoun to use as antecedent to a relative. — 6, Subjunctive. 


Special Constructions. 49 


4. I said that he was not a Roman citizen.—5. They said 
that they should not follow.—6. He says this is the dog he 
panes Fey 
heri Translate into Latin. 
He says that you cannot write to me. 
He says that you could not (were not able to) write to me. 
He said that you could not (at that time) write to me. 
He said that you could not have written to me.* 
5. They rejoice at having learned’ (that. hey themselves 
have learned). 
6. King Deiotarus sent ambassadors to me, [saying] that 
he would come with all his forces into my camp. 
4. I hear that you are distressed in mind, and that the 
physician says you suffer from‘ this. 
8. He said that the city which he had visited was not 
sufficiently fortified. 
9g. He did not say that the city was sufficiently fortified. 
10. They hope soon to finish the work they began? yesterday. 
11. Who can deny® that all these [things] which we see 
(indic.) are ruled by the power of the gods? 
12. He despairs’ [he says] not only of (,2é) royal-power, 
but even of that power which he has (subj.). 


i ee 


Lesson 27. 
Special Constructions. 


BESIDES the simple narrative of Indiiect Discourse, 
several Special Constructions require to be noticed. 
These are — 


I. Questions: § 338 (G. 654. R.; H. 523. ii. 2°; 
2. Commands: § 339 (G. 655; H. id. iii.); 
3. Conditions: § 337 (G. 659. 1, 2; H. 527). 


a. Coyld not have written = were not able to write; th refore use perf. infin, 
of possum, with pres, infin. of scr7é0.—d. See § 333. 6 (G. 533; H. 535. iii.). 
—c. ex.—d. incifio® If the indicative is used here, it will mean, the work 
which (as we know) they actually began ; if the subjunctive, that which (as they 
say) they began, —e, Pres, subj.—/ Indirect discourse, 





50 Latin Composition. 


a. Questions are sometimes in the accusative and infinitive, — 
especially the accusative of the Future Participle, esse being under- 
stood. Thus — 

- Who (said they) will dare to succeed Alexander? quem 
ausurum Alexandro succédere ? 


6. The phrase would have been, or the like, is to be expressed in 
indirect discourse by the Future Participle with fuisse. Thus — 


I should have come if I had been well, vénissem (= ven- 

turus eram) si valuissem. 

He wrote that he would have come if he had not been sick, 

scripsit sé venturum fuisse, nisi aegrotasset. 

Nore. — In the exercises below, the Question or Command is 
generally given in the azvect form. The student should, accordingly, 
change the form to that of indirect discourse, putting all the verbs 
in the third person, and assuming a verb of saying or asking in the 
past tense. It may be well to write the sentences first in the direct 
form, comparing those given under § 339 (G. 664). If they should 
prove too difficult, they may be left till the review. 

Write in Latin. 

1. Ariovistus, when I* was consul, sought most eagerly the 
friendship of the. Roman people: why does any-one so hastily 
suppose that he will withdraw from [his] duty? I for-my-part?® 
am persuaded® that he will cast-off neither my good-will nor 
[that] of the Roman people. 

2. But if, driven by rage and madness, he should bring? war, 
pray what are you afraid-of*? | 

3. If any are troubled by’ the defeat’ and flight of the 
Gauls, they, if they ask, can find, that while* the Gauls were 
worn-out by the length of the war, Ariovistus, having kept* him- 
self for many months in camp and in swamp, and having given 
no chance at him attacked* [them] suddenly, hopeless [as they 
were | of battle and dispersed, [and] conquered [them] more 
by skill’ and strategy’ than by valor. 





a. Abl. abs. with mé.— 4. quidem. — c. Impersonal with Dative.—d. infero 
(pluperfect). — e. vereor.2— 7, Use the active construction. — 2. adversum 
proelium (nom.).—. Ablative absolute.—-z. Clause with cum.—/. suz potes- 
tatem facere,—k, adorior* (participial construction). — 4. ratio, cousilium, 


Indirect Questions. 51 


4. But if, besides, no one shall follow, still I will go with the 
tenth legion alone, about which I have no misgiving, and this 
shall be my (dat.) body-guard.* - 

5. If you persist in pursuing (inf.) [us] with war, remember 
the old disaster of the Roman people, and the ancient valor of 
the Helvetians. Do not allow’ that place where we have stood°® 
to take [its] name from the calamity of the Roman people and 
the slaughter of [their] army. 

6. Who [said they] will give the signal in-our-retreat?? who 
will dare to succeed Alexander? Suppose * we penetrate as-far- 
as (ad) the Hellespont in [our] flight, who will prepare a fleet in 


which we may cross-over? 
Anecdotes. 


1. The mother’ of Phalaris— writes Ponticus Heraclides, a 
learned man, a hearer and disciple of Plato — appeared to see 
in [her] sleep (plur.) the images of the gods, which she had 
consecrated in-her-house ; of (ex) these Mercury seemed from 
a bowl which he held in his right hand to pour blood, which, 
when it reached’ the ground seemed to boil-up,” so that the 
whole house overflowed with blood. This‘ dream of the mother 
was made-good/ by the monstrous cruelty of [her] son. 

2. Publius Scipio,’ the same who was first called Africanus, 
used to say — [as] Cato has written, who was nearly of-his-time* 
— that he was never less idle’ than when at-leisure,’ and-never” 
less alone than when he was alone. 


Lesson 28. 


Indirect Questions. 
NoTE. — For the forms of interrogation in Simple Sentences, see 
Lesson 3. 
1. An interrogative expression may be incorporated 
in the main sentence as the subject or object of a verb, 





| a. praetoria cohors.—6. committere ut.—c. consisto3 — d. fugientibus, — 
é. ut,—f. Indirect discourse depending on scribere. — g. attingo® (plup.). — 
h. refervesco.8 — i, Relative.— 7. comprobo1: use the active construction, — 
&, aequalis, with genitive.— 7, d¢idsus.— m. nec, 


52 Latin Composition. 


thus becoming a substantive clause. In this case it is 
called an Indirect Question, and its verb is in the sub- 
junctive: § 334 (G. 469; H. 529). Thus— 


I see who has the book, video quis librum habeat. 


Note. — Here the form of direct question would be, guzs drum 
habet ? Other examples are — 

quantum habés ?— dic mihi quantum habeas. 

unde venis ?—nescio unde veniais. — 

num Romanus es?—rogo num Romanus sis. 

nonne hoc vidés ? — quaerit nonne hoc videds. 


a. In indirect questions num has the same force as -ne. 

6. The interrogative expression may be made the subject of the 
verb: as, n6n cdnstat quis habeat Etriiriam, 7 zs not known 
who has Etruria, where the clause quis . . . Etriiriam is subject of 
constat. 


2. Alternative questions, like simple ones, can be 
made the subject or object of a verb, and in this case 
take the subjunctive as Indirect Questions: thus — 


I do not know whether it was Cesar or Pompey, nescio 
utrum Caesar fuerit an Pompéius. 

It is not clear whether we have peace or war, bellum pa- 
cemne habeamus non constat. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. Who will* go with me®?— 2. What® soldier will go with 
us?— 3. Will any one® follow Czesar?— 4. He does not say 
who will go with you.—5, I do not know whether any one will 
go with us. — 6. I asked whether you had seen Marcus. — 7. I 
wished to know whether you were absent. — 8. Will you* come, 
or 1?— 9. Do you give us peace or war? —1o. Is Cesar to be 
king or not?—11. I do not know whether Cesar is to be king 





a. = wishes to go.— 3. mécum: § 99. e (G. 414. R.1;'H. 184. 2).— cc. § 104. 
a(H. 188.1; G. 104, first two lines). — d. mum quis or ecquis,—e. “ You” must 
be expressed, as it is contrasted with “ I.” 


is eo, a oe oat © iis 
f OF THE 


| UNIVERSI 


“=, 


Other Forms of Substantive Cla 





or emperor. —12. He did not say whether he was Blevsi- ur 
not. — 13. When did you come?— 14. I ask you when you 
came.— 15. I asked you when you came. 


Translate into Latin. 


What was the cause of hatred? 
I do not know what cause of hatred there was. 
I do not know whether there was a cause of hatred. 
How? do these matters stand ? 
How these matters stand, I dare not’ relate, even’ in a letter. 
Fearing to inquire which [of the two] was* Porsena, he 
kills the secretary instead-of the king. 

7. I do not see what can be more suited to a good man 
than to stand aside from civil disputes. 

' 8. Iam uncertain whether I am more pushed by the sword 
or by famine. 

g. Often it is asked, not whether a thing is [true] or not, 
but of-what-sort it is. 

10. It is asked earnestly whether it was done or not. 

11. Did the Picene land follow the mad-counsels of-the- 
tribunes,? or the authority of the consuls ? 

12. Did [then] conscience, as (¢@ guod@) is wont to happen, 
make you timid and suspicious ? 

13. Doubt now, judges, if you can, by whom Sextus Roscius 
was killed ; by him who, on account of his death, lives in pov- 
erty and in [the midst of] plots, or by those who avoid investi- 
gation, [and] possess [his] property (dona). 


Pe ere eT 


Lesson 20. 
Other Forms of Substantive Clause. 


1. For the classification of Substantive Clauses, see 
§ 329, Note (H. 540, comparing G. 507). 





a. quomodo.—b. née... quidem,—c. § 287. e (G. 511. R.1;- H. 495. ii). — 
d. tribiinicius: § 190 (G. alo. R.1 ; H. 395. N, 2). 


TY 


54 Latin Composition. 


Besides Infinitive Clauses (with or without subject- 
accusative), are the following : — 


A.— SUBJUNCTIVE CLAUSES WITH ut. 


NoTE. — These differ from simple dependent clauses of Purpose 
or Result (see Lesson 23) in being the subject or object of a verb. 


See §§ 331, 332 (G. 544. 1. il., 546, 555. 2, 3, 4, 557+ 558, 5593 
H. 540. iii., 498, 501). | . 

2. Subjunctive Clauses are either — 

a. Clauses of Purpose, with ut or né: as, 

I ask you to come, rogo ut venias. 
Here the clause ut venias is the object of rogo. Negatively, it 
would be 

I ask you not to come, rogo né venias. 

REMARK. — Notice the special use of ut and né with verbs of 
Fearing: § 331. f (G. 552°; H. 408. iii. nN. 1). Thus— . 

I fear he will come, vereor né veniat. 

I fear he will not come, vereor ut veniat. 

&. Clauses of Result, with ut or ut nG6n: as, 


I cause you to come, efficio ut venias. 
It happened that you had not come, événit ut non vée- 
Nisses. 

NoTE. —It is not obvious, at first sight, that this last sentence 
differs in kind from He said that you had not come, which requires 
the Accusative and Infinitive of indirect discourse. The student 
will do well to study carefully and compare the lists of verbs or 
verbal phrases given at the foot of pages 239, 241, 242 of the Gram- 
mar (A. & G.). For the Sequence of Tenses in these and other 
dependent constructions, see Lesson 20. 


B.— INDICATIVE CLAUSES WITH quod. 


3. The Indicative Clause with guod is used — 


a. When a statement of fact is made for explanation or specifica- © 
tion: § 333, with a (G. 525. with R.?; H. 540. iv.). Thus— 


Other Forms of Substantive Clause. 55 


It is unlucky that he returned, quod rediit infaustum 
est. 

As to your saying this (7.c., as to the fact that you said it), &., 
quod hoc dixisti. 


5. When the clause is the object of a verb of Feeling: § 333. 4 
(G. 542 and 533; H. 535. ili. N.). Thus — 


I am glad that you have come, gaudeo quod vénisti. 


Note. — Here the accusative and infinitive may also be used: 
as, gaudeo té vénisse. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. I cause the Romans to fight (= shat the Romans fight). 
— 2. I will cause the Romans to fight.—3. I caused the 
Romans to fight. — 4. I have caused the Romans to fight. — 
5. I had caused the Romans to fight.—6. We will bring [it] 
to pass that he depart.— 7. He grieves because you are not 
well.— 8. I wished to come. — g. They cried out that they were 
ready.*— 10. They cried out that he should lead them against 
the enemy.’ — 11. I entreated him to spare me. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. They caused the departure to seem (caused that the 
departure seemed) just-like a flight. 

2. I wish,’ fathers, to cross the Tiber, and enter the camp 
of the enemy. 

3. What more befits a good and peaceful man, and a good 
citizen, than? to stand aside ® from civil disputes ? 

4. I for-my-part will not make-the-mistake/ of giving (that 
I give to) you some ground of refusing. 

5. The senate decreed? that the consuls should inquire 
into” this affair. 

6. I am glad that I have interrupted you. 





a. Statement of a fact.— 4. Something to be done.—c. § 331. 4 (G. 532. 
R3; H. 533. i.).—d. § 332. 6 (H. 502. 2). —e. Either infinitive or w¢ with the 
subjunctive.—/. § 332. ¢.—g. § 332. 2 (G. 546; H. 498. i. N.).— 2. dé. 


56 Latin Composition. 


7. He commands the Ubians to lead away* [their] flocks, 
and convey all their’ [possessions] from the fields into the 
towns. | 

8. He promises to write to me. 


Lesson 30. 
Impersonal Verbs. 


IMPERSONAL VERBS may be divided, in respect to 
their construction, into two principal classes :— 


a. Those purely impersonal, which have no subject at all. These 
are —e ; 

1. Those which express operations of nature: as, grandinat, 77 
hails; pluit, 2 rains. 

2. The passive of intransitive verbs: as, 

There is sinning, peccatur ; 

Fighting was going on, pugnabatur ; 

There is need of striving, nitendum est. 


REMARK. — When an impersonal verb of this class is put into 
the construction of the accusative with the infinitive, it remains with 
no subject: as, . 

It snows, ningit; I see that it is snowing, video ningere. 

We must fight, pignandum est; It is clear that we must 

fight, constat puignandum esse. 

5. Those which have a substantive clause as subject: viz., either 
an infinitive clause, a subjunctive clause, or the clause with quod. 


1. Those which have a simple infinitive as subject are generally 
followed by the dative: as, 


I like to joke, libet mihi joca7ri. 


To this class belong licet, zt zs permitted ; libet, zt zs pleasing ; 
placet, zt zs thought best ; necesse est, zt zs necessary; and certum 
est, zt zs determined. 





a § 331. @ (H. 498. i; G. 546).—%. § 197. d (H. 441; G. 195. 2). 


Impersonal Verbs. 57 


2. Oportet, z/ dchooves; cdnstat, zt zs well agreed; and occa- 
sionally those given above (libet, etc.), take the accusative with the 
infinitive: as, 

It was necessary that there should be some head, esse ali- 

quod caput oportéebat. 


Here esse . . . caput is subject of oportébat. 


3. Those which have a subjunctive clause as subject (see Lesson 
26). To this class belong accidit and contingit, z¢ happens ; se- 
quitur, 2 follows; réstat and reliquum est, z¢ remains; fit, zt 
happens ; futirum est, zt zs going to happen ; mos est, zt 2s custom- 
ary; &c. e 

4. Those which take the clause with quod (see Lesson 29). 


c. The passive of verbs of Saying, &c., may be used either per- 
sonally or impersonally. 

Thus, we may say either Crassus dicitur abesse, Crassus is 
said to be absent, or (less commonly) dicitur Crassum abesse, 77 zs 
said that Crassus ts absent, where Crassum abesse is subject of 
dicitur: § 330. 2, 6 (G. 528; H. 534.1. with 1). 


Note. — With impersonal verbs, the word IT is used in English, 
but is not to be rendered into Latin. For special constructions, see 
§§ 221. 4, c, 222, 227. ¢, 237. é (G. 376, 381, 382.2; H. 409. iii. N., 
408. I and 2). 


Oral Exercises, 


1. You may (it is permitted to you to) set out.— 2. May I 
go with you? — 3. He might have done this (it was permitted 
to him to do this). — 4. It will please‘us to call-upon you. — 
5. Cesar ought (it behooves Cesar) to be angry. — 6. I ought 
not to have been angry. — 7. It does not become you to lie. — 
8. It is raining. —g. You see that it is raining. —10. It is 
well agreed that Romulus founded Rome. — 11. It happened 
that Caesar was present. — 12. I (dat.) am determined to ad- 
vance. — 13. The consul thought best (it pleased the consul) 
to convene the senate. — 14. You have leave (it is permitted) 
to depart.— 15. It follows that you have leave to depart. — 
16. We ought to rejoice. — 17. He said that I ought not to 
delay. — 18. It was said that Caesar had been defeated. 


“a GB F . FF ¥ 
OF THE % 
UNIVERSITY 





58 Latin Composition. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. It was necessary* for me to set out for the province with 
military-power. 

2. It happened, contrary to my will and beyond [my] ex- 
pectation, that it was necessary for me to go into the province 
with military-power. 

3. It has rained stones (abl.) on the Alban Mount. 

4. It was announced to king and senate’ that it had rained 
stones on the Alban Mount. 

5. It is proper to write-out one yada out of so many. 

6. I have judged it proper (that it is proper) to write out 
one speech out of so” many. 

7. Which-of-the-two killed Sextus Roscius? 

8. It remains, that we are in doubt [as to] this, which of 
the two killed Sextus Roscius. 

9. People run (there-is-running) from. all parts* of the city 
into the forum. 

10. He said that it had never pleased him? that Avaricum 
was defended. 

11. It follows that you do not know how these matters stand. 

12. It is enough not to be a liar.® 


II. — MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTIONS. 


Lesson 31. 
Modifications of the Predicate. 


1. AN adjective agreeing with a substantive clause 
must be in the neuter gender: as, 
It is clear to all that there are gods, est omnibus per-~ 
spicuum deos esse. 


Here, perspicuum agrees with the clause deds esse, with which | 
it is connected by est. 





a. necesse.—b. patrés.—c. locus.—d. The reflexive pronoun, as relating to 
the subject of said; dative after p/acet. —e. This should properly be an accusative 
with the infinitive, aliguem esse, etc., that one is not, &c.; but aliguem is omitted. 


Modifications of the Predicate. 59 


2. A subject, whether a noun or infinitive clause, 
may be connected by the copula with a limiting geni- 
tive: § 214. c and d (G. 365; H. 401 and 403). Thus— 


The army is of (belongs to) the consul, coOnsulis est exer- 
citus. 

It is for the consul to defend the city, consulis est dé- 
fendere urbem. 


a. A genitive used in this way often stands instead of a predicate 
adjective in agreement with a phrase or clause. Thus— 

It is wise to look before you leap, sapientis (not sapiéns) 

est priusquam inruat prospicere. 

6. A genitive of this class is a subjective (or possessive) genitive, 
denoting the source of the action described. In the case of personal 
pronouns, the genitive cannot be used in this way, because their 
genitives, mei, tui, sui, ndstri, and vestri, are only objective. 
Hence, 2 

It is for me (you, us) to defend the city, mewm (tuum, 

suum, nostrum, not mei, etc.) est défendere urbem. 


3. With impersonal verbs which govern the dative, 
an adjective with esse will be either in the accusative, 
- or, by attraction, in the dative: § 272. a (G. 535. 2; 
H:§36.2, 2);°3)). 


I am at liberty to take my ease, licet mihi esse Otidsé 
(or ofiosum) ; but, 

I ought not to take my ease, nOn oportet mé esse Oti- 
osum ; or, non débeo esse Otidsus. 


NOTE. — With licet the dative is the usual construction; with 
other impersonal verbs the accusative is preferred. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. To err is human.— 2. It is easy to do this. — 3. Is it 
not shameful to lie? 4. It is wise (for a wise man) to despise 
empty honors.— 5. It shows wisdom to reject folly. — 6. It is 
not for you to say this. — 7. It is shameful for him to do so. — 


60 | Latin Composition. 


8. It is [the duty] of the consuls to defend the city.— 9. It is 
our [ privilege] to die for (470) [our] country.— 10. You have 
leave to be neutral.— 11. They ought to be ready. — 12. The - 
consuls think it best to be watchful. —13. They had made up 
their minds (certum erat) to be faithful. — 14. It becomes you 


to be modest.— 16. It was rash to advance so hastily. 
- . impriudéns progredior® temere 


Translate into Latin. 
1. It is a serious [thing] to be accused with-truth. 
2. He thought it dangerous to enter within the guard. 
3. It is a Roman [virtue] both to do and to suffer bravely. ' 
4. It is wicked to deceive by falsehood ; it is shameful to 
change [one’s] opinion. 
5- It is uncertain what will chance. 
6. It was your [privilege] to have served in that war. 
7. To manage [one’s] business ill is [ worthy ] of a madman. 
8. It seems to you'a royal [act] to despise all lusts, to 
think (sen¢ire) freely in the senate. 
9. It.is for me [who am] poor to count [my] flock. 
10. In so great perils, it is for you, Marcus Cato, to see what 
is going on. 
11. Is it for an orator to wish to excite laughter? 
12. Weask whether it is for an orator to wish to excite laughter. - 
13. This very [thing] is [the mark] of a great (swmmus) 
orator, to seem a great orator (acc.) to the people. 
14. It was more glorious to contend with him than not to have 
[any] adversary at all. 


Lesson 32. 
Use of Tenses. 
THE relations of Time are expressed with more pre- 


cision by the tenses employed in Latin than by the cor- 
responding English usage. In particular — 


a. When the action of a subordinate clause is yet to come, the 
Future must be used in Latin, where English admits the Present: as, 


We shall be healed if we wish, sa@nabimur si volémus. 


Use of Tenses. | 61 


b. When the action of the subordinate clause is complete in re- 
lation to the principal clause, the tenses of completed action are used 
in Latin where English prefers the zzdefinite: as, 


It shall be done if you deserve (shall have earned it), st? eris 
meritus, fret. 


: Translate into Latin. 


1. This you, Brutus, wil know at once ( jam) when you 
come apn Gaul. 

2. He will both judge what each needs, and will be able to 
speak in whatever manner the cause demands. 

3. He will be eloquent, who is able to adapt his discourse 
to (that), whatever is becoming. 

4. Whatever mischief,’ crime, slaughter there shall be, this 
ought to belong (froprius esse) to the Roscn. 

5. If you listen to me, you will avoid enmities, and consult 
for the ease of posterity. 

6. I shall accomplish this more e easily if you come to me in 
(into) Cilicia ; and I think it concerns both me and the repub- 
lic, and especially you. 

7. [Your] vices shall follow you whithersoever you go. 

8. I truly will follow the old road, but if I find a nearer and 
more level one, this I will repair. 

[As much] care as you’ bestow upon your health, so 
highly I shall judge that I am valued by you. 
to. As quickly as I can,’ and by as frequent letters, I will 
make’ the whole plan of my days and journeys known to you. 
11. The earth never refuses [our] rule, and never returns 
without usury what it receives. 


Fable. 


A fox by chance had seen a tragic mask: “ Oh how great a 
show,” said he, “‘ has no brain !”’ 

This is said for those to whom fortune has granted honor and 
glory, [but] has taken away [from them] common sense. 





a. Partitive genitive.— 4. quam celerrimé potero.—c. efficere ut. 


62 Latin Composition. 


Lesson 33. 
Wishes and Commands. 


TueE following cases of the Subjunctive and Impera- 
tive require to be carefully observed : — 


1. The hortatory and optative uses of the subjunctive in Wishes: 
§§ 266, 267 (G. 253-257; H. 483, 484. i. ii. with 1, 2, 3, 4); distin- 
guishing the uses of the primary and secondary tenses. 

2. The imperative in Commands: § 269 (G. 259; H. 487), 
noting the special uses of the Future: § 269. d, ¢ (G. 262, 260. R.; 
H. 487. 2). 

3. The various forms of Prohibition, § 269. a (G. 264, 266; 
H. 488, 489). 


REMARK.—In Prohibitions, né must be used instead of n6n; 
but nihil may be used for né quid, nillus for né illus, etc. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. Send Marcus to me.— 2. Attend carefully.— 3. Let us 
go with him.— 4. Do not fear.—5. Be sure you do not do 
this. — 6. May I accomplish your designs !— 7. Do not boast 
without reason. — 8. Come and bring your brothers with you, 
and be sure you do not delay.—g. Let me know of your ar- 
rival. — 10. Do not wonder that I come unwillingly.—11. Do 
not think that I come unwillingly.—12. Be assured that we 
shall be faithful. 

Translate into Latin. 

1. Consider this, as-is-worthy your nature. 

2. Even if you have not [any thing] to write (which you 
may write, subj.), yet write. 

3.. Do not say that I am obstinate. 

4. Be not so unjust. 

5. If you do not lie, may I perish. 

6. Let the forum give way to the camp, peace to war, the 
pen to the sword, the shade to the sun. 

7. Would that those songs were extant. 


Use of Participles. "63 


8. Do not suffer me, the erandson of Masinissa, to seek? 
aid from you in vain. | 
9. If you love me, if you wish to be loved by me, send 
letters to me. | 
10. Fear no army, no battle: 
11. Pardon nothing; grant nothing at all to favor; be not 
moved by pity. 
12. Do not think that there has been any thing in our state 
more excellent than these two [men]. 
13. They shall not take nor (méve) give a bribe, neither (zézve) 
in seeking, nor in administering power. 
14. If they cannot stand, let them fall. 
15. If there is any spirit in us, let us avenge the death of 
those who have perished most unworthily, and kill these robbers. 
16. May your judgment and [that] of the Roman people 
approve my desire, and the hope of the rest of [my ] life! 


Anecdote. 
- 


_ Epaminondas, the Theban, when his soldiers were saddened 
(abl. abs.) because’ the wind had carried away (perf. pass. 
part.) from his spear an ornament hanging after-the-manner 
(more) of a fillet, [and] driven [it] upon the tomb of a certain 
Lacedzmonian, said: ‘Do not be alarmed, soldiers ; destruc- 
tion is portended to the Lacedzemonians ; for [their] tombs are 
adorned with offerings.” 


Lesson 3A. 
Use of Participles. 


I. PARTICIPLES are often used in Latin where Eng- 
lish usage prefers a subordinate clause, or even an 
independent sentence. 


See examples under § 292 (G. 667-673; H. 549). 





a. Accusative with infinitive.— 6. = decause the wind had driven an orna- 
meni {which was] carried away. 


64. Latin Composition. 


2. Respecting the ¢me of participles, the following 
points are to be observed :— . 


a. Only Deponent verbs have the perfect active participle. With 
other verbs, this relation is expressed either by a subordinate clause 
(generally with cum and the pluperfect subjunctive), or by the 
passive participle in the ablative absolute: as, 


Having learned this thing through [his] scouts, hac ré per 
speculatorés cognita (Cexs.); or, cum hanc rem 
cognovisset, 

6. The perfect participle of a few deponents is often used where we 

should use the present: § 290. 6 (G. 278. R.; H. 550. N. 1). Thus — 


Fearing an ambuscade, he kept his army in camp, insidias 
veritus, exercitum castris continuit (id.). 
c. The future participle is often used to express intention or 
purpose: as, lociitiirus, about (or zntending) to speak. 
Oral Exercises. 
N.B. In these sentences notice carefully the relation of the time 
of the participle to that of the verb. 


1. [While] withdrawing from the [line of] battle, he crossed 
cédo 


trauseo 
a small river.— 2. The consul led the army across the river 


in-order-to-help Syracuse. — 3. Catching-sight-of the army of the 


conspicor * 

enemy, he crossed the river in-order-to attack it.— 4. Defeating 
aggredior® vinco® 

the enemy with great slaughter, he set out with three legions. 

claidés 
—5. Encamping on the bank of the river, he waited-for the 
exspecto' 

rest-of the troops. — 6. Confessing their fault, they begged 
Sateor? culpa petos 

indulgence. — 7. They cast themselves-at Czesar’s feet, confess- 

venta projicto (dat.) 


ing their fault. 


Translate into Latin. 
1. The letters which had been given? made the crime manifest. 
2. They beg that they be not deserted by the rest, zow that 
a commencement of war has been made. 





a. whith had been given = having-been-given,— 6, Ablative absolute. _ 


Gerund, Gerundive, and Supine. 65 


3. They announce to our ambassadors that they have re- 
turned decause they feared* the perfidy of the Bituriges. 

4. The townsmen, terrified, sezzed® those by whose means they 
thought the rabble had been stirred up, and led them to Cesar. 

5. He sent colonists to Signia and-Circeii, who should be 
a defence (plur.) to the city by land and sea. 

6. It was announced to Lucius Quinctius Cincinnatus 
[while] ploughing that he had been made dictator. 

7. After recovering this town, he trusted that he would 
bring the state of the Bituriges again into his power. 

8. There is behind me a long line of “hose who seek* the 
same honor. 

g. Are you going to take upon yourself so great labor, so 
great hostilities of so many men? 


Anecdote. 

After® Publius and Gnzeus Scipio had been overwhelmed in 
Spain, with the greater part of their army, and all the nations 
of that province had accepted (seguor) the friendship of the 
Carthaginians, s¢zce* no one of our generals dared to proceed 
thither to correct matters,‘ Publius Scipio, then in/ his twenty- 
fourth year, promised to go. By which spirit-of-confidence, 
indeed, he gave hope of safety and victory to the Roman 
people. 


Lesson 35. 


Gerund, Gerundive, and Supine. 
[ Compare Lesson 18.] 


1. In the use of the Gerund and Gerundive the fol- 
lowing points are to be observed : — 


a. In transitive verbs the gerundive is generally used instead of 





a. Of the three verbs that mean fear (¢imeo, metuo, and vereor), vereor alone, 
being a deponent, has a perfect active participle: use, therefore, either verifi or 
the clause guod timérent.— 6, The participle, ae with ¢0s, which is the 
object of /ed : § 292, Rem., 2d line (G. 667. R.1; H. 549).—c. ie., of (persons) 
seeking.— d@. Words put in é¢aZics, but not in Biaciots illustrate some principle 
of the lesson.— e. Accusative of gerundive, with ad. —/. agens; 


66 Latin Composition. 


the gerund, except in the genitive, in which they are about equally 
common ; as, 


conservandae patriae (= conservandi tate 25 causa. 
But — 

ad conservandam (not cOnservandum) patriam. 

6. In changing the construction of the gerund to that of the 
gerundive, the CASE of the gerund and gerundive must be the same; 
but the gerundive agrees, while the gerund governs: § 296 (G. 428; 
H. 543, 544). 

c. Although the gerundive is always passive, yet, like other pass- 
ives, it often corresponds to an active construction in English: as, 

We should exercise the memory (literally, the memory should 

be exercised), exercenda est memoria. 

The soldiers had to leap down from the ships, mlitibus 

dé navibus désiliendum [erat]. 

In this last sentence the gerundive is impersonal; z.¢., désilitur, 
there ts a leaping down = somebody leaps down; Aésiliendum erat, 
there was a necessity of leaping down. 


d. The Agent, with the gerundive, is regularly expressed by the 
Dative: § 232 (G. 353; H. 388). 
2. For the uses of the Supine, see §§ 302, 303 (G. 436, 
437 with R.!; H. 546, 547 with I, 2). 
Oral Exercises. 


1. He is desirous of fighting. — 2. We are fond of sailing. — 


cupidus - studidsus navigo* 
3. While writing. — 4. By running. —5. Of entering the city. 
inter curro® zntro} 
—6. Of entering the fields. — 7. On account of managing this 
gera® 
affair. — 8. We must? fight.— 9. Czesar must* lead-forth the 
res ediico* 
army.— 10. The censors gave-a-contract for building’ a tem- 
loco? aedifico' 


ple. — 11. They sent ambassadors to ask [for] peace.— 12. It 

is difficult to say who is the bravest of us.—13. The oie 
Sortis 

mander was obliged-to-follow* through the fields. 


perator seguor® 





a. Use the gerundive, with the dative.— 4. The gerundive agreeing with 
templum. 


, f OF THE 
Gerund, Gerundive, and Sup 





Translate into Latin. 


1. Plans have been formed in this state, of destroying the city, 
slaughtering the citizens, [and] extinguishing the Roman name. 

2. He dedicated places for performing the sacrifices, which * 
the pontifices call Arge7. 

3. We must contend with? luxury, with madness, with crime. 

4. He sends his son Aruns with part of the forces to*, be- 
siege Aricia. . 

5. We must see what comes into dispute. 

6. It is hard to tell in how great odium we are with? foreign 
nations. 

7. It seems necessary-to-speak (that it must be spoken) 
concerning the choice of a commander (concerning choosing, 
&c.) for this war. 

8. The memory must be trained by learning word-by-word 
as many writings as possible,’ both our [own] and foreign. 

g. I have not done this for the sake of exciting you, but of 
testifying my love. | 

10. He gave four legions to Labienus to lead (to be led) 
among’ the Senones. ) 

11. First I seek peace and indulgence from Jupiter, best [and ] 
greatest, and the other immortal gods and goddesses, and pray 
from them that they suffer this day to have shone upon [us], 
both to® preserve the safety of this [man], and to establish the 


common welfare. 
Anecdote. 


While Camillus was besieging the Faliscans,’ a schoolmaster 
delivered [to him] the children of the Faliscans, whom he had 
led forth’ outside the walls, as if for the sake of walking, saying 
that the state would necessarily do [what was] commanded,’ 
for [the purpose of ]/ getting back those hostages. Camillus 
not only spurned the treachery, but also gave over to the boys 





, a. § 199 (G. 616. 3, ii; H. 445. 4).— 3. cum.—c. adwith gerundive. — 

ad. apud.—e. § 93. 6 (G. 317; H. 170. 2 (2)).— f mm with accusative. — 
g. Dative of Camillus, with present participle. — % “having been led forth,” 
— i. the things commanded.—j7. Dative of gerund. 


UNIVERSITY | 


68 Latin Composition. 


their master, [ with] his hands bound behind his back (plur.), to 
drive him (gerundive) with rods to their parents, [thus] obtain- 
ing by kindness the victory which he had not desired by fraud ; 
for the Faliscans, on account of this justice, surrendered to him 
of their own accord. 


Lesson 36. 


Use of Conjunctions. 


NoTE. — For a list of the Conjunctions, with their classification © 
and meaning, see § 155. A.-H. (G. 476, 485, 494, 500, 501; H. 310, 
311); for their Syntax or special use, see §§ 156, 208, with a, 4, c, d 
(G. 477-484, 486-493, 495-499, 502-504; H. 554, 555). 


In the use of Conjunctions the following points are 
to be observed :— 

a. When several words follow one another in the same construc- 
tion, the conjunction (et) may be repeated between every two 
( polysyndeton), or may be wholly omitted (asyndeton). Thus — 

Marcus Antonius and Quintus Cassius, tribunes of the people, 

M,. Antonius Q. Cassius tribini pilébis. 

Go now to Philip, Parmenio, and Attalus, 27 nune ad Phi- 

lippum et Parmenionem et Attalum. 


4. Two or more Adjectives belonging to the same subject are 
ordinarily connected by et: as, 


A great white horse, equus magnus et albus. 


c. When a relative or conjunction precedes such a series of words, 

it is commonly repeated with each word (anaphora): as, 

Because they had harassed the Hdui, the Ambarri, and the 
Allobroges, quod Aeduos, quod Ambarros, quod 
Allobrogés vexdassent. 

da. When a negative word or clause is to be connected with what 

goes before, it is common to join the negative with the conjunction, 


not with the word or clause that is connected; so that neque takes 
the place of et nGn, and even of sed n6n: as, 


Unwilling and not innocent, inviti neque innocentés. 


Conjunctions ; Appostition. 69 


é.. The phrase neque enim often commences a sentence: as, 


For no one but traders visits these without good reason, 
neque enim temeré praeter mercatores ilo adit 
quisquam (for némo enim, etc.). 

Oral Exercises. 

1. Honor, justice, and mercy exhort us.— 2. We entreat 
you to spare us, our wives and children. — 3. They brought 
out their spears, swords, and shields. — 4. His countenance was 
calm, and not unfriendly. —5. We are ready, but not impatient. 
—6. He set out at once, and did not delay. —— 7. We receive 
you gladly, for we too are not forgetful of your many great kind- 
nesses. — 8. Our ancestors carried on wars with Antiochus, Philip, 
the A®tolians, and the Carthaginians.— 9. Cicero was a tall 
lean* [man], (and) of feeble® health ; but a fluent,’ witty,? and 
effective* pleader./’ Epistle. 

Tullius to his Terentia. 

If you are in good health, it is well: I am in good health. 
We have as yet nothing certain, either of Ceesar’s arrival, or of 
the letters which Philotimus is said to have. If there is any 
thing certain, I will let you know. Be sure (fac) that you take 
care of your health. Farewell. Aug. 11. 


III. — CASE-CONSTRUCTIONS. 


NoTE. — The more usual case-constructions have already been 
given in Lessons 7-16. Some of the more idiomatic usages, how- 
ever, are here introduced for further illustration, especially with a 
view to the introduction of classical examples. For remarks on the 
use of cases, see the Note on page 145 of the Grammar (A. & G.) ; 
and for a general view of these constructions, the Synopsis on p. 254. 


Lesson 37. 
Apposition. 


SmpeLe Apposition is often employed in Latin to 
express relations which in English would require an 





a. macer.— b, tenuis (abl.).—c. facundus.—d. facétus.— e. efficax. — 
fi orator. 


70 Latin Composition. 


adverbial phrase, or even a separate clause. In par- 
ticular, — = 


a. A noun in apposition is often used to express the time of an 
action, or some attendant circumstance: as, 


I [when] a youth loved Quintus Maximus, an old man, “ye 
Q. Maximum senem adulescéns dilexi. 

Cato learned Greek when he was an old man, Cato senex 

litteras Graecas didicit. 
Cesar came to the aid of the Gauls against the Germans, 
Caesar Gallis adjutor vénit adversus Germands. 

Cicero was banished from Rome in Pompey’s second consul- 
ship, Pompéio consule iterum Cicero Roma pul- 
sus est. 

NoTE. — The word c6nsule is here in predicate agreement 
with the name Pompéi6 in the ablative of time or circumstance 
(locative ablative). It may be considered a case of Ablative Abso- 
lute (understanding, if we will, a participle of esse), and is the 
common way of expressing dates in Latin. 

6. This form of apposition ( predicative) must be carefully distin- 
guished from ordinary (a/trzbutzve) apposition: as in Cato senex, 
the aged Cato; Caesar adjiitor, Cesar the helper. For special 
rules of agreement see §§ 184. a, 0, c; 185 (G. 319, 324. R.°, 334, 
with R.’; H. 362 and 373). 

Oral Exercises. 

1. Czesar entered Gaul as a conqueror.— 2. Zenobia was 
victorious over the Persians (gen.).— 3. I shall be created 
consul, — 4. The boy was called Milo.—5. I understand that 
the boy was called Milo. — 6. Cicero, when consul, suppressed 
the conspiracy of Catiline.— 7. Cato used to tell in his old 
age. — 8. Fabius in his second consulship. — 9. The consuls* 
Cicero and Antonius. 

Translate into Latin. 

1. Publius Africanus had been twice consul, and had de- 
stroyed the two terrors of this empire, Carthage and Numantia, 
when he accused Lucius Cotta. 





a. The titles should follow the names, 


“4 OF THE 


| UNIVERSITY 


Uses of the Genttive. OF CALI IL 





2. A great part of goodness is to wish to become good. 

3. Hardly any one (zémo fere) dances [when] sober, unless 
by chance he is crazy. 

4. History, the witness of times, the light of truth, the life of 
memory, the mistress of life, the messenger of antiquity, — by 
what voice but that of the orator (what other voice unless [that | 
of the orator) is [she] commended to immortality ? 

5. He was at Athens [when] a youth; he had turned out a 
perfect Epicurean, —a class not at all suited to speaking. 

6. Marius in his fourth consulship defeated the Cimbri and 
Teutones with very-great slaughter. 


Lesson 38. 
Uses of the Genitive. 


Tue following are special or idiomatic uses of the 
Genitive : — 5 
1. The genitive (or ablative) of Quality, with adjectives: § 215 

(G. 364; H. 396. v.). 

_ Notre. —In this construction the genitive must be used to ex- 
press measure or requirement ; the ablative to express bodily peculi- 
arities: § 251. a (G. 364. R.; H. 419. 2). Otherwise, either case 
may be used. 


2. The genitive of Definition, equivalent to a word in apposition: 
§ 214. f (G. 359; H. 396. vi.). 

3. The Partitive genitive, used with words of Quantity: § 216. a, 
I, 2, 3, 4 (G. 371, with R.2 and 4; H. 397). 

4. The Objective genitive, as representing various constructions 
in English: §§ 217, 218. a, d,d (G. 361. 2, 373, 374, 356. R.); 
H. 3096. iii.). | 

REMARK. — The examples under the sections here referred to 
should be carefully studied and explained. | 


Oral Exercises. 


1. Cicero was an orator of great eloquence. — 2. The ass is 
an animal with long ears. — 3. It is a thing requiring (of) the 


72 Latin Composition.” 


greatest care. — 4. The Greeks were [men] of peculiar subtilty.* 
—5. A wall of eighty-eight feet.— 6. A man of senatorial 
rank.— 7. A journey of several days. — 8. A house with thick 
walls. —g. We seem to be of little spirit— 10. A youth of 
great name.— 11. Thé city of Padua.?—12. Much pleasure. 
— 13. Enough time. — 14. But-little’ bravery.*— 15. Not 
enough soldiers. — 16. Some wisdom.—17. Common to all. 
—18. Envy of Cicero.— 19. Eager for glory. — 20. Skilled 
in law.— 21. Hatred of us..— 22. An opportunity for jesting. 
— 23. Hatred towards Nero. — 24. -Which of you’ will come? 
— 25. I hear praise of you daily.. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. King Deiotarus, a man of marked good-will and fidelity 
towards the Roman people, sent ambassadors to me. 
2. I have written many things to Curio, a most genial man, 
and of the highest [sense of | duty and refinement. 
3. The youth turned out [to.be] of a truly royal nature. 
4. Your letters Aave’ the greatest weight in my estimation 
(apud me). | : 
5. He did not refuse the surname of Brutus. 
6. This name of poet is sacred in your eyes (apud vos), 
[you, who are] most cultivated men. 
7. They asserted that the Germans were of immense size of 
body, incredible valor, and experience in arms. 
8. In my affairs there is absolutely nothing new. 
9. Ihad a night full of fear and wretchedness. 
10. This whole topic seems appropriate to philosophers. 
11. I will entreat you to impart" some of your geniality to 
me, too, and to Catulus. 
12. Crassus, with (in) the greatest affability, had‘ also suffi- 
cient sternness. | 
13. Gorgias judged that this was especially peculiar to an 





a. sollertia.—b. Patavium.—c. parum.—d. fortitudo.—e. § 99. ¢.— 
f. § 99. 4 (G. 99. R.1; H. 396. iii.).—_g. are of, ete.— A. § 331. a (G. 546 and 
543. 2; H. 498. i.).—z. Imperfect, to imply a permanent possession. 


Genitive after Verbs. 73 


orator, — to be able to enhance a subject by praising [it], and 
again ruin [it] by disparaging. 

14. I have less strength than either of you [two]. 

15. Begin, if you have any spirit. 

16. No aid ought (efordet) to be brought. © 

17. They decided that no assistance, no aid, no help, ought 
to be brought by them (themselves) to men guilty of (bound 
by) so great a crime. 


Lesson 39. 
Genitive after Verbs. 


THE Genitive is used as the object of the following 
classes of verbs :— 


a. Of remembering, forgetting, and reminding; but see § 219, 
with Rem. (G. 375. R.’, R.?; H. 406. li.; 407. I, 2; 409. i.). 

6. Of accusing, condemning, and acquitting, to express the 
charge, and sometimes the penalty: § 220, with 4 (G. 377. R.!, R.?; 
H. 409. ii.). 

¢. misereor, miseresco, Zz/y; also, the Impersonals miseret, 
pity; piget, disgust; paenitet, repent; pudet, shame; taedet or 
pertaesum est, weary, with the accusative of the person affected: 
§ 221. aand 6 (G. 376; H. 406. i. and 4ro. iv.). 

d. Interest and réfert, zt concerns,—the subject of the verb 
being a neuter pronoun, an infinitive clause, or the subjunctive with 
ut: § 222 (G. 381 and 382. 2; H. 406. ili. and 408. 2). 


REMARK. — Instead of the genitive of the personal pronoun, the 
possessive is used in this construction, in the ablative singular femi- 
nine: § 222. a (G. 381°; H. 408. i. 2)): as, 


How does it concern you? quid id réfert tua? 
RGfert is rarely used in any other way. 
Oral Exercises. 
1. I am ashamed of my folly. — 2. They were tired of life. 


— 3. Do you recollect the battle of Cannae*?—— 4. I shall not 
forget that man.—5. It concerns me that you are well.” — 6. It 





a. Cannénsis. Recollect = recordor.— 6. Accusative with infinitive, 


we Latin Composition. 


concerned the republic to remember this.— 7. Who accused 
Marcus of treason? — 8. He did not remember us. — g. I pity 
your misfortunes. —10. I am sorry that I forgot your advice. 
—11. Whose interest is it that this crime be committed ?— 
12. We are acquitted of [the charge of] theft.— 13. Don’t 
you remember* that I reminded you of that service ?— 14. It is 
none of your business what I said to your brother. 


Translate into Latin. 
1. Publius Sestius, praetor elect, was convicted of bribery. 
2. These benefits you have from me, whom you falsely- 
charge with treason. 
3. It concerns each province? to subdue Amanus. 
4. Already before, I had made-up-my-mind that it seriously 
concerned each province to subdue Amanus. 
5. I am tired of the business. 
6. It is incredible how tired of the business I am. 
7. I, although I am dissatisfied with myself, am yet chiefly 
joined in* comparison with him. | 
8. The Athenian state* is said to have been very wise° 
while it possessed power. / 
9g. Men pitied not more’ the punishment than the crime. 
10. It greatly concerns both of us [two], that I see you. 
11. From that oration he is reminded of your crime and 
cruelty. 
Lesson 40. 


Dative with Verbs. 


_ Tue following classes of verbs are followed by the 
Dative of indirect object in Latin, though most of them 
are transitive in English :— 
1. Verbs signifying to favor, help, &c.: § 227 (G. 345; H. 385); 
2. Compounds of ad, ante, con, etc.: § 228 (G. 346; H. 386); 
3. A few compounds, whose meaning would seem to require the 
ablative: § 229 (G. 344. R.?; H. 386. 2). 





a. meministine— b. Of two. —c. Use the preposition. — d. Of the Athenians, 
— é¢. Superlative.—/f. potiri rerum. — g. The adverb magis. 


Dative with Verbs. | 75 


REMARK. — Neuter verbs which govern the dative are used in the 
passive zwzpersonally with the dative: § 230 (G. 208; H. 3ol. 1). 


Oral Exercises. 

1. I do not envy you.— 2. You are not envied by me. — 
3. He spared no one.—4. I cannot believe Cato.—5. We 
will not be angry with the legion. —6. This was-advantageous 
to the state. — 7. Who can resist Casar?— 8. Can Cesar be 
resisted ?* (no). — 9. The Romans favored Masinissa. — 10. He 
had snatched away power from you.—11. The woman cursed? 
him. — 12. Those men must be pardoned.* 


Translate into Latin. 
1. He chiefly gives-attention to the cavalry. 
2. Most-of the youth, but especially [those] of the nobles, 
were favorable to Catiline’s schemes. 
3. We, the Roman youth, declare this war against you. 

4. I desire to satisfy* this [man]. 

5. That? military glory must be preferred to your formulas 
and processes. | 

6. You will, doubtless, place this king adove all the kings 
with whom the Roman people have carried on war. _ 

7. They placed this consolation’ defore themselves. 

8. You will pardon my haste, and the shortness of [my] 
letter. 

g. That [degree] of burden is placed upon us by the de- 
sires of these youths. 

10. Acts-of-injustice began to be committed’ by the chiefs 
upon the commonalty, who, until this day, had been courted 
with the greatest eagerness. 

11. Tell me, Marcus Pinarius, if I speak’ against you, are 
you going-to-abuse me, as you have done to the others? As 
you sow,’ so shall you reap, said he. 

12. Both the condition of the accuser and the power of the 
unfriendly shall be respected ?* 





a. Impersonal.— J. § 227. e., second line. —c. § 227. ¢.: satisfucere.— d. tlle, 
—e. Genitive.— f § 143. a (G. 424. R.1; H. 297.1).— g. Future perfect.— 
hf. Impersonal, 


76 Latin Composition. 


13. What heavier punishment can happen to a man than 
that his letters should not be believed ? * 

14. Violence deprives’ young-men (dat.) [of] life. 

15. This boy has just snatched away a jackknife from [his] 
brother. 

16. A band of robbers plundered ° this poor man of all [his] 
money. 


Lesson Al. 
Dative with Passives. 


In general, verbs which govern the Dative can be 
used only impersonally in the Passive. The following 
points, however, require to be noticed :— 


a. The passive is used fersonally when the verb also takes an 
accusative: as, 

Hostages are demanded of all the states, omnibus civi- 
tatibus obsidés imperantur (Active, omnibus civitatibus 
obsides imperat). 

6. Certain verbs govern either the dative or the accusative, and 
so may be used either personally or impersonally in the passive: 
§ 227. 6, ¢ (G. 347; H. 385. 3): Thus— 

He consults me, consulit mé; I am consulted, cOnsulor. 

He consults for me (for my interests), cOnsulit mihi; my 
interests are consulted, consulitur mihi. 


Oral Exercises. 

1. We do not fear Catiline.— 2. We fear for the city. — 
3. He consulted Caius.— 4. He consulted for [the interests 
of ] Czesar.— 5. We take counsel against Cato.— 6. I believe 
you.— 7. I trust this boy to you.— 8. Can you control the 
tempests? —9g. I guard-against you.—10. I am-cautious for 
you.—11. Who compares Cesar with [or to] Pompey ?— 
12. He commanded us [to do] this. — 13. Did you threaten 
him with death??— 14. I do not envy you your fortune. — 
15. We foresaw danger.— 16. We provided for your safety. — 
17. The Samnites are persuaded of this. 





a. Impersonal. — d. aufero.— c. adimo3 — d, “ death to him.” 


Dative with Passives. 77 


Translate into Latin. 

1. He commands the cavalry to strike* as great terror as 
possible’ into the enemy. 

2. They entreat [him] to consult his own fortunes. 

3. He could not persuade any state of the Germans. 

4. Nor, nevertheless, could any state of the Germans be ~ 
persuaded to cross the Rhine.* 

s. If my authority has any (guzd) weight with (apud) you, 
I earnestly exhort and advise you to consult for [the interests 
of | these provinces. 

6. The interests of these provinces were consulted. 

7. He compares his [own old age] to the old age of a 
spirited and victorious horse. | 
8. This one [thing] I do not know, whether to congratulate 

you or fear [for you]. 

g. It seems to you a kingly [thing] so to live that you not 
only serve’ no man (emo), but-not even any passion ; to de- 
spise all lusts; to want not gold, nor (oz) silver, nor other 
possessions (7és); to think freely in the senate, to consult 
rather [for] the advantage of the people, than [its] desires ; to 
yield to no one, to resist many. If you think this to be kingly, 
I confess that I am a king. 

10. Did not this Magnus [of ] ours, who made [his] fortune 
equal to [or with] his virtue, present Theophanes the Mity- 
lenzean with the citizenship, in an assembly of the soldiers ? 

11. Caesar commanded those states which had joined his 
friendship [to furnish] cattle. 

12. Do you think that the glory of that victory is shared? by 
you (dat.) with Marcus Crassus or Cneius (Gnaeus) Pompey ? 


Epistle. 
King Alexander to Darius. 
Darius, whose name you have taken, laid waste with all 
[kinds of] destruction the Greeks, who occupy the coast of 
the Hellespont, and the Ionian colonies of the Greeks. ‘Then 





a. ut with subjunctive. — 4. gvam with superlative. —c, Present subjunctive, 
—d. Perfect. 


78 Latin Composition. 


with a great army he crossed the sea, carrying war (abl. abs.) 
upon Macedonia and Greece. Again, Xerxes, of the same race, 
came to attack* us with troops of savage barbarians ; who, de- 
feated in a naval battle, yet left Mardonius in Greece, that even 
(guogue) in-his-absence he might lay waste cities, and burn 
fields. But who is ignorant that my father Philip was slain by 
those whom your [followers] had tempted by the hope of a 
great sum-of-money ? ‘Therefore, I repel, not excite, war. 
Nevertheless, if you come? [as] a suppliant, I promise that you 
shall receive, without price, both your mother and your wife and 
[your] children. I know [how] both to conquer and to con- 
sider the conquered. , 


Lesson 42. 
Special Uses of the Dative. 


Tue following uses of the Dative are more or less 
idiomatic : — 


a. The dative of Service answers to a variety of constructions in 
English: see examples, with Note, under § 233 (G. 350; H. 390). 

b. The dative with esse is the usual form to denote simple Pos- 
session; which is to be distinguished from the use of the genitive or 
possessive with esse, and from that of habeo, which means rather 
to hold or keep: § 231. Rem. (G. 349. R.”). 

c. The dative of Agency is regularly used with the gerundive 
expressing obligation, and sometimes with other passives, especially 
the perfect participle. But with the gerundive (used impersonally) 
of a verb governing the dative, the ablative with 4 or ab is used 
instead of a second dative. Thus— | 


A boy should obey his mother, ma@trz a@ fulio parendum 
est. 


Note. — The dative of the person who sees or thinks is regularly 
used after the passive of video (usually to be rendered seem) : as, 


It seems (or, seems good) to me, mihi vidétur. 





a. Gerundive,— 4, Future perfect. 


Special Uses of the Dative. 79 


Oral Exercises. 

1. This must be done by Cesar.—2. We must go with 
him. — 3. I have a father.— 4. Cato had much judgment. — 
5. It was a source of pleasure. —6. Eloquence is a delight to 
me.— 7. They sent troops as aid. — 8. Hannibal must set 
out.*— 9g. His plea was a great assistance to us. — 10. Cesar 
had many legions. —11. What has happened to Caius ?— 
12. What do you wish [for yourself ]?—13. The Gauls had 
a magistrate whose name was Vergobret.?—14. It seemed to 
Hannibal that the war must be carried over into Italy. — 
15. The Roman Senate was at length persuaded by Cato that 
Carthage must be destroyed. 


Translate into Latin. 
. Ihavewith Murenaa great and long-established friendship. 
2. Innocence has more peril than [it has] honor. - 
3. Tiberius Sempronius, whose surname was Longus,’ fights 
successfully with Hanno. : 
4. Wealth began to be [esteemed] an honor; and glory, 
dominion, and power followed (sing.) it. 
5. The greediness sor of certain men was a hindrance 
to me. 
6. To that brave (superl.) man, his father, he was a great aid 
in perils, solace in labors, [source of ] congratulation in victory. 
7. The Bituriges fall at the feet of the Gauls. 
8. I grieve that° I am suspected of negligence dy you, 
g. I was a [cause of | safety to him. 

10. I have always thought that you ought not only to be pro- 
tected by me, but also honored and distinguished. 

11. Two brothers, whose name was Philzenus.? 

12. How did it come into your mind to answer thus? 

13. Now, now, says Catulus, I understand, Crassus, what you 
say ; and by Hercules I assent. I see that you, a man very 
keen to learn,* have had enough time for ascertaining those 
things which you say. 





a. Impersonal, — 4. Attracted into the case of the relative. —¢, Accusative 
with infinitive, or god clause. — d. ad with accusative of gerund, 


80 Latin Composttion. 


14. If the splendor of the games is a pleasure to the people, 
it is not to be wondered at that* it profited Lucius Murena with 
the people. 

Lesson 43. 


Special Uses of the Accusative. 


THE use of the Passive of verbs which govern two 
accusatives requires to be noticed. 


a. If one of the two accusatives is a predicate, as after verbs of 
naming, etc., both become nominative. 

6. When one of the accusatives is a secondary object, as after 
verbs of teaching, &c., it remains in the accusative. Thus— 


I was taking lessons in music from the master, musicén 
a magistro docébar (Active, magister musicén mé docebat). 


c. The accusative of the ¢A4zug also remains after the passive of 
rogo; but with other verbs of asking the accusative of the Thing 
becomes subject-nominative, while the name of the Person is put in 
the ablative with a preposition. Thus — 


Cato was asked [his] opinion, Cato sententiam rogatus 
est. But — 

The Romans were asked for peace, pax &@ ROmdnis peté- 
batur. 


Note. — For other idiomatic uses of the Accusative, see Lessons 
8 and 14. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. Virtue is laughed-at by fools. — 2. He grieves® [at] his* 
fate. — 3. We grieve [at] his* fate.— 4. I asked Cato his 
opinion. — 5. Cato was asked his opinion. — 6. We are taught 
the rules of virtue. — 7. O the cares of men!— 8. He grieved 
much.— 9. Somewhat angry. — 10. Did he conceal® his crimes 
from you?—11. He taught us music. —12. Who asked you 
your name ?— 13. I asked you what your name was. — — 
14. Cicero was saluted by the Senate [as] the father of [his] 





a. Accusative with infinitive, or guod clause.— 4. Used here transitively. — 
c. Use suus.—d. The genitive of is.—e, célo always takes the accusative of the 
person, but may take the ablative of the thing with dz. 


Special Uses of the Ablative. 3 er. 


country. — 15. Aid was earnestly besought of Cesar by the 
AEduans against the Germans. 


Translate into Latin. 
1. I request this [of] you, that you come-to-the-relief-of 
this anxiety of-mine. 
2. He asks them to come thence with him to Turnus. 
3. The army is panic-stricken-at* this act. 
4. I have received letters from you two or three times at- 
most, and those very short. 


5. 1 am distressed that it is at all’ pleasant to you without 
me. 


6. O deceitful hope and frail fortune of men, and empty 
contentions of-ours ! 

7. You ask of me why I fear Catiline. 

8. O excellent commander, no longer (ec jam) to be com- 
pared with [that] brave (superl.) man, Manius Aquilius, but, in 
truth, with the Paulluses, Scipios, Mariuses ! 5 

g. The shout which is raised behind the back of (dat.) 
those fighting has much effect in (a) terrifying our men. 


Fable. 

A stag asked a sheep for a peck of wheat, taking a wolf as 
surety.° But she, dreading trickery [said]: “The wolf is always 
accustomed to snatch-up and go-off; you [are accustomed] to 
flee out of sight with swift course. Where shall I look for you, 
when the day arrives ?’’? 


Lesson Ad. 
Special Uses of the Ablative. 
[ Compare Lessons 10.6; 13. a, ¢]. 


Tue following are special or idiomatic uses of the 
Ablative : — , 


1. Of Comparison: § 247, with a (G. 399; H. 417, with 1 and 2). 





a. Used here transitively.— 4. guicguam,—c. Ablative absolute, —d. Future 
perfect. PAs 


82 Latin Composition. 


NoTeE. — Observe the special use of plis, amplius, minus, with- 
out quam: § 247. c (G. 311. R.4; H. 417. N. 2); also the use of 
two comparatives with quam to compare two qualities of an object: 
§ 192, with a (G. 314; H. 444. 2). 

2. Of Degree of Difference: § 250 (G. 400; H. 423). 

3. Of Birth or Origin: § 244. a (G. 395; H. 415. ii.). 

4. Of Price: § 252(G. 404; H. 422); compare Genitive of Value: 
§ 252. a, d (G. 379, 380; H. 404, 405). 

5. Of Need, with opus and iisus: § 243. ¢ (G. 390; H. 414. iv.). 

6. With dignus, etc.: § 245. a (G. 373. R.*; H. 421. iii.). 

7. With itor, etc.: § 249 (G. 405; H. 421. i.). 


REMARK. — Notice especially the use of opus and fisus with the 
perfect participle: as, caut6 opus est, there is need of caution. 
Also of opus (indeclinable) as predicate: as, 


We require a guide, dux nobis opus est. 


N.B. The topics of this Lesson, with the accompanying Exer- 
cises, may be divided according to the convenience of the teacher. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. Bolder than a lion.— 2. Three miles nearer.— 3. More 
prudent than brave.—4. Less than twenty ships. —5. With 
more than two hundred soldiers. — 6. Dearer to me than to you. 
—¥7. Much smaller.— 8. You abuse our patience.—g9. I am 
not worthy of your friendship. — 10. He eats pears. — 11. Caesar 
needs troops.— 12. There was need of haste. —13. We will en- 
joy these pleasures. —14. He employed diligence.—15. There 
was need of setting out at-once. — 16. What do I need?* — 
17. The son of Aineas. — 18. Freed from odium.— 1g. Valued 
at a high rate.— 20. At how much did you buy [it]?— 
21. It is worth (stands) two thousand sesterces.—22. I do not 
value (make) you a tuft-of-wool.—23. Not far from the river. 
—24. Descended from the Germans.— 25. A good-for-noth- 
ing beast.— 26. I bought the horses for a hundred sesterces 
apiece. — 27. I sold the horses dear (at a great price). — 
28. I sold them for more than I bought them [at]. 





a. See Remark, above. - 


Special Uses of the Ablative. . 83 


Translate into Latin. 


1. Cato is dearer to me than Ceesar [is]. 
2. Cato is dearer to me than [to] Ceesar. 
3. None (by nothing) the less he sought the consulship for . 
(tz) the next year. 
4. In one day, more than twenty cities of.the Bituriges are 
set-on-fire. 
s. Be assured (scz#o) that nothing is more agtcoalie to me 
than your Dolabella [is]. 
6. This mischief is spread more widely than is supposed 
(opinione). 
7. You prefer glory to (gvam) wisdom. 
8. I understand that Domitius had rather seem cruel in 
punishing than remiss in passing over [crimes]. 
g. It is a more serious thing tobe stripped of fortunes than 
not to be advanced in dignity. 
10. I understand that your favor is highly valued. 
11. That is the man who has driven us exiles* from [our] 
country. | 
12. He abdicated the consulship, and withdrew from the 
State. 
13. I lack all enjoyment and all letters. 
14. Servius Tullius was son of a [female] slave. 
15. The Samnites are said to be sprung from the Sabines. 
16. He preferred that all his possessions’ [should] be sold, 
and that he should be stripped of his splendid (superl.) patri- 
mony, [rather] than that any delay should be caused to any one 
(guisquam) of his creditors. 
17. The barbarians, catching-sight-of* the standards at a dis- 
tance, desist from the siege. 
18. He interdicted them (dat.) from fire and water. 
19. Approach Otho, as you write: finish up that matter. 
20. I have at length read the letters, worthy of Appius Clau- 
dius, full of elegance, courtesy, [and] earnestness. 





ey Apposition. — 8. Accusative with infinitive. — c, Perfect partici =i as this 
act precedes that of the principal verb. ; "I i\BRA 


ry ™ 
OF TRE . 


(ConrVERsr ry 






84 . Latin Composttion. 


21. Czesar gets-possession-of a great number of cattle and 
men. 

22. Now there is need that you be well in mind, in order 
, that you may (fossum) in body. 

23. What need have I of your friendship, if you do not do 
what I ask? 

24. One of the nearest performed the same duty; a third 
succeeded to the second, and a fourth to the third. | 

25. No expression was heard from them unworthy the majesty 
of the Roman people. 

26. They, relying upon the strength (praesidium) of the 
place, take refuge in the woods (acc.) and marshes. 

27. There is need of daily practice, and from things the 
attention must be transferred to words. 

28. I hope that that order will consider me, as-is-due (70) 
my labors in behalf of the republic, not unworthy of honor, espe- 
cially [that already] enjoyed. 


Anecdote. 


Titus Labienus, lieutenant of Caius Czesar, desiring to fight 
against the Gauls before the arrival of the Germans, who (acc.) 
he knew would come to aid* them, pretended want-of-confi- 
dence, and, placing his camp (abl. abs.) on the other bank, 
proclaimed a departure for (zz) the next day. The Gauls, be- 
lieving that he was flying, began to cross the river, which was 
between (medius); [and] Labienus, leading his army round, 
cut them to pieces in-the-midst-of the very difficulties of crossing 
the river. 

Epistle. 

A letter was brought to me from my brother Quintus, [to- 
gether] with the decree-of-the-Senate which was passed in-re- 
gard-to me. I have it in mind to wait-for the proposal of the 
laws, and if there shall-be-opposition, I will follow the advice of 
the Senate, and rather lose my life than my country. Do you, 
I beg, hasten to come to us. 





a. Dative of service, 


Relations of Time. 85 


Lesson 45. 
Relations of Time. 


1. THE more common relations of Time are ex- 
pressed by Cases as follows :— 


1. Accusative of duration: § 256 (G. 337; H. 379); 
2. Ablative of time a¢ or within which: id. (G. 392; H. 429). 


a. Distance of time is expressed by ante and post, used either as 
prepositions governing the Accusative, or as adverbs with the Abla- 
tive, and with either cardinal or ordinal numerals: as, 

Ten days from now, post decem diés. 

Ten days afterwards, decem post diébus. 

The tenth day afterwards, decimo post dié. 

6. These may be followed by quam, with a clause describing the 
event before or after which anything is: as, 

Ten days before he came, ante decem diés (decimum 

diem, decem diébus ante) quam vénit. 


c. Also abhine, ago, may be used with either case: as, 

Ten days ago, abhinc decem diés, or diébus. 

2. In the recording of Dates in the Roman manner, 
observe — 
_ 1. The divisions of the Month by Kalends, Nones, and Ides*: 
§ 376, with the introductory Note (G. App.; H. 642. ii.) ; 


2. The rule for reckoning by these divisions: id. d (G. App.; 
‘Hi. 642. iii.). 


a. The number of the day is expressed by an ordinal numeral ; 
the name of the month takes the form of an adjective. Thus the 
date will appear, if written out in full — 

April 19, dié tertio decimo ante kalendas Maids. 
This is more commonly abridged, thus : 

tertio decimo (ante| kalendads Maids ; or, with numeral 

letters, XIII. kal. (a. d. XIII. kal.) Mai. 









a. The nouns Aalendae, Nonae, ldis, are all fel ini 
ee: 1B RA Ry 





OF THE 


UNIVER SLi y 


a 


86 Latin Composition. 


6. Often ante diem (a. d.), with an ordinal, is used like a prepo- 
sition governing an accusative: as, 


This day was the fifth day before the kalends of April (March 
28), is diés erat a. d. V. kal. Apr. 


c. This phrase may even be governed by a preposition: as, 


To the fifth day before the kalends of November (October 28), 
in a. a. V. kalendas Novembrés (Novembris). 


d. The date of the Roman year is ordinarily expressed by the 
names of the Consuls in the ablative without a conjunction (compare 
Note, Lesson 37). 

Oral Exercises. 

1. Within two years. — 2. In the eighth month. — 3. Five 
months ago. — 4. Seven years before.— 5. For eighteen days. 
—6. During more than six days.— 7. He died three years 
ago. — 8. Twelve years after.— 9. I stood for several hours, 
— 10. Three days before Cesar fought with the Gauls. — 
11. Twelve years after Cato died. —12. The day before the 
Kalends of January (Dec. 31). — 13. About the 5th of De- 
cember.— 14. September 4. —15. March 23.— 16. May 15. 
—17. June 15.—18. September 5.—19. October 5.— 
20. May 31.— 21. May 30. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. I, the ally and friend of the Roman people, am held be- 
sieged now the fifth month. 

2. Although the period Hinieys of Homer is uncertain, yet 
he was many years before Romulus. 

3. Cato departed from life eighty-five years old (na@tus). 

4. Here the pretor of the Roman people, the guardian and 
defender of the province, lived now for successive summer days. 

5. After a few days the Senate was freed from the danger 
of massacre. 

6. He died the year before my boneoritinnst ten years after 
my consulship. 





a. ante mé cénsorem., 


Relations of Place. Se 87 


Lesson 46. 


Relations of Place. 
[ Compare Lesson 17. | 


In general, the relations of Place are expressed by 
Prepositions. The following, however, require to be 
separately noticed : — 


1. The Accusative of Extent: § 257 (G. 335; H. 379); 

2. The Genitive of Measure: § 215. 0 (G. 364. R.; H. 396. v.); 

3. The Ablative of the way dy which: § 258. g (G. 387); 

4. The special constructions, not requiring a preposition, and 
used chiefly with the names of Towns: viz., 


a. The Ablative of the place from which: § 258. a (G. 411; 
H. 428. ii.) ; 

6. The Accusative of the place to which: § id. 6 (G. 410; 
$4.) 428).:1,): 

c. The Locative form of the place zz which: § id. c, d (G. 412, 
with R.'; H. 428. iii.) ; 

d. The Ablative in special locative phrases: id. f (G. 385, 386; 
H. 425. 3). 

REMARK. — Prepositions must be used to denote nezghborhood : as, 

Towards (not into) or near Tarentum, ad Tarentwm. 


For certain idiomatic uses of Prepositions as indicating place or 
direction, — especially ab, ex, in, — see § 260. a, d. 


Epistle. 
Tullius to his Tiro. 

We departed from you, as you know, on the second of No- 
vember. We came to Leucas on the sixth of November, on the 
seventh to Actium; there we tarried the eighth on account of 
the weather. Thence on the ninth we sailed in-fine-style to 
Corcyra. We were at Corcyra until the 15th,* delayed by 





a. Notice that when this letter was written, B.C. 52, November had only 
twenty-nine days: the thirtieth was added in Ceesar's reform of the Calendar, 
B.C. 45. 


(See Latin Composttion. 


storms. On the 16th, we proceeded a hundred and twenty fur- 
longs into the harbor of the Corcyrzeans, to [the neighborhood 
of | Cassiope. ‘There we were kept by the winds until the 22d. 
On that day, we set sail after dinner (having dined). Thence, 
- with a very gentle south-wind, and: a clear sky, we came in-high- 
spirits on that night and the day after to [the neighborhood of ] 
Hydrus, in Italy ; with the same wind the next day— that was 
Noy. 24 — at the fourth hour, we came to Brundisium ; and at 
the same time with | us Terentia, who values you very highly, 
entered the town. ...I have left a horse and mule for you at 
Brundisium. It remains that I ask and beseech this of you, ne: 
you do not (né@) sail rashly. 


IV.— ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS. 


~ Lesson 47. 
Adjectives: Special Uses. 


THE points chiefly requiring notice in the use of 
Adjectives are the following :— 


1. The rules for Gender: § 187, with a, 6, c (G. 282; H. 439. 
Pe Pee) 

2. The use by Syneszs: id. d (G.-202.:R.'3 TH: 433.6), 

3. Adjectives (especially in the plural) asad as Nouns: § 1838 
(G. 195. R.'; H. 441). 

4. puter adjectives, singular or plural, including their use as 
abstracts: § 189. a, 6, c (G. 195. R.*, 202. R.*; H. id. with 1, 2; 
438. 4). : 

5. Certain superlatives —as summus — with medius, etc. : § 193 
(G. 287. R.; H. 440. N.2) in agreement, as designating a fart. 

6. The reciprocal use of alius and alter: § 203 (G. 306; H. 459, 
with 1). 

7. The adjective with adverbial force: § “a (G. 324. R.6; H. 
443). 


Oral Exercises. 


1. Peetus and Arria are both dead.— 2. Virtue and honor 
are to be desired. — 3. Folly is an evil [thing].—4. In the 


Adjectives re pects USS. 89 


first part of the way.—5. I came unwillingly. —6. I was the 
first to come (I the first came). — 7. One helps one, another 
another. — 8. The nearest part of the province.—g. In the 
middle of the assembly. — 10. With the rest of the soldiers. — 
11. The love of truth.— 12. He reports the truth (true things). 
— 13. I read the letter unwillingly. — 14. He is the most ready 

to follow (= he follows most ready).— 15. In the late [part of 
: the] night.—16. The greatest part of the boys have gone-off 
to play (sup.).— 17. I see a great crowd of roughs* howling 


in the square.” | 
Translate into Latin. 


1. A little before midnight,° going forth from the town in 
silence, they began to cross the river. 
2. This is the third letter (this third letter) I have written 
to you on the same day. 
- 3. I encamped in the farthest [part of |] Cappadocia, not 
far from the Taurus. : 
4. They look round one upon another. 
5. Treaties are made, one under one condition, another 
under another. 
6. Messala when censor was the first’? who made a theatre 
at Rome. 
7. They assemble in crowds at daybreak. 
8. Some of you are geese, which only scream, [but] cannot 
harm ; others dogs, which can both bark and bite. 
9. It shows* a great soul to despise greatness (great things), 
and to prefer mediocrity to (gwam) excess. 
10. Some were sent among the Volscians, others to Cume, 
to collect corn. 
11. I commanded the lieutenant to lead these five cohorts to 
the rest of the army. 
12. If you go unwillingly, why de you go?. 
13. Avarice impels some, anger and rashness others. 
14. I love the truth; I wish [to have] the truth told me: I 
hate a liar. | 





a. turbulentus.— 6, platéa.—c. media nox.—d. primus, agreeing wee the 
subject.— e. = é¢t zs of, &c. 


90 Latin Composition. 


Lesson 48. 
Derivatives: Possessives. 


DERIVATIVE Adjectives are generally to be preferred 
to the possessive genitive, and, in many cases, to the 
locative construction : § 190 (G. 360. R.!; H. 395. N. 2). 
Thus — 


Another man’s house, aliéna domus. 
The fight at Canne, pugna Cannénsis. 


This use is especially to be remarked in the following 
Cas¢cs ..-— 

a. The Personal Pronouns have no possessive genitive: hence 
the adjectives meus, etc., are the only possessive form. 

6. As the Possessive is equivalent to a genitive, it may have-a 
genitive in apposition, or a relative in agreement (by symeszs): as, 

The country of us all, nostra omnium patria. 

The glory of you who have done this, vestra qui haee 

fécistis gloria. 
Remark. — As there is no personal pronoun of the third person 


in Latin, the forms zs, him, her, their, thent must be expressed by 
the oblique cases of the Demonstratives is, ille, iste, hic. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. They pushed back our [men].— 2. Czesar exhorts his 
[troops ].— 3. The war of Cassius.— 4. A rebellion of slaves. 
—5. The affairs of the city.—6. On a mound of earth. — 
7. Under the race of Hector.— 8. Great courage and judg- 
ment.—g. The army is not yours, but Czesar’s.— 10. The 
good all favor me, and the wicked envy me.—11. He called 
out as many soldiers as possible.— 12. Your life and character 
are known to all.—13. Labor is not an evil.—14. This is not 
your shield, but his. — 15. He says this is not your shield, but 
his. — 16. This was my work alone (of me alone).—17. Our 
labors, who are here present.— 18. He was the friend of you 
(¢uus), who nevertheless destroyed him. 


Pronouns: Reflexive and Intensive. QI 


Dialogue. 


Grumio. Go out doors out of the kitchen, [you] scoundrel, 
[you] who show-off your wit to me among [my] stew-pans. 
Go forth, [our] master’s ruin, out of the house. I, by Pollux, 
will punish you well in the country, if I live (fut.). Go out, I 
say! Why do youskulk? , 

Tranio. What the mischief is your (dat.) shouting here in 
front of the house? Do you think you are in the country? Be 
off from the house! Go away into the country. Go away and 
be hanged to you. Be off from the door !— Well! [is] this 
[what] yeu wanted ? 

Gr. I am done for! Why do you beat me? 

Tr. Because you will [it]. What the mischief is your busi- 
ness with me, or what I am doing? 


Lesson_ 49. 
Pronouns: Reflexive and Intensive. 


AmpBiGuity often arises, in English, from the double 
meaning of SELF, as reflexive (s2) or as intensive (zfse). 
These are to be carefully distinguished in Latin. Thus, 

Cato killed himself (reflexive), Cato sé occidit. 

I saw Cato himself (intensive), ipsum Catoénem vidi. 


N.B. The personal pronouns of the first and second persons are 
also reflexive: as, 


I greatly blame myself, vehementer mé culpo. 


a. When both are used, the emphatic ipse generally agrees with 
the subject of the verb, not with the object: as, 


I myself (I too, or it is I that) reproach myself, ipse mé 
culpo. 
6. To express OwN (emphatic), the genitive of ipse is used in 
apposition with the genitive implied in the possessive: as, 
You have betrayed your own country, vestram ipsorum 
patriam prodidistis. 


92 Latin Composition. 


c. The possessive suus is itself emphatic, and is made more so 
by being put before the noun. Thus— 


He slandered [his] friend, amicd malediaxit (amicd sud would 
be emphatic, and sw0o amiico, “his own friend,” still more emphatic). 


REMARK. — The special emphatic use of idem should be com- 
pared with that of ipse, and the several significations of the latter 
should be carefully observed: § 195. f-/ (G. 297, 298; H. 452. 1-5). 


Oral Exercises. 


1. With Cesar himself.— 2. He thinks with himself. — 
3. Even the veterans fled.— 4. He hates himself.—5. The 
very walls tremble. —6. Even into the forum.— 7. Our own 
pursuits. — 8. He despises his own [ possessions ].—g. In say- 
ing this he (dem) denies that he is a Roman.— 10. You have 
great confidence in yourself (#v7).— 11. Devotion (studium) 
to us. —12. Even to me, his friend, he seems a liar. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. You even gave yourself into custody. 

2. I am like myself, and they are like themselves. 

3. I desire nothing more than that I be like myself, and 
they [like] themselves.* 

4. He himself spoke in his own behalf, and Caius Cotta 
[spoke] briefly,” because he was [his] sister’s son. 

5. First give thanks to the immortal gods, then to your own 
valor. 

6. Not even they themselves compare themselves with them 
in valor. 

7. The town Alesia itself was on the top of the hill. 

8. No one sees the pirate-captain himself, upon whom pun- 
ishment ought to have been inflicted. 

g. They themselves have come-to-their-senses through ad- 
miration of my resolution. 

10. They remember all the things which they care for, — who 

owe them, whom they themselves owe. 


> 


a. Either accusative with infinitive, or af with subjunctive. — 4. Few-things. 





Relative Pronouns. 93 


Anecdote. 


[When] Chabrias the Athenian [was] about to fight with the 
fleet, — as a thunderbolt struck (excussus)* in front of his own 
ship, [and] the soldiers were* scared by such a prodigy, — he 
said, “‘ Now especially we should enter into battle, when Jupiter, 
the greatest of the gods, shows that his favor is with our fleet.” 


Lesson 50. 


Relative Pronouns. 


Tue general construction of the Relative may be 
defined as follows : — 

a. Asa connective, it agrees with its antecedent in gender, per- 
son, and number; 

6. Asa Pronoun, it has its own construction in its own clause. 
Thus — 

The Remi, who were nearest, sent ambassadors, Rémi, qua 

proximi erant, légatos misérunt. 

Here qui, subject of erant, connects the relative to the antecedent 
clause by agreement with Rémi, subject of the main verb, misérunt. 


REMARK. — For the various constructions of the relative and 
antecedent clause, see the references and examples in Lesson 4. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. [Those] who were consulted’ were in great power. 

2. What both the republic and our friendship exhort me, 
{that] I do willingly. 

3. What [of] hostages were left, he restored. 

4. There is a place in the prison which‘ is called Tullianum, 

5. What I value highest in those matters, that I now have. 

6. He who hears an orator believes what (those things 
which) is said. : 

7. These divine and excellent qualities (40za) which we see 
in Marcus Cato, be asssured that [they] are his own. 





a. Ablative absolute. — 4. Habitual action.—c. The relative agrees with the 
predicate. 


94 Latin Composition. 


8. This is the origin of the first temple (of all) that* was 
consecrated at Rome. 

g. The letter which you sent to me on the march before 
you went out of Asia, I read very unwillingly.” 

10. Thither came the magistrates of the Sicilians, [thither] 
came the Roman knights, as (¢@ gwod) you have heard from 
many witnesses. 

11. He hastens wire (to the place to which) he had sent 
Labienus. 

12. The pirates were at your house one [month], a second 
month, in short, almost a year, from the time when (from what 
time) they were taken. 

13. That prison which is called “the quarries,” which was 
made at Syracuse by the cruel (sup.) tyrant Dionysius, was 
the residence of Roman citizens under (in) the rule of that 
[ wretch }. 


Lesson 51. 
Correlatives. 


A REeEtaTIveE word — Pronoun, Adjective, or Adverb 
—always refers to, or implies, an antecedent word of 
its own class, and is subject to the same rules of Attrac- 
tion or omission of Antecedent that have been given 
in the case of relative Pronouns (Lesson 4). The fol- 
lowing are the points chiefly requiring notice : — 

a. When As follows a demonstrative word — SUCH, SO, AS — it is 
to be considered a Relative, and rendered by the Correlative of the 
antecedent Demonstrative: see lists, § 106 (G. 645. 1,2). Thus— 

So (as) great...as, tantus...quantus. 

Such ...as, tdlis... qudalis. 

So (as) many...as, tot... quot. 

The same...as, dem... qui; idem... quod. 


6. The correlative expression THE . . . THE, with Comparatives, 





a. = which first of all, 2 4, Adjective. 


Correlatives. 95 


is to be rendered by qué... e6, quantd.. . tantd (ablative of 
degree of difference). Thus— 
The wiser he is, the less he seems wise to himself, quo est 
sapientior, e6 minus sapiéns sibi vidétur. 


Oral Exercises. 

1. As much bravery as wisdom. — 2. As many opinions as 
men. — 3. With as great judgment” as authority.— 4. The 
same ships as before. —5.. The lighter, the swifter.—6. The 
firmer I am, the longer is the war.— 7. Such heroes as we have 
never seen.—8. So great enmities as you have incurred. — 
9g. How many ships have the Romans built?— 10. Do you 
know how many ships the Romans built? — 11. Did they build 
such ships as the Carthaginians use ?>— 12. They have the same 


arms as before. 
Translate into Latin. 


1. As often as we speak, judgment is passed upon us. 

2. There are as many kinds of speech (of speaking) as 
duties of the orator. 

3. Nor nevertheless does this require so much labor’ as it 
seems. ; 

4. Order’ to be promised to the physician [as much] pay 
as he shall demand. 

5. What strait, what Euripus, do you think has so many 
movements, so great and so various tossings of the waves, as 
the business of the comitia has disturbances and eddyings ? 

6. He was not sorry to do the same as you. 

7. It is not so fine [a thing] to know Latin, as disgraceful 
not to know [it]. | 

8. That most severe war of the Volscians, in which Corio- 
lanus took-part [as] an exile, was at about the same time as the 
war of the Persians. 

g. [As much] land was given as he ploughed around in one 
day. 

10. Bestow as much care upon yourself as you have love for 
me (you love me). 





a. The partitive genitive (Lesson 38) cannot be used here; the adjective 
must agree,— 4. = is of so much labor.—c, Imperative.— d@. guantus. 


96 Latin Composition. 


11. The king fortifies [his | camp in the same place in which 
he had routed the forces of the enemy. 

12. Publius Servilius recaptured the pirate with the same 
good fortune* with which he had captured him. 

13. The longer I consider, the more obscure the matter 
seems to me. 


Lesson 52. 
Indefinite Pronouns. 


Tue following significations of the various Indefinites 
should be carefully distinguished, and the examples | 
below studied and compared. 

a. SOME, SOME ONE, or A is aliquis, quispiam, or nescio quis; 
when more definite, = A CERTAIN, quidam: as, | 

Don’t you see somebody in yonder field? vidésne aliquem 

in istO agro? 

A merchant was walking out yesterday, mercator quidam 

heri deambulabat. 

6. Any is variously rendered, viz., — 

1. In a universal negative, —NOT ANY, WITHOUT ANY, — by 
quisquam (subst.) or illus (adj.): as, 

I came, but saw nobody, vént nec quemquam vidi. 

The boy did it without any help at all, puer sine ullo 

auxilio hoc effécit. 

2. After IF, LEST, UNLESS, WHETHER, also in questions implying 
a negative, quis is used in preference, though quisquam may be 
. used less indefinitely. Thus — 

Can anybody do this? nwm quis hoc facere potest ? (im- 

plying that nobody can). 

3. Ina universal affirmative — ANY ONE WHATEVER — by quivis, 
quilibet. Thus — 


Is it for any one [who will] to do this? nwm cujusvis est 
hoc facere ? (i.c., it can be done, but not by everybody). 





a. In the relative clause, 


Indefinite Pronouns. 97 


c. The Distributive EACH, EVERY, is quisque; EACH (of two), 
uterque; EVERY ONE (used independently, without a subordinate 
clause), inusquisque: as, 

Every one likes his own best, swwm cuique maximé 

placet. 

REMARK. — Quisque stands rather in the subordinate than in 
the principal clause: as, 

Let each strive as much as he can, quantum quisque 

potest, tantum nitatur. 

Compare §§ 93. ¢, 202. d, ¢ (G. 305, with R.', 645. 2. R.2; H. 
456.°1,.2,'46r 3). 


Examples. 


1. Do you think anybody here is wiser than Solomon? nm 
quemquam horum Salomone sapientiorem esse 
putas ? . 

2. A neighbor of ours is just going to sail for Europe, vicinus 
quidam noster ad Europam navigatirus est. 

3. Did you earn anything besides your board and clothes ? 
num quicquam meritus es praeter cibum et 
vestem ? :e 

4. The little wasp is fiercer than any wild beast, parva 
vespa quavis ferd est ferocior. 

5. I hardly know any one more gentlemanly than your friend, 
néminem feré amico tuo liberaliorem novi. 

6. I never heard anything more painful than that news, isto 
nuntio nihil umquam audivi luctudsius. 

7. The estate of Rome was equal to any of the neighbor cities, 
rés Romana cuilibet finitimarum civitatum par 
erat. 

8. The bravest men make least noise about it, fortissimus 
quisque minimé gloriatur. 

9. Here you see all the resources I have, ibi vidés quicquid 
habeo copiarum, | 

10. The greater the army, the more the carnage, quo major 
exercitus eo gravior cladés est; or, ut quisque est 
exercitus maximus, ita gravissima cladés, 


98 Latin Composttion. 


Oral Exercises. 

1. Some fields.— 2. In a certain field. — 3. Without any 
danger. — 4. Anybody can sit an hour.—5. Can anybody? do 
so great things? — 6. Can somebody do this? — 7. Who will do 
this ?— 8. Will anybody do this? — g. It is not every one? that 
can sit ten hours. — 10. Without anybody. —11. Each will go 
when he is* ready. — 12. All the boldest. —13. Each loves 
his own (his own [things] are dear to each). — 14. Each of the 
scouts is ready. — 15. Each took what he pleased (what pleased 
each). — 16. All the eloquent will be listened-to.—17. He 
performed each of [his] duties. 


-Translate into Latin. 

1. A rude and rustic voice pleases some [persons]. 

2. He was equal to anybody in speaking Latin. 

3. Is there any shame? any religion? any fear? 

4. Do you think that anybody was more moderate than 
Cato, your great-grandfather ? 

5. Ancus reigned twenty-four years, equal to any of the 
former kings in the arts and glory of war and peace. 

6. I find in some [writers] that in this year was the ‘ay (it 
was fought) at Lake Regillus. 

7. He asked whether he brought anything else epee the 
chest. 

8. I earnestly beg of you to bring [it] about that no injury 
be done to me, and that no (eve guid) time be added to my 
year’s duty. 

g. I understand that certain wonderful [doctrines] have 
pleased some [men], who, I hear, have been esteemed wise 
in Greece. 

10. Why do you ask any one to favor you, to aid you? 

11. I neither dare nor ought to place any burden upon you. 

12. If any one was ever averse, both by nature and reason 
and education, to empty praise, I certainly am he. 

13. Each in order, as he excelled? in age and honor, (so) 
spoke’ his opinion. 





a. Express this with both meanings. —b. = itis not of any one you please.— 
c. shall be.—d, The impertect describes, the perfect states: § 115. 4. 


Simple Conditional Clauses. 99 


14. He summoned to himself all the best and noblest. 

15. They will be-on-hand each in his own time. 

16. Each for himself migrates from the country, (fields) into 
the city. 

17. In the great need, each, in-proportion-to his private 
means, even® defrauding himself of his sustenance, bestowed 
something upon him. 

18. Each [in proportion] as he speaks well (so: ita maxime) 
fears the difficulty of speaking, and the various accidents of 
speech, and the expectation of men. 

19. They go to the houses of those with whom each had served. 

20. It was then the custom that® they were ready to grant 
(in granting) to each his [own]. 

21. His own fraud and his own terror chiefly worry each. 

22. It must be considered, not how much each benefits, but 
how much‘* each is [worth]. 

23. The more each® trusts himself, and the more each is 
fortified by virtue and wisdom, the more® he excels in winning 
and maintaining friendship (plur.). 

24. Each formed opinions, and added something of his own 
fear to* that which he had heard from another. 


V.— SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 


Note. — For the definition of the several forms of Subordinate 
Clause, see § 180. c, d, e, comparing the Note prefixed to § 316, and 
the lists of Subordinate Conjunctions in § 155. D.-H. (G. 505, 508; 
H. 555.i.-viii.). For the Sequence of Tenses in subordinate clauses, 
see Lesson 20, comparing Lesson 32. 


Lesson 53. 
Simple Conditional Clauses. 


Tue rules for Simple Conditions (iF) may be stated 
as follows (compare Lesson 21) :— 





a, ipse.—b, ut.—c. § 252. a (G. 379; H. 405).—d. Use guisgue (with 
superlatives).—e, Dative, or ad with accusative. 


100 Latin Composition. 


a. When the Condition has reference to present or past time, — 
that is, when the existence or non-existence of the case supposed is 
in itself a matter of certainty, — use the Indicative. Thus-— 

* 

If Cato is [now] in Rome (of which I am not sure), he will call 

upon me, st Cato Romae est, mé conveniet. 


4. For the future time, either the Indicative or the Present Sub- 
junctive may be used; the Future Indicative is equivalent to the 
idiomatic use of the Present Indicative in English; as, 


If Cato is in Rome [when I arrive] he will call upon me, s2 
Cato Romae erit, mé conveniet. 


c. The Present Subjunctive expresses a future condition less dis- 
tinctly, answering to the English use of shou/d in the protasis, and 
should or would in the apodosis. Thus — 

If Cato should be in Rome [at any future time] he would eall 

upon me, s? Cato Romae sit, mé conveniat. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. If you are well, I am glad.— 2. If he was not there, he 
was at Rome. — 3. If this book is yours (es¢ #7) give it to 
me. — 4. If you do rightly, you are praised. — 5. If you [shall] 
do rightly, you will be praised. —6. If you should do rightly, 
you would be praised.— 7. Unless you do rightly, you will not 
be praised. — 8. If you did not fight, you were cowards.—g. If 
you do not fight, you are cowards.— 10. If you do not fight, 
you will be conquered.— 11. If Marcus should remain, we 
should be glad ; but if he should go, we should still praise him. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. If you see the good throng to me, will you invite the 
wicked to yourself? 

2. If the people should meet with you, and could speak 
with one voice, it would say this. | 

3. If by chance that which concerns me less pleases you 
more, I will restore that zedileship to you. 

4. If you should ask me what (gua@/s) I consider the nature 
of the gods to be, I should perhaps make no answer. 


Other Conditional Clauses. IOI 


s. As, if any one should say that the republic of the 
Athenians is ruled by counsel, the word (2//ud) “ of-the- Areo- 
pagus”’ would be-understood, so when we say that the world is 
controlled by providence, consider that “of the gods” is-under- 
stood. 

6. If any god should grant to me that, from this period-of- 
life, I might become-a-boy-again, and cry in the cradle, I should 
strongly object. 

7. If I should desire from you the greatest services, it ought 
(would deserve) to seem strange to no one. 

8. If I should say this, that I passed over the province on 
your account, I should seem too fickle even (zfse) to you. 


Lesson 5A. 
Other Conditional Clauses. 


OtHeEr forms of Conditional Clause are as follows : — 


a. For Conditions Contrary to Fact, Secondary Tenses of the 

Subjunctive are to be used: § 308 (G. 599; H. 510, with1). Thus — 

If he were [now] here he would say thus, sz? adesset ita 
diceret. 

If he had been present he would have said thus, s2 adfuisset 
ita dixisset. 

REMARK. — The Indicative is often used in the apodosis fog 
greater vividness, especially with the participles in -iirus and -dus, 
and with expressions of power, permission, etc.: § 308. 6, c, da (G. 
599. R.2, R.“, R41, R.3 H. 511). Thus— 

I was about to fight [and should have done it] had you not in- 

terposed, dimicatirus eram nisi obstitissés. 

If he were [now] a private man at Rome yet he ought to be 
appointed, st Romae privadtus esset tamen erat 
déligendus (Cic.). Compare, in Indirect Discourse — 

I am quite sure that he would have come if he could, certo 
scio eum venttirum fuisse si potuisset. 


6. In General Conditions, (1) the second person singular of the 
Present Subjunctive is used to denote an zudefinite subject ; and (2) 


102 Latin Composition. 


in narrative the Secondary Tenses are (by late usage) employed to 
express customary action: § 309. a, b (G. 597. R.8, 569. R.2; H. 486. 
lii.). The apodosis is in the Indicative. Thus — 
The memory weakens unless you practise it, memoria 
minuitur nisi eam exerceas. 
When(ever] he had said this he hurled a spear, wbi hoc 
dixisset hustam projécit. (Compare a, under Lesson 22.) 


Other cases of General Condition take the Indicative. 


Oral Exercises. 
1. If this were so, I should be glad.— 2. If you had gone, 
I should have gone with you. — 3. Unless I were well, I should 
not set out.— 4. If you loved Czesar (at some former time), 
you did well. — 5. If you loved Czsar (now, —as you do not), 
you would do this.—6. If you had loved Cesar, you would 
have done this.— 7. I could have helped him, had he not 
refused. — 8. If a soldier met him he [habitually] saluted him. 
—g. If you do rightly you are happy. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. I would write more, if I thought that you could read 
longer (jam) with pleasure. 

2. If you had gone to Britain also, surely no one in that so 
great island would have been more experienced than you. 

3. If it were necessary for me only to speak against Later- 
ensis, nevertheless even (7f/sum) this would be offensive in our 
great (¢antus) intimacy and friendship. | 

4. If he had lived to [his] hundredth year, would he there- 
fore regret his old age? | 

5. He was a tribune of the people, not perhaps so violent 
as those whom you justly praise, but at-any-rate such a one 
[that] if all had always been like (gvais) [him], a violent tri- 
bune would never have been desired. 

6 If plane-trees bore viols sounding rhythmically, of-course 
you would judge that music resided in plane-trees. 

7. Whatever brought great advantage to the human race, 
this they thought took place not without a divine goodness 
towards men. 


Implied Conditions. 103 


8. If I were the first. to speak this opinion, you certainly 
would praise [me]; if the only one, you at any rate would 
pardon [me]. 

g. Should you not think that these men should be torn 
away from the provinces, if they were not at-some-time to. be 
withdrawn [from them | ? 


Lesson 55. 
Implied Conditions. 


1. Or Disguised Conditions the most frequent are— 


a. A participial or other qualifying clause: § 310. @ (G. 594. 
I, 2, 3; H. 549. 2). This often takes the form of the Ablative 
Absolute: as, 


If I had received the letter I should have set out, epistula 
accepta profectus essem. 


6. An expression of Wish, Command, or hypothetical statement : 
§ 310. 6, ¢ (G. 594. 4, 600; H. 487. 3). 


2. Omitted conditions are — 


a. The Potential Subjunctive (so called): § 311. a (G. 250, 252; 
cf. 6022; H. 485, 486. i., with N. I, 2); 

6. The Subjunctive of cautious or doubtful statement: § 311. 
(G. 250; H. 485). 

REMARK. — Here belongs the common use of velim, etc.. in 
polite wish, and vellem to denote what is no longer possible. Com- 
pare the Dubitative Subjunctive: § 268 (G. 251, 258; H. 486. ii.). 


. Oral Exercises. 


1. You would have thought that a god spoke.— 2. Who 
would say that this is so?— 3. I am-inclined-to-believe that 
Ceesar so wishes. — 4. Why should I say more? — 5. I wish 
you were to be here.— 6. I wish you were here. — 7. Who 
would not rather be wise than rich? — 8. This would have been 
disgraceful !— 9. I should say that you were worthy of praise. 
—10. I am sorry (zollem) that this has happened. — 11. No 


104 Latin Composition. 


one, not a fool, would have thought so.— 12. A stranger or an 
enemy might have said that.— 13. To look at him, you would 
say he was a dunce. Hear him discourse, and you would call 
him shrewder and wittier than Socrates. 


Translate into Latin. 

1. I could wish (vedlem) that he had been able to conform 
to your desire. 

2. Nor would you find [any] other thing greater or more 
excellent. 

3. Should I have feared (imp. subj.) that I, that fiercest 
enemy of kings, should myself undergo the charge of a desire of 
royalty ? 

4. Shall I joke with you by letter, or write something more | 
serious ? 

5. Whither shall I, wretch [that I am], betake myself ? To 
the Capitol? But it is wet with the blood of my brother. 
Home? That I may see my wretched mother lamenting and 
distressed ? 

6. Why should I not confess what is necessary ? 

7. As I just said, in nearly all things, and especially in 
_ physics, I can tell what is not [true] quicker than what is. 

8. If I lay aside even my enmities for the sake of the 
republic, who, pray, would have any right to blame me (blame 


me rightfully) ? Epistle. 


Cicero to his Atticus. 

I readily believe that you are glad to be at home. But I 
should like to know what remains for you, or whether you have 
already finished. I am expecting you in my Tusculan [ estate ], 
and the more on this account, because you wrote to Tiro that you 
would come immediately, and added that you thought there was 
need. Altogether I used to feel how much good you did me 
[when ] present, but I feel [it] much more since your departure. 
Wherefore, as I wrote to you before, either I [must go] to you 
wholly,* or do you [come] to me when you may. 





a. Use the adjective ; } IgI. 





Lesson 50. 


Comparative and Concessive Clause. 


{ Compare Lesson 20.] 


CLosELy allied in construction and meaning to 


Conditional clauses are — 


1. Comparative clauses (introduced by As IF): § 312, with Rem. 
(G. 604; H. 513. il.) ; 

2. Concessive clauses (ALTHOUGH) : § 313 (G. 606-610; H. 515); 

3. Clauses of Proviso (PROVIDED THAT): § 314 (G. 575; H. 


Lee 


Examples. 
You stray as if you were blind, erras tamquam caecus 
sis (compare Lesson 20). 
Though you are blind you do not stray, quamquam cae- 
cus es tamen non errdas. 
Provided the health be good, valétudo modo bona sit. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. He speaks as if he knew. — 2. He spoke as if he knew. 
— 3. Although you are wise I do not believe you.— 4. How- 
ever wise you are, you do not know the number of the stars. — 
. 5. Granting that you are wise, can you foretell the future ?— 
6. He related Cesar’s death, as if he had seen it.— 7. How- 
ever loud you speak, he will not hear you. — 8. Provided you 
be wise, no one will harm you.—g9. Although the enemy (plur.) 
were near, they advanced as if they knew there was no danger. 
—10. Although you be my friend, there 1s yet a dispute be- 


tween us. 
Translate into Latin. 


1. Do not expect arguments from me, judges, as if there 
were some (a/iguid) doubt. 

2. Why do I make use of these witnesses, as if the matter 
were doubtful or obscure ? 

3. Their natural powers remain to old men, provided their 
interest and industry continue. 


106 Latin Composttion. 


4. Although old age be not burdensome, yet it takes away 
that vigor in which Scipio was even now. 

5. Scipio, a very few days before his death, as if he presaged 
[it], discoursed for three days on public affairs. 

6. The territory, granting that there be ten acres APIECE, 
cannot support more than five thousand men. 

7. [This] excellent man is on his guard not to buy (#é with 
subj.) from [one who is] unwilling. As if truly we did not under- 
stand that to buy from one who is unwilling is a losing [ job] ; 
from one who is willing, profitable. 

8. Although he is not at all to be despised in speaking, yet 
he depends rather upon his foresight of important matters than 
upon his skill (avs) in speaking. 

g. If you had brought me Sicyonian slippers, I would not 
use [them], however comfortable and well-fitted to the foot they 
were, because they are not manly. 

10. Let them hate, provided they fear. 


Lesson 57. 
Temporal Clauses. 


RELATIVE clauses of Time (WHEN, WHILE, UNTIL) 
may be regarded according as their action precedes, 
follows, or accompanies that of the leading clause. 


a. Time Preceding that of the leading verb, being definite and 
precise, is expressed by the Indicative (generally the Perfect), intro- 
duced by postquam, etc.: § 324 (G. 563; H. 471. 4). 


b. For time following that of the leading verb, may be used — 


1. To state the limit as a fact, the tenses of the Indicative: 
§§ 327. a, c, 328 (G. 576-578, 573; H. 519. 1., 521. i. 2) ; 

2. In narration, more commonly, the Imperfect or Pluperfect sub- 
junctive with antequam or priusquam: § 327; cf. 325 (G. 579; 
H. 520. ii.) ; 

3. To imply Acie the Subjunctive with dum, adnec, quoad: 


§ 328 (G, 574; H. 519. ii). 


Temporal Clauses. — “or A 


REMARK. — Antequam and priusquam are often divided into 
two words, when the ante or prius stands as an adverb in the prin- 
cipal clause, and quam introduces the subordinate clause; in this 
case they are to be translated together in the subordinate clause as 
before or until; as, 


Nor did he let him go until he gave a pledge, neque ante 
dimisit.eum quam fidem dedit. 


c. Time accompanying that of the leading verb regularly takes 
the Present Indicative with dum, even when it relates to past time: 
§ 276. e (G. 572; H. 467. 4). Thus— : 

While these things were going on, word was brought, dum 

haec geruntur, nintiatum est. 


Oral Exercises. 

1. We will wait until you arrive. — 2. I will see you before 
Caius sets out. — 3. I saw you before Caius set out. — 4. While 
he was standing, the enemy escaped. — 5. After they had crossed 
the river, they were attacked by the Gauls. — 6. Before they 
reached the town, fighting began. — 7. While these things were 
going on, Cesar set out with the tenth legion. — 8. As soon as 
I saw you, I cried out.—g. He cried out* before he saw me. 
—10. He cried out® until I came to him.—11. You-may 
(4icet) sleep as-long-as you fear nothing.— 12. He will keep-on 
(persevéro') until he reaches [his ] end. — 13. So-far-as custom 
permits, I will proceed. 


: Translate into Latin. 

1. It greatly concerns each of us, that I see you before you 
go away.° 

2. He brought all together into one place, before word 
could be brought to the Arvernians of his arrival. | 

3. The Gauls crossed into Italy two hundred years before 
they laid siege to Clusium and took Rome. 

4.. He would have surpassed the happiness (forfizna) of all, 
if it had been his (dat.) good-fortune (contingi#) to see (ut, 
etc.) you before he departed? from life. 





a. Notice the-tense.— 4. Subjunctive, 


108 Latin Composition. 


5. Before I approach those [points] which have been dis- 
cussed by you, I will say what I think of you yourself. 

6. While he delayed a few days, fear suddenly seized upon 
all the army. 

7. I wish you would call-to-mind what I did in the Senate 
in regard to you after you set out, what I said in the assemblies, 
what letters I sent to you. 


Anecdote. 


Cornelia, the mother of the Gracchi, when a Campanian 
matron (a guest at her house) was showing her most beautiful 
ornaments, detained her by conversation until her children re- 
turned from school ; and then said,’ “ These are my ornaments.” 


Lesson 58. 
Special Uses of Cum. 


THE use of the particle cum requires to be especially 
noticed, as employed to express — 


1. Absolute time, with the Indicative: § 325, with Note, and a, 
b, c (G. 582-585; H. 318. 3); 

2. Relative time, with the Secondary tenses of the Subjunctive: 
§ 325 (G. 586; H. 521. ii. 1); . 

3. Cause or Concession (SINCE, WHILE, THOUGH), with the Sub- 
junctive: § 326 (G. 587. R.; H. 517. 1, 515. iii.) 


Examples. 
When he had come, crm vénisset. 


When he comes (shall come), cum veniet. 
Since he has arrived, cum advénerit. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. When I am at Athens, I always visit Mars’ Hill. — 
2. When I am at Athens, I shall visit Mars’ Hill. — 3. When 
I was at Athens, I visited Mars’ Hill. — 4.. When I leave 
Athens, I shall return to Rome. — 5. Since night is approach- 





a. Use inguam, 


Special Uses of Cum. 109 


ing, let us depart. — 6. Since night was approaching, they sep- 
arated. — 7. When night approached, they separated. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. When I compare my action with yours, although I do 
not favor myself more than [I do] you, nevertheless I am much 
better (magis) pleased with my action than yours. 

2. When ambassadors had come to him to beg® that he 
would pardon them and consult for their lives® (sing.), he orders 
the arms to be collected, the horses to be brought forward, 
[and] hostages to be given. 

3. You who ask this, do somewhat (stmiliter) as if you 
asked me why I look at you with two eyes and not with one 
(alter), since I can accomplish the same thing with one. 3 

4. He was acquitted by an assembly° of the Roman people, 
although he confessed that his sister had been killed by his 


hand. : - 
Anecdote. 


Agesilaus, the Lacedzemonian, when he had placed his camp 
opposite the Thebans above a river-bank, and understood that 
the force of the enemy was much greater, and for-this-reason 
wished to restrain his men from the desire of fighting, said that 
he was ordered by an oracle of the gods to fight on high ground 
(ex colibus) ; and so, placing a small guard at the bank, he ap- 
proached the hills. [But] the Thebans interpreting this? (as p70) 
fear, crossed the river; and when they had easily driven back 
the guard, following the rest too eagerly,’ they were beaten by: 
fewer men, on account of the disadvantage of the position. 


Dialogue. 


Tranto. Look around again. 

THEOPROPIDES. There is no one. Speak now at once. 
_ Tr. It is a fatal deed. 

Tu. What is that? I don’t understand. 





a, Supine in wm.—d, Dative.—c, The assembly was not regarded as a 
person, or corporate body, but as a mere instrument of action. — d. Relative, 
—e. Comparative: { 93. a. 


HO. Latin Composition. 


Tr. Acrime, I say, was committed long ago, old and ancient ; 
this deed we have just now discovered. 

Tu. What villainy is that, or who did it? Tell me. 

Tr. A host killed his guest [whom he had] caught with his 
hand. He, as I think, who sold this house to you. 

Tu. Killed? 

Tr. And took away gold from [that] same guest, and buried 
that guest here in-this-very-place in the house. 

Tu. Why do you suspect that this was done? 

Tr. I will tell [you]. Listen. When your son had dined out 
( foris), after he returns home from supper, we all go to bed. 
We went to sleep. I had forgotten by chance to put out the 
light ; and he all-of-a-sudden cries out at-the-top-of-his-voice. 

TH. Who? my son? 

Tr. St,—be quiet ; he says that that dead man came to him 
in sleep. This is (ecce) what that dead man said to him: “I 
am Diapontius, a guest from-beyond-sea. Here I dwell. This 
dwelling was given to me. For Orcus would not (nou?) re- 
ceive me to Acheron, because I am deprived of life prematurely. 
I was deceived through confidence. My host here killed me, 
and he buried me secretly in this house, the villain, for the sake 
of gold. Now do thou depart hence. This house is accursed ; 
this dwelling is impious.” 3 


Lesson 59. 


Causal Clauses. 


CausAL clauses regularly take the Indicative; but 
they take the Subjunctive when the reason is not simply 
stated as a fact, but assigned as a motive: as, 


Socrates was accused of corrupting the youth, Sdcratés 
accisatus est quod corrumperet juventitem. 


a. This is regularly the case with relative clauses expressing a 
reason: as, 


Since I see, quippe qui videam. 


Causal Clauses. — III 


6. In negative clauses n6n qué may be used in preference to 
n6n quod or n6n quia: compare § 341. R. (G. 538. R., 541. R.'; 
H. 516. ii. 2): as, 

Not that I fear, non quo timeam. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. He hates me, because I am luckier than he.— 2. He 
hates me on-the-ground-that I have thwarted him.— 3. He is 
fortunate iz having you with him. — 4. Since Cesar is my 
friend, I dare resist you.k—5. Since [he thought] Cesar was 
absent, he opposed his plans.— 6. I resisted him, not that I 
thought him an enemy, but I did not approve his designs. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. Although, as I have written you before, wherever you 
are, you are in the same boat [with me], yet I congratulate 
you on your absence, because you do not see the things that 
we [see]. 

2. I congratulate you on being absent. 

3. He accuses them of having held discourses of this sort 
concerning him. 

4. I had said that this first point needed no argument, 
because it is® clear to all that there are gods. 

5. Il appeared to bear my misfortune bravely, — not that I 
bore it with equanimity, but I consoled myself [by] thinking 
that there would not be a long separation between us. 

6. I did not accept even that ; not that I thought [it] in- 
consistent with my dignity, but Baiativs I did not suspect that 
sO great a crime was hanging over the republic. 

-7. If you did not know that Metellus thought thus (Aaec) 
of me, you ought to consider that your brother kept you igno- 
rant’ [in regard to] the most important matters ; but if, however, 
he imparted to you something of his plan, I ought to be con- 
sidered lenient and easy by you, since I make no complaint® to 
(cum) you in regard to these very matters. 





a. Follow the rule of sequence of tenses.— 4, cé/o, with the accusative of 
the person,—¢. = “complain [as to] nothing.” 


112 Latin Composition. 


. Anecdote. 

Tarquin the Proud, the father, thinking that the chiefs of the 
Gabinians ought to be put to death, because he was not willing 
that this should be entrusted to any one, made no answer? to 
the messenger who had been sent him by his son ; nevertheless 
he struck off with a staff the tall poppy-heads, since by chance 
he was walking in a garden. The messenger, having returned 
without an answer, brought word to the young Tarquin what he 
had seen his father doing. He understood that the same thing 
was to be done to the eminent Gabinians. 


Lesson 60. 
Final Clauses. 


CLAUSES expressing a Purpose require the Subjunc- 
tive with wz (negatively zé) or a relative: as, 


He sent men to plough the field, hominés misit ut [qui] 
agrum ararent. 


REMARK. — For: the various expressions of Purpose, see § 318, 
with a, 6, c,d (G. 544. R.”). For the use of ut and né, with ex- 
pressions of Fear, see Lesson 29, Remark. 


a. In negative clauses né quis, né quid, né umquam, etc., 
must be used for ut némo, ut nihil, ut numquam, etc.: these 
last are used in clauses of Result. 

6. When there is a comparative in the sentence, qu6 is generally 
used in preference to ut: as, : 


That he might come the sooner, quo citius veniret. 


c. Substantive clauses which express a Purpose, following verbs 
of wishing, advising, necessity, &c., often omit the ut or né: § 331. 


f. Rem. (G. 546. R.2; H. 499. 2); 
d. With phrases like ut ita dicam, so ¢o speak ; né plira 
dicam, ot to Say more, the principal clause is often omitted: 


§ 317. ¢. 


1. I have come to meet you.— 2. I came to meet Balbus. 
— 3. This is a pleasant spot, not to say delightful. — 4. He is a 


Oral Exercises. 





a. = answered nothing. 


Final Clauses. 113 


brave man, —I do not say a good man.— 5. We fight that we 
may not be-slaves.— 6. He is another Plato, so to speak. 

7. They founded a city which should be a refuge to the dis- 
tressed. — 8. We listen, that we may be more wise.—g. We 
set out at once in order that we might arrive earlier.— 10. Be- 
ware of pardoning.— 11. It is necessary that we set out. 

12. I will ask him to come. — 13. I wish you were at Rome. 
—14. Now, to pass over such [points], I will speak of making 
peace.— 15. I fear you are not sufficiently wily.— 16. He 
feared that the Gauls would attack him on the march.—17. I 
fear he will not win the royal power. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. Three hundred of us (we, three hundred), chiefs of the 
Roman youth, have sworn to assault you. 

2. I think that something should be given the physician 
himself, that he may be more zealous. 

3. He sends forward to the Boii [men] who shall inform 
[them } of his arrival, and exhort them to remain in their fidel- 
ity, and withstand the attack of the enemy with good courage. 

4. She whispers to (with) herself, but [so] that I may hear. 

5- In the first place, I wish you to consider this, — that 
your feelings are strongly approved by me (dat.). 

6. This one thing I do not know, whether to congratulate 
[you] or fear for you; not that I fear that your virtue will not 
meet the expectation of men, but, by Hercules, lest, when you 
come (fut. perf.), you have no longer [any thing] to care for 
(quod, etc.). 

7. As I myself have always joined Latin with Greek, I 
am of opinion that you should do the same, that you may be 
equally-good (far) in the use of each language (sermo). 

8. I wish you would send letters as often as possible, espe- 
cially if there shall be any better-established [state of things], 
in-regard-to-which* we may have-hope. 

9. But, to pass over the common cause, let us come to ours. 





a. Use the relative, 


114 Latin Composition. 


10. Do you think, pray, that it was easier for Ligarius to go 
out of Africa, or for you not to come into Africa ? 

11. I fear, Crassus, that I cannot concede those two points 
to you. ; 

12. Do not fear, Hortensius, that I shall ask how it was per- 
mitted to a senator to build a ship. 


Anecdote. 

Manius Curius, the most perfect type of Roman frugality, and 
at the same time the most complete model of bravery, presented 
himself to the ambassadors of the Samnites, sitting at the hearth 
on a rude stool, and dining out of a wooden bowl. For he des- 
pised the wealth of the Samnites, [and] the Samnites wondered 
at his poverty. For when they had brought to him a great 
weight of gold, sent by the state (puzdice), he, when invited 
with kind words to be willing to use it, broke into laughter, and 
said at once: “Agents of a superfluous, not to say foolish, 
mission, report to the Samnites that Manius Curius would rather 
rule the rich than himself be rich; and carry back that costly 
gift, and remember that I can neither be conquered in battle 
nor corrupted by money.” 


Lesson O61. 


Consecutive Clauses. 


CrausEs of Result, like those of Purpose, take the 
Subjunctive after uT or with a relative: as, 


They place their chariots in such a way that they have a 
speedy retreat, ita currus conlocant, ut expeditum 
receptum habeant. 


a. In negative clauses of Result, ut n6n is used instead of né, 
ut némo for né quis, etc. 

6. After secondary tenses the Perfect Subjunctive may be used 
in clauses of Result, to represent the historical perfect of the direct 
statement: as, 

The discussion reached such a height that he fled to Vitellius, 

e0 discordiae ventum [est], ut ad Vitellium per- 
fugerit (Direct, ad Vitellium perfigit). 


-~ 


Consecutive Clauses. 115 


c. The relative is often used in clauses of Result, where the Erg- 
lish idiom uses AS with the infinitive. Thus — 


Who is so silly as to believe this? quis est tam ineptus 
qui hoc crédat ? 

a A peculiar construction in Latin is the phrase tantum abest, 
followed by an ut clause as subject and another as result: § 332. d 
(G. 556. R.1; H. 502. 3). 

It is so far [from being true] that friendships are sought on 
account of need, that those who need another least are 
the most liberal, tantwm abest ut amicitiae propter 
indigentiam colantur, ut ia qui minimé alterius 
indigeant, liberdlissimi sint. 

Here the substantive clause ut . . . colantur is subject of abest, 

and the consecutive clause ut . . . sint depends upon tantum. 


REMARK.—For the use of qu6minus and quin in clauses of 

Result, see § 319. ¢, ad (G. 547, 549-551; H. 504, 497. ii.). 
Oral Exercises. 

1. Who is so rash as to dare this? — 2. The river is so swift 
that we cannot swim in it.— 3. The cold is so great that wine 
freezes. — 4. I am so far (adest, not absum) from being un- 
friendly to you, that I value you very highly.—5. Czesar was 
so far from being defeated that he even pursued the enemy. 

6. The peril was so great that we fled.— 7. I am not so sus- 
picious as not to believe you.— 8. Nothing hinders me from 
aiding Pompey. — 9. Nothing hindered me from aiding you. — 
10. I shall never be prevented from rejoicing. —11. There is 
no doubt that Rome is the capital of the -world. 

12. We do not object to your thinking us foolish. — 13. 
Caius left nothing undone to frustrate my plans. — 14. He was 
within a little of (it was very little distant but that) reaching the 
city. — 15. It cannot be (ferz) but that you believe this. — 16. 
It was owing to you that I did not go. 

Translate into Latin. 
1. His speeches have so much wit, so many illustrations, so 
much elegance, that they almost seem to have been written in 
Attic style. | 


116 Latin Composttion. 


2. Will no virtue, therefore, ever be so respected by you? 
that it cannot be injured by suspicion? 

3. There cannot be readily found [one] who can give bet- 
ter counsel to another (a/er) than you; but at any rate no one 
will give better to you yourself. 

4. If there are but few who love the nobility, is that our fault? 

5. I cannot help (fraezereo) sending to you daily. 

6. He is so far from influencing my opinion, that I think he 
himself should be very much ashamed at having departed from 
his [own] opinion. 

7. What shrine in Achaia, what place or sacred-grove, has 
been so [held] sacred that any image or ornament is left in it? 

8. And yet I do not doubt that eloquence has always had 
great force. 

9. How can it be doubted that the glory of military service 
brings much more of worthiness to win the — than 
[that] of civil law? (Worthiness = dgnitas.) . 

10. I could not help writing to you, and giving thanks. 

11. Cesar, fearing for his men, sent to Titus Sextius, the 
lieutenant, that he should lead his cohorts quickly out of the 
camp, in order that he might terrify the enemy /rom pursuing 


freely. 
Epistle. 


Cicero to his Atticus. 


I had not doubted that I was to see you at Tarentum or 
Brundisium, and this had reference to many [points]; among 
them, that we might tarry in Epirus and use your counsel on 
other things. Since this has not happened, this also will be ~ 
[ranked] in the great number of our misfortunes. Our route is 
to Asia, especially to Cyzicum. I commend my [family] to you. 
I sustain myself with difficulty, and wretchedly. Given April 17, 
near Tarentum (Zarentinum).* 





a. = “in your eyes,” #dz,— 6. dé with abl. 


Clauses of Characteristic. 117 


Lesson 62. 


Clauses of Characteristic. 


A RELATIVE clause with the subjunctive is often used 
to express a Characteristic of the antecedent, contain- 
ing more or less distinctly the idea of result. Thus — 


They say a great deal which they scarcely understand, 
multa dicunt quae via intellegant. 


Note. — Here the indicative, intellegunt, would indicate things 
which they do not zz fact understand. The use of the subjunctive 
implies that the things are so difficult, or the speakers so stupid, 
that they caznot understand them. Clauses which occur under this 
head are — : 


1. Those following general expressions of existence: § 320. @ 
(G. 634; H. 503. i.); 

2. Following tinus and s6lus: id. d (G. 633; H. id. ii.); 

3. Following. Comparatives with quam (= TOO... TO): id. ¢ 
(ts. 20at Ey id, -3). 

4. Of Restriction or Proviso, especially with quod: id. d (G. 
629. R.; H. 503. i. 3, N. 2); 

5. Of Cause or Hindrance: id. e (G. 636, 637; H. 517, 515. ii. 4); 

6. Following dignus, etc. (= worthy TO...): id. f (G. 556. R.”; 
H. 503. ii. 2). 

REMARK. — After general negative expressions, where the Eng- 
lish uses BUT, quin is often used for qui (quod, etc.) nG6n: as, 


There is no one but says this, némo est quin hoc dicat. 


Oral Exercises. 

1. I am not worthy of receiving these honors. — 2. He is not 
fit to have those honors bestowed upon him (upon whom these 
honors should be bestowed).— 3. Czesar is the only one to 
whom such honors are due. — 4. There are [some] who envy 
me.—5. There were [some] who envied me.— 6. He is too 
shrewd to be deceived (shrewder than who can be deceived). 
— 7. Who is there that thinks Titus mad ?— 8. Who was there 
that thought Marcus wise ?— g. There was nothing that you did 
not see. —10. There was no one but thought you rash. — 


118 Latin Composition. 


11. Who is there but thinks us wise? —12. You were the only 
one to receive such rewards. 


Translate into Latin. 


1. There will be many to whom you can properly give let- 
ters, who will gladly bring them to me. 
2. Nor was there any one who cared for booty. 
3. There were [some] at that time who believed that Mar- 
cus Crassus had not been ignorant of this design. 
4. There is no reason for you to hurry. . 
5. On (ex) each side there are some who desire to con- 
tend. 
6. This is the only place to which (gud) they may escape. 
7. Who is there of those Greeks, who thinks that any one 
of us understands any thing? 
8. There is no one of us but knows that you have no enmi- 
ties with Sextus Roscius. 
g. I have no veason /o find fault with old age. 
10. There is no one éxz¢ understands that that republic is 
falling. | 
11. I ask you this, my Tiro, that you spare expense in noth- 
ing, so far as there is need for your health. 


Lesson 63. 


Infinitive Clauses. 
[Compare Lessons 6, 24-26. ] 


Tue following special forms of Infinitive Clause are 
liable to occur, especially in the extended use of Indi- 
rect Discourse :— 


1. The Periphrastic Infinitive, formed by fore or futirum esse 
with the Subjunctive, which is regular with verbs which have no 
supine stem, and is especially common after spéro: § 288. / (G. 240. 
2; H. 537, with 1). 

2. The Infinitive of Impersonal verbs, or the neuter of the Ge- 
rundive with esse, in such phrases as — 


Infinitive Clauses. 11g 


He saw that he must leap down, vidit désiliendum esse 
(Direct, désiliendum est). 

A report came to the Senate that it had rained blood, san- 
guinem pluisse senadtui nintiatum est. 


3. Rhetorical Questidns in Indirect Discourse (see Lesson 27. a). 


Oral Exercises. 


1. I hope to be able.— 2. He says that we shall soon be 
willing. — 3. He said that he should not fear.— 4. I under- 
stand that fighting-is-going-on. —5. I understand that fighting 
has been going on.—6. I understood that fighting was going 
on.— 7. Remember that you are envied.*— 8. He says that 
fortune will again shine upon us.—g. Do you think that [we] 
must fight?—10. I do not think a rich [man] ought to Le 


envied. 
Translate into Latin. 


1. They said they hoped that these designs which had 
been secretly entered into, contrary to the safety of the city and 
empire, would be brought to light. 

2. All were of opinion that an addition would be enrolled 
in Italy for my legions and [those] of Bibulus. 

3. You write that the physician is well esteemed (that it is 
well thought concerning, &c.). 

4. He will ex that he always wished to be asked, always to 
be entreated. : 

5. Why [he asked] did they urge® him, already an old man, 
and [one who had] passed Oe [all] labors and the rewards 
of labors ? 

6. Why, pray [he asked], did they fear, or sie did they 
despair of their own valor or his (zpse) care? 

7. If these things (guae) [he urged] were not to be borne 
in a king, or the son of a king, who would bear [them] in so 
many private persons? Let them see [to it], lest by forbidding 





a. Verbs which govern the dative still govern the dative when used imper- 
sonally in the passive.— 4. In all these sentences consider whether the ques- 
tion is real or rhetorical, 





cones } 
OF THRE 


{ Cont ooo v | 


120 Latin Composition. 


men to speak freely in the senate-house, they should even excite 
talk outside the senate-house. When they wished, let them test 
how much braver is* a sense-of-grief than self-seeking. For 
what had they done by’ the people? Let them not place too 
much hope in others’ fear ! 

8. Then Ahala Servilius, tribune of the soldiers, says that he 
has been silent so long, not because he was uncertain in opinion,’ 
— for what good citizen separates his own counsels from the 
public [counsels] ?— but because he chose that his colleagues 
should yield of their own accord to the authority of the Senate 
rather than suffer (imp. subj.) the power of the tribunes to be 
called upon against themselves. 


Lesson 64. 
Intermediate Clauses. 


THE cases in which ‘an intermediate relative clause 
must take the Subjunctive are the following : — 


1. When the clause expresses the thought of some other person 
than the speaker or writer or his own in some other relation (z#for- 
mal indirect discourse) ; 


2. When the clause is an integral part of a subjunctive or infini- 
tive construction (attraction). 


REMARK. — Many such clauses may be so regarded or not, as the 
speaker or writer chooses. Compare the following examples : — 


1. He first mentioned that of which I have just spoken (direct 
statement), Which (according to him) had its origin in a 
presentiment of the future, primum posuit eam 
(causam) dé qua modo dixi, quae orta esset ex 
praesénsione rérum futurarum. 

2. He says that he sees what (as he alleges) I see, dicié sé 
vidére ea quae videam (quae video would mean, what 


I see in fact). 





a. Follow sequence of tenses. — 4. = through, —c. Genitive. 


Intermedtate Clauses. BBE 


3. [ eome to see what you see, venio ut videam ea quae 
tu videds (or vidés). 

4. For what can be so plain as that there is some Divinity, by 
whom these things are governed? quid enim potest 
esse tam perspicuum quam esse aliquod numen, 
quo haec regantur ? 


Oral Exercises. 


1. He came that he might see the games, which then were 
going on.— 2. He came that he might see the games that were 
going on.— 3. I wish to cross the river, while you will stay in 
the camp.— 4. I wish to cross the river while you stay in the 
-camp.—5. I have received the letter which you sent.— 6. If 
I had not received the letter that you sent, I should have re- 
mained in the city. — 7. I have read the book which was given 
to me. — 8. I fear I shall not have an opportunity of reading 
the book that was given to me.—9. He was prevented by his 
state-of-health from eating the oysters he bought.~—10. I see 
that the man of whom you speak is present. —11. He said that he 
came as soon as he saw me.— 12. We understand that the city 
which we seek is distant. — 13. They understood that the enemy 
whom they were pursuing were not far distant. — 14. He under- 
stood that the enemy whom he had defeated were retreating. — 
15. He understood that the enemy, whom he had not seen, 
were approaching. 

3 : Translate into Latin. 


1. Would that I may see that day when I may give you 
thanks because you have compelled me to live. 

2. Not to know what happened before you were born, — 
this is to be always a boy. 

3. Men pitied not more the punishment than the crime by 
which they had deserved punishment. 

4. I would rather he had not given him so great strength, 
than that he should resist him now [that he is grown] so strong. 





a, Pluperfect, 


122 Latin Composition. 


8. I have sent Antonius to you, a brave man and especially. 
trusted by me, that you might, if it should seem good to you, 
deliver to him the cohorts ; in order that, while the time of year 
was suitable, I might be able to perform some operation. 

6. Nature leads [us] to favor those who are entering upon 
the same perils which we have passed through. 

7. What great and earnest orator, when he wished to make 
the judge angry with his adversary, ever hesitated on this ac- 
count, — because he did not know what anger was, whether a 
fervor of the mind, or the desire of punishing a grievance? 

8. Poets wish each his own work’ to be examined by the 
public, in order that, if any thing shall be censured by many, it 
may be corrected. 

g. I informed Deiotarus that there did not seem to be [any ] 
reason why he should be absent from his kingdom. 

10. I confess that I have zealously followed those [pursuits] - 
from which true glory could arise. 

11. I thought that I ought to lead the army through that dis-° 
trict of Cappadocia which touched upon Cilicia. 

12. He is of opinion that there are gods, because it is neces- 
sary that there should be some excellent nature, than which 
there is nothing better. | 

13. When we call the fruits “Ceres,” and wine “ Liber,’’ we 
use, to be sure, a customary manner of speech; but do you 
think any one so insane as to believe that that which he eats is 
a god? 


Lesson 65. 


Dependent Conditional Clauses. 
[ Compare Lesson 27. | 


In the case of Conditional Clauses in Indirect Dis- 
course, the following points are to be observed : — 


a. Follow the rule of Sequence of Tenses (Lesson 20), noticing 





a. guisgue following the reflexive: see Lesson 33. 


Dependent Conditional Clauses. 123 


also whether a verb of complete or incomplete action is required. 
Thus — 

He promises to come if they wish, pollicétur sé venturum 
st velint (Direct, veniam si volétis). 

He had given orders that unless he should arrive, &c., 
édixerat nisi advénisset, etc. (Direct, nisi advénero). 

6. In a condition contrary to fact, the dependent clause ( pro- 

tasis) remains unchanged, while the principal clause (afodosis) is 
represented by the future participle with fuisse (see Lesson 27. 0). 
Thus — 

I declare that if you had done this you would have received 
praise, aio sti haec fécissés laudem té accepttirum 
fuisse (Direct, st haec fécissés laudem accépissés). 

He said he could if he had wished, dixité si ‘voluisset 
futurum fuisse ut posset (si voluisset potuisset). 


Note. — These two constructions — the imperfect or pluperfect 
subjunctive in future conditions after a past tense, and the future 
infinitive with fuisse in the apodosis of conditions contrary to fact 
—are among the most common subordinate constructions in Indi- 
rect Discourse. For the Subjunctive representing the Imperative, 
see Lesson 27. 

Oral Exercises. 

1. If you are well;I am glad.— 2. Be assured that if you 
are well, I am glad. — 3. I said that if he was well, I was glad. 
—4. Ifyou should do rightly, you would be praised. — 5. Re- 
member that if you should do rightly, you would be praised. — 
6. We reminded them that if they should do rightly, they would 
be praised. — 7. I told them that if they had done rightly, I 
should have praised them.— 8. We said that we should have 
wondered if it had been otherwise.—g. We know that if 
you had been here, you would have approved our designs. — 
10. They declared that if hostages had not been given, they 
should have laid waste the country. » 


Translate imto Latin. : 
1. He understood that, if he should summon the legions to 
the province, they would contend in battle on the march in his 
absence (he being absent). 


124 Latin Composition. 


2. Now I wish that you would persuade yourself of this 
(sic), that if reference is made to the Senate concerning these 
matters, I shall think that the highest praise is awarded to me, 
if you assent (comprobo) by your verdict [to] the honor paid 
me (meus). 

3. He sees that, if the choice of accusing is transferred from 
boys of rank, whom he has hitherto eluded, to brave and re- 
spected men, he cannot lord it [any] longer in the trials. 

4. They say that they wish to speak with Czesar concerning 
most important matters, if an opportunity should be given them. 

5. The same one says that, if there are not gods, there is 
nothing in all nature better than man; but that any man should 
think this— that there is nothing better than man — he judges 


is the greatest arrogance. 
Epistle. 


Cicero to his Alticus. 

I am eagerly waiting for your advice. I fear that I am absent 
[at a time] when it were more honorable for me to be present: 
I dare not come without-special-reason. Of Antony’s move- 
ments (z¢er) I hear somewhat (escio guid) otherwise than as I 
wrote to you. Therefore, I wish you would explain every thing, 
and send me definite [tidings]. Of the rest, what shall I say to 
you? I burn with zeal for history — for your encouragement 
stimulates me incredibly — which indeed can neither be begun 
nor accomplished without your aid. Therefore we will consult 
together upon this at least. At present I wish you would write 
to me in whose consulship (abl. abs.) Caius Fannius, son of 
Marcus, was tribune of the people. I think (zdeor mzhz) I 
have heard in the censorship of Publius Africanus and Lucius_ 


Mummius. 
Dialogue. 


THEOPROPIDES. Well, Tranio, what’s going on? 
Tranio. The country-people are coming from the country :. 
Philolaches will be here at once. 
Tu. By Pollux, he comes in good time for me. I am of 
opinion that this neighbor [of] ours is a bold and bad man. 
Tr. How soe | 


The English Potential. . 125 


TH. Because he says he does not know you. 

Tr. Says not? 

Tu. And that you never gave him a [single] coin of money. 

Tr. Go away, —you are chaffing me, Iam sure. He doesn’t 
deny [it]. 

Tu. What now? 

Tr. I know you’re joking now ; for he, I am sure, doesn’t 
deny [it]. 

Tu. Yes, indeed, by Pollux, he denies [it] up and down; 
and [says] that he didn’t sell this house to Philolaches. 

Tr. Well, now, did he deny that money was given him, I beg 
[to know]? 

Tu. Nay, he promised to give me an oath, if I risked that 
he neither sold this house, nor was money given him. 


Lesson 66. 


The English Potential. 


THE PoTENTIAL Moop is a name often given, in Eng- 
lish, to-any form of a verb which is constructed with 
the aid of may, can, must, might, could, would, or 
should. 

But these words are used with great variety and 
laxity, and give rise to many ambiguities. When used 
simply as auxiliaries, the verb they form is a genuine 
subjunctive; but they are very commonly principal 
verbs, in which case the verb depending upon them 
is in the infinitive. 


A.— As A PRINCIPAL VERB. 
a. May denotes permission; Latin, licet: as, 
You may (have leave to) come, licet tibi venire. 


6. MicuT has the same meaning, being the past tense of may; 
but by a peculiar idiom, when used in this way, it is followed by the 
Perfect Infinitive in English: as, 


You might have come, licuit tibi venire. 


126 Latin Composition. 


REMARK. — May and might are also used to express ower or 
possibility, and are then rendered by possum: as, 


It may be so, potest ita esse; 

He might have come, potuit venire. 

This last expression in English may mean either, he had permis- 
ston (licuit), or he had it in his power (potuit). 

Might, with Present Infinitive, is used in the apodosis of con- 


ditional sentences assumed to be false: as, 


He might come (if circumstances were otherwise), posset venire. 


c. CAN and COULD express Jower, and are translated by pos- 
sum: as, 


I can do this, possum hoc facere; 


Could often, like might, takes the Perfect Infinitive to express 
past time, and uses the Present Infinitive in either member of a con- 
ditional sentence assumed as false: as, 


I could do (or could have done) this, potu2 hoc facere. 
I should do this if I could (but I cannot), héc facerem si 
possem. 


d. Wou.p and SHOULD are occasionally used as principal verbs : 
would, like will, expresses a strong determination, and is rendered 
by volo: as, 

He wit. go, vult tre; He wouLp go, voluit tre. 

He would if he could, vellet si posset. 

He might if he would, posset si vellet. 


Should is present, expressing obligation, and may be rendered by 
oportet: as, 


He should not return, n6n oportet eum redire. 


Shall also ‘is sometimes used in a similar way, in a future obliga- 
tion, amounting almost to compulsion: as, he shall go; i.e., £ will 
make him go. So with the Future Imperative: as, 


Thou shalt not steal, né facito furtum. 


The English Potential. 127 


e. Must and Ouent are likewise principal verbs. Just is ren- 
dered by the gerundive, which is always passive: as, 
We must wait for the consul, consul exspectandus est 
[nobis]. 
We must fight (fighting must be done), pugnandum est. 


Ought is either débeo or the impersonal oportet; but for past 
ume the English uses the Perfect Infinitive, just as for mdght and 
could: as, 

He ought to have done this, debuit hdc facere, or opor- 

tuit ewm hoc facere. 


B.— As AUXILIARIES. 


a. May and ‘MIGHT express purpose in final clauses, and are 
rendered by the Present and Imperfect Subjunctive: as, 

He comes that he may see, venit ut videat ; 

He came that he might see, vénit ut vidéret. 


Might is also used in softened assertions: as, 
One might believe, créiat quispiam. 


6. CAN and COULD are very rare in this use, but are occasionally 
the equivalents of a subjunctive of softened assertion: as, 

I could wish, veéim or vellem; 

What can I say? quid dixerim. 


c. WOULD is used in indirect discourse, to express an action 
which is future in relation to a verb in past time on which it depends ; 
it is rendered by the Future Infinitive: as, 


He said that he would come or would have come, dixié sé 
venturum esse or fuisse. 


ad. SHOULD and WOULD are used in conditional sentences, refer- 
ring indistinctly to future time,—in the protasis, should; in the 
apodosis, should (like shaél) for the first person, would (like wil) 
for the second and third. In this use they are rendered by the Pres- 
ent Subjunctive: as, 


If he shouid do so I should rejoice, st téa faciat gaudeam. 
You would rejoice, gaudeas. 


128 Latin Composition. 


Should have and would have, in the apodosis of conditions 
assumed as false, and rendered by the Pluperfect Subjunctive: as, 


I should have come if I could, vénissem si potuissem. 


Should and would, like might, can, and could, may be used for 
implied conditions: as, 


Why should I go? quid eam? 
One would commend, lauddaveris. 


C. — RECAPITULATION. 
a. MAY expresses — 
1. Permission, — licet, with dative and infinitive. 
2. Possibility, — possum, with infinitive. 
3. Purpose, — ut, with present subjunctive. 


5. MIGHT expresses — 


I. Permission ; 

2. Possibility :— when followed by perfect infinitive in English, 
licuit or potuit with infinitive; when foliowed by present infinitive 
in English, possem, expressing possibility in a supposition assumed 
as false. 

3. Purpose, — ut with imperfect subjunctive. 

4. Softened assertion. 


c. CAN and CouLD express — 


1. Power, — possum with infinitive. 
2. Softened assertion. 


d. WOULD expresses — 


1. Determination, — volui or vellem. 

2. Future time in indirect discourse (the future infinitive depend- 
ing on a past verb). 

3 Apodosis of future time, — present subjunctive, second and 
third persons. 

4. Apodosis of past time, condition assumed as false, — pluper- 
fect subjunctive, second and third persons. 

5- Softened assertion. 


é. SHOULD expresses — 


1. Obligation, — oportet or decet. 
2. Protasis of future time, — present subjunctive. 


The English Potential. 129 


3. Apodosis of future time, — present subjunctive, first person. 

4. Apodosis of past time, false conuition, — pluperfect subjunc- 
tive, first person. 

5. Softened assertion. 


Oral Exercises. 


1. You may go.—2. You must go.— 3. You ought to go. 
—4. You might go if you were well.—5. You might have 
gone. — 6. You might have gone if you had wished. — 7. Who 
would go into such (so great) perils? —8. I wish Caius were 
present. — 9. I wish Caius might be present. — 10. What could 
I do?—11. You could conquer if you would fight. | 


Translate. into Latin. 


1. They begged nothing else bu! that they might with their 
lips receive the last breath of their sons. 

2. I ought to defend his safety no less than mine. 

3. Here it might be recognized how much protection men 
have in firmness of soul. 

4. You both refused what you ought not [to have refused], 
and received what you had-no-right [to receive]. i 

5. The one does not dare to inform us why he is called a 
commander ; the other must in a few days be ashamed to dare. 

6. It was answered on the other side that Aulus Varro 
offered to come on the next day to a conference, and that he 
(the same one) would see how ambassadors might come in 
safety and declare what they wished. 


Anecdotes. 


1. The physician of Pyrrhus, king of the Epirots, came to 
Fabricius, general of the Romans, and promised to give poison 
to Pyrrhus, if a reward which should be worth his while should 
be paid him. But Fabricius, thinking that his victory had no 
need of such* a crime, informed-against the physician to the 
king, and by the merit of this good-faith drove’ Pyrrhus to seek 
the friendship of the Romans. 





a. Use the relative guz at the beginning of the sentence,— guod facinus, — 
6. Lit., deserved that he drove. . \BRA Ry “ 






; OF THE %, 
UNIVERSITY |) 





130 Latin Composition. 


2. Themistocles, leader of the Athenians, when he saw that 
it was advantageous to the Greeks to contend in the straits of 
Salamis against the multitude of ships of Xerxes, and could not - 
persuade his fellow}, citizens of this G2), brought it about by 
craft that the Greeks were forced by the barbarians to their own 
advantage (plur.). For, feigning treachery, he sent fa person 
to Xerxes to disclose that his countrymen were deliberating 
about flight, and that matters would be harder for him, if he 
should attack the states one by one, by siege. / And by this means 
_he brought-it-to-pass, first that the army of the barbarians was 
kept from rest, since they were all night at their post of guard ; 
in the next place, that his own men fought with fresh strength 
with the barbarians, [who were] worn out by watching, [and] in 
a narrow place, as he had wished, where Xerxes could not use 
the multitude in which he had the advantage. 


Lesson 67. 


Further Uses of the Relative. 


» 


In the use of Relative Clauses, the following points 
remain to be observed : — 


a. The Relative often stands for a Demonstrative at the begin- 
ning of a sentence for the purpose of connecting the sentence closely 
with the preceding. In such cases it is often best to supply a con- 
junction in English. Thus— 


But when Ariovistus had caught sight of them, quos cum 
Ariovistus conspexisset. 
b. The neuter quod, used adverbially, often begins a sentence, 
followed by si, and may be best rendered but, now, &c.: as, 
Now if the moon is a goddess, then the morning star, too, 
quod si Lina dea est, ergo etiam Licifer. 
c. When a relative clause has another subordinate clause de- 


pending upon it, the Relative may stand in that Canes and be 
understood in its own: as, 


Further Uses of the Relative. 131 


I had been one who, although it was permitted me to receive 
greater fruits, did not hesitate, is fuweram, cui cum 
licéret majorés fructts capere, non dubitaverim 
(for qui, cum mihi licéret). 


Translate into Latin. 


1. These two points remain to me from your subdivision. 
And concerning “hese, if it seems [good] to you, I think we 
should discuss more thoroughly. 

2. There are many monuments of your mercy, but chiefly the 
unharmed-condition (plur.) of those to whom you have given 
safety. And if ¢hese things are glorious in private persons, much 
- more shall they be recounted in [regard to] kings. 

3. Vow if I pushed myself in that direction, I should cer- 
tainly find at once some way of resisting. 

4. I attempted-to-satisfy (imperf.) the people by purchase, 
and Uf this had been arranged carefully, I thought the rabble of 
the city could be withdrawn, and the solitude of Italy made- 
populous. 

5: What shall I say of myself, who cannot be relieved, 
although (w¢) every thing (omnia) should happen to me which 
I wish? 

_ 6. He was informed that all the Belgians, whom we had 
shown to be the third part of Gaul, were conspiring against the 
Roman people. 

7. Therefore but-few come to old age, [but] if this (guod) 
did not so happen, we should live* both better and more pru- 
dently. 

8. That is an old law of the genuine and true friendship 
which now for a long time I have had with him, that friends | 
always wish the same thing; nor is there any surer bond of 
friendship than the harmony and union of plans and wills. 

g. As to the people,—he who either envies or favors is 
always a partial judge of dignity. 

10, He forbade a publican or the slave of a publican to be 





a. Impersonal. 


132 Latin Composition. 


in-the-town (247) in which he himself was, or to which he was 
coming. 

11. I entreated Claudia, your wife, and your sister Mucia, to 
deter him from that act of injustice. 

_ 12. I came to Brundisium, April 17. On that day your boys 
gave me a letter from you, and other boys the third day after 
that day (gen.) brought me another letter. 

13. As to your calling (guod vocas) me to life, you accom- 
plish one thing, that I withhold my hands from myself ; the 
other thing you cannot, that I should not repent our decision 
and [my ] life. 

14. Each ought to be contented with that [amount] of time 
which is given to him for living. 


Lesson 68. 


Supplementary Exercises. 


1.— Epistle. 
I wriTE you this as I recline in the very villa of Scipio Afri- 
canus, after adoring his shades and the casket which I suspect 
to be the tomb of the great (4az¢us) man. His soul indeed, I 
am persuaded, has returned into heaven, from which it was ; 
not because he led great armies, — for these the mad Cambyseés 
also had, — but-on account of his excellent moderation and 
piety, more admirable in him when he left his country than when 
he defended it: either Scipio must (deseo) be wanting to Rome, 
or Rome without liberty. “In nothing,” he said, “ do I wish to 
detract from the laws and institutions. Let right be equal among 
all citizens. Make use of my services without me, my country. 
I have been to thee a cause of liberty, I will be also a proof [of 
it]. I go forth, if I have grown more than is well for thee.” 
Why should I not admire this greatness of mind, with which 
he departed into voluntary exile, and disburdened the state ? 
Therefore great pleasure came upon me as’I reflected-on Scipio’s 
customs and ours: in this corner that dread of Carthage, to 
whom Rome owes that (guwod) she was captured only once, 


Supplementary Exercises. 133 


- washed his body, weary with rustic labors. For he exercised 
himself with labor, and, as the ancient * custom was, he in person 
(¢pse) subdued the earth. 


z.— Anecdote. 

So many things are going on at Rome, that those which take 
place in the provinces are scarcely heard of. I do not fear that 
I shall seem to arrogate any thing to myself, if I speak of my 
queestorship. For however brilliant it was, nevertheless I think 
that I have since held the greatest commands in such a way (I 
have been such (2s) in the greatest, &c.), that there is not so 
much glory to be sought from the reputation of my queestorship. 
But yet I am not afraid that any one will dare to say that any- 
one’s quzstorship in Sicily was either more renowned or more 
popular. At that time, I thought that men talked of nothing 
else at Rome but of my questorship. Therefore I-came away 
with this hope, that I thought the Roman people would offer 
every thing to me of their own accord. But when by chance in 
those days, for the sake of taking a journey, on my way (dece- 
dens) from the province, I had come by chance to Puteolli, 
when very many fashionable men are accustomed to be in 
that neighborhood (ca), I almost lost my balance, when some 
one had asked me on what day I had gone from Rome, and 
whether there was any thing new. When I had answered him?® 
that I was on my way from my province, ‘Yes, to be sure, 
by Hercules,” says he, “from Africa, as I think.” Already 
rather-offended, I say to him disdainfully: “No, indeed; from 
Sicily.” Then one, as [one] who knew every thing, said, “‘ How, 
don’t you know that he was queestor at Syracuse?” In-brief, I 
left off being offended, and pretended that [ was one of those 
who had come to the baths. 


3. — Anecdote. 
‘Thence they came to Sidon, a city renowned for [its] antiquity 
and the fame of its founders. Hephestion was permitted to 
establish as king [the one] of the Sidonians whom ‘he should 





a. to the ancients.— b, Lesson 58. 


134 Latin Composition. | Y 
Av 
judge most worthy of that rank. The hosts of Hepheestion were 
young men distinguished among their countrymen ; who, when 
an opportunity of reigning was offered them (3vd2), said that 
no one, according to the custom of the country, was admitted 
to that rank, unless born of royal stock. Aid they decide that 
no one is preferable to (Potex.guam) a certain Abdalonymus,* 
connected with the royal stock, but on account of poverty culti- 
vating a garden in the suburbs with slender profit. The cause 
of his* poverty was honesty ; and, intent upon his daily work, 
he did not hear the uproar of arms which had shaken all Asia. f 

Suddenly then they entered his garden with the insignia of 
royal apparel. Then, after saluting him® king, one of them said: 
“You must exchange that filth for this suit of raiment which you 
see in my hands. ‘Take the spirit of a king, and carry that self- 
restraint of yours into that fortune of which you are worthy. And 
when you sit upon the royal throne, master of the life and death 
of all citizens, do not forget this condition in which — nay, by 
Hercules, on account of which — you receive the royalty.” 

The king ordered him straightway to be admitted, and look- 
ing upon him for a long time, said: “‘The bearing of your body 
is not inconsistent with the fame of your race ; but I should like 
to know by what patience you have endured poverty.” Then he 
said, ‘‘ May I be able to endure royalty with the same temper ! 
These hands sufficed for. my needs. To him who had nothing 
(part.), nothing was wanting.” 


4.— Epistle. 
Caius Pliny to his Septictus Clarus. 


Ho, you promise [to come] to dinner, and don’t? come. 
Judgment shall be pronounced, — you shall pay costs to a 
penny, and that not (mec z#@) trifling. ‘There were prepared a 
head-of-lettuce apiece, three snails apiece, two eggs apiece, 
olives, beets, gourds, onions, a thousand other things no less 





a. After guam in indirect discourse the construction of the Accusative with 
the Infinitive is usually continued.— 4, = to him.—c. = he having been 
saluted.—d. And not, zeque. 


{ UNIVERSIT 
' x tenner 
' 0 
Comparative Forms of Speech. — CAL FOR 


elegant. You would have heard comedians or a reader or a 
harper or — such (gwae) [is] my liberality —all [of these]. But 
you preferred oysters, tripe, sea-urchins, and the Cadiz-beauties? | 
with nobody-knows-who (mescio guts). You shall suffer punish- 
ment —I don’t say what. You have done rudely; you have 
grudged — I am inclined to think (mesczo an) yourself — at any 
rate me, but yet yourself too. How much we should have 
sported, laughed, studied! You can dine more showily with 
many, nowhere more gaily, more simply, freer-from-restraint. 
In fine, make-a-trial, and unless hereafter you excuse yourself 
rather to others, excuse [yourself | to me always. Farewell. 


Lesson 69. 


Comparative Forms of Speech. 


NotE. — The examples below are chiefly taken (by permission) 
from the list of ‘‘ Classified Latin Idioms” prepared by Professor 
L. S. Potwin, of Western Reserve College, Hudson, O. They may 
be used, at the pleasure of the teacher, in the review of points 
already considered, or for practice in the change of forms of expres- 
sion from one language to the other. The references are to the fore- 
going Lessons, where the forms are more fully illustrated. 


Differences in the forms of expression found in Latin 
and English may be:classified as follows : — 


I, — DIFFERENCES IN THE USE OF WorDs. 


In seeking the equivalent in Latin of English words »« 
or phrases, the most important points to be noted are 
the following : — 

1. The more frequent use of Dual forms in Latin: as uter, alter, 


neuter, and the employment of the comparative in many cases 
where the superlative is found in English: as, 


The augury came to Remus first (before Romulus), priorz Remd augurium 
ventt. . 





a. Gaditanae, 


146. Latin Composition. 


2. The choice of concrete for abstract words: as, 
I do not fear a bad man’s anger, improbum tratum non metuo. 
(See further illustrations in A. & G.’s ‘‘ Latin Composition,” pp. 122, 123.) 


3. Use of two nouns for adjective and noun (hendiadys) : as, 
An eye-witness, spectator et testis. 
A shameful disaster, 2gu0minia et calamitas (id. p. 124). 

4. Use of the Adjective for other forms of speech: as, 


Fear of the enemy, metus hostv/is. 

He was the first to do it, przmus hoc fecit. 
He spoke briefly, pauca locutus est. 

To tell many lies, malta mentirt. 


5. The double Comparative in such phrases as — 


More nice than wise, sadtz/ior quam sapientior. 


The enemy behaved with more fury than discretion, ferocius guam con- 
sultius rem hostes gerébant. 


6. Use of atque (Ac) after words of likeness: as, 
We ought to love our friends equally with ourselves, amzcos aegué ac 
nosmetipsos diligere debemus. 
7. Verbal adjective to be translated by Participle: as, 
A rolling stone; a living spring; saxum volubile; fons vivus. 
8. Precision in the use of Pronouns, especially of the Reflexive 
and Intensive: Lesson 49. 
g. Use of Demonstratives, especially ipse, Idem: Gr. § 195. 
10. The Relative for Demonstrative and’Connective: Lesson 50. 
Compare the following : — 
Do nothing as to which you are in doubt whether it is right or wrong, 
nihil égeris quod dubitas aequum.sit an iniguum. 
11. Indefinite Pronouns (often taking the place of the Article in 
English): Lesson 52. 
12. Form of Reply (for ‘‘ yes” or ‘‘no”): Lesson 3. 
13. Certain uses of Negatives (compare Lesson 36. d): as, 
No poet or orator ever said that, mémo umquam neque potta neque orator 
tllud dvxit. 


Flattery is unworthy not only of a friend but (not) even of a free man, 
adsentatio non modo amico sed né libero quidem digna est. 


He says he was not there, segat sé adfutsse. 
I fear he willmot come, vereor ut ventat. 


Comparative Forms of Spieler, = aan 37/7 


II. — DIFFERENCES OF CONSTRUCTION. 


Differences of syntax may be classified as (2) Case- 
Constructions, (4) Verb-Constructions, (c) Dependent 
Constructions. 

“a. Case-Constructions.— The use of Cases, in agreement or 
government, has been fully illustrated in the foregoing Lessons, and 


is supposed to be familiar. Of those illustrating peculiarities in the 
use of Latin, the most important to be noticed are the following : — 


14. The Objective Genitive, as corresponding with the use of 
various prepositions in English (Lesson 38. 4). 


15. The Partitive Genitive, in such phrases as the following : — 


What is the trouble ? gutd negotit est ? 
Considerable time ; no delay, elguantum temporis; nihil morae. 


16. Compare the following cases of Agreement : — 


How many are there of you? guot estis? 
I hear threats, none of which I fear, minas audio quas nullas timeo. 


17. The Predicate Genitive in such phrases as — 


It is [the part] of a judge, judicis est. 
It is (or, it would be) wise to reflect, sapientis est cogitare (Lesson 31. 2). 


18. Dative of Service ( predicate dative): see Lesson 15. 2. 
19. Ablative Absolute: Lesson 7. 6. 
20. Locative Constructions: Lessons 17, 46. 


21. Idiomatic use of certain prepositions to express location or 
direction: as, 


I begin with this, ab hoc ordior. 
A shout was heard on that side, clamor ab illa parte audttus est. 
In front; on the flank; in the rear, @ fronie, a latere, a tergo. 


22. Compare the following uses of Prepositions : — _ 
Of a sudden, ex improviso. 
To put money into a box, pecuniam in arca ponere, 
It is all over with the army, actum est dé exercitu. 
To your satisfaction, ex tua sententia. 
So much for this, dé hac ré hactenus. 
I desire it with all my heart, ex animo hoc cupio. 
They differ widely from one another, multum inter sé differunt, 


w 


138 Latin Composition. 


Want increases from day to day, inopia in diés créscit. 

One war rose after another, aliud ex alio bellum ortum est. 

It is for your interest, 2 rem tuam est. 

Our ships rode at anchor, mdstrae naves in ancoris constiterunt. 

While at play; at leisure, inter ludendum, per dtium. 

He was informed both by the envoys and by letter, ef a /égatts et per lit- 


teras certior factus est. 
23. Attraction in the Relative clause: as, 


He sent the most faithful slave he had, servum quem fidélissimum habebat 
misit. 


Thebes, which was the head of Bakott, Thebae, quod caput Boedtiae erat. 


6. Verb-Constructions.— The syntax of Moods and Tenses 
has been exhibited in Lessons 19, 20, 32, 33; and of Participles, 
&c., in Lessons 34, 35. Among special or idiomatic uses are to be 
noticed — 

24. Reflexive meaning of the Passive (representing i in Latin the 
Greek middle voice): as, 

He buckles on his sword, gladium cingitur (compare fratri gladium cingit). 


25. Use of Impersonal expressions: Lesson 30. 
26. Precision in the use of Tenses, as in the following : — 
I have been long (and still am) desiring, jam pridem cupio. 
I might have gone, [mihi] ire licuit (see Lesson 66). 
I will do it if I can, faciam st potero (see Lesson 32). 
27. The Subjunctive in Indirect Questions: Lesson 28 (strictly, 
a dependent construction). 


28. Tenses of the Subjunctive in expressions of Wish: Lesson 33. 
1; and in such phrases as, 
I should like to do this, hoc facere velim. 
I would rather you were here, mallem adessés. 
I wish he had done it, vellem hoc fectsset. 


29. The Participle for the Infinitive in description (§ 292. ¢): as, 
I heard the birds sing, avés canentés audivt. 
Did you see the house fall? domumne ruentem vidiste ? 

30. Participle in agreement, for codrdinate or descriptive phrase : 
see Lesson 34. For example, 


He took the bridge and burned it, pontem captum incendit. 
He called the soldiers and showed them Italy, mz/itidus Sg? vocatis 
Ltaliam ostendit. 


-_ 


Comparative Forms of Speech. 139 


I want men that will not give way before the enemy, guaero mtlités hosti- 


bus non cessuros. 
I know nothing but what I have heard, mzhil habeo praeter auditum. 


One who reckons pain the greatest evil cannot be brave, dolorem sum- 
mum nalum judicans fortis esse non potest. 


Obey no one unless [he be] a teacher or lawful ruler, mé@mint paréto nisi 

aut docentt aut legitimé imperantt. 
31. Certain Gerundive constructions: Lesson 18, Remarks 1 and 

2. Examples are— 

I meet no one without thanking him, ~é@minem convenio quin et gratias agam. 

He praises the poets without understanding them, foetas laudat, neque 
(20s) tntellegit. 

I have no doubt about your being well, mihil dubito guin valeas. 

Nothing prevents his doing it, mzhz/ obstat quominus id faciat. 

He was on the point of being killed, 22 c0 erat ut interficeretur. 

Far from being (instead of being) silent, you cry out, ¢antum abest ut 
taceas ut clamés (clamas cum tacére débéas). 


32. Omission of the Verb in certain phrases: as, 
They do nothing but laugh, xzhel aliud quam rident. 

Compare the rhetorical omission of the copula, frequent in Livy 
and Tacitus. 


33. Preference of personal forms in the passive of Indirect Dis- 
course: as, 
It is said that Plato lived to be an old man, Plato usgue ad senectutem 
wixtsse dicitur. . 3 
It seems we have done something, aliquid, ut videmur, eff écimus. 


34. Clause (expressed or implied) after a Comparative: as, 


He is too kind to get angry, clémentior est quam ut (gui) irasct possit. 


35. Change of subject and predicate in second member of a 
sentence: as, : 
Nothing was doing except to prepare for war, megue aliud agébatur quam 
bellum apparabatur. 
¢. Subordinate Constructions. — These have been abundantly 
treated under the heads Indirect Discourse (Lessons 24-29) and 
Subordinate Clauses (Lessons 53-65). 


36. The structure of Latin is especially characterized by the 
preference of subordinate to independent or codrdinate expressions, 
as may be seen in the following example : — 

He left his house- and wandered about alone, cum domum reliquisset 
(domo relicta) solus vagatus est (compare under 30, above). 


40... Latin Composition. 


37. This is seen more distinctly by comparing the involved con- 
struction of a Latin period with the form in which it would be more 
natural to express the same idea in English. Thus — 


I knew they were on fire with rage 


Atque ego, ut vidi quos maxinid fu- 
and guilt. I saw that they had 2 


vore et scelere esse 2nflammatos 


stayed behind at Rome, and were 
in the midst of us. Andso I spent 
all my days and nights in feeling 
out and watching what they were 


sctébam, eos nobiscum esse et Romae 
remanstsse, 11 €0 omnes dies noc- 
tesque consumpst, ut quid agerent, 
guid molirentur, sentirem ac vt- 


doing, what they were attempting. dérem. 


III. — DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM. 


38. The following examples will serve to illustrate some of the 
more common differences of idiom, or forms of expression, which 
should be borne in mind in translating from either language into the 
other. The list might he extended indefinitely. 


You, your brother, and I, ego et tu et frater tuus. 

To demand satisfaction; to make restitution, ves repetere; res reddere. 
To keep a promise, fidem servare; to break one’s word, fidem fallere. 
It is worth the while, operae pretium est. 

He takes pains to understand, dat operam ut intellegat. 

Let me know; see that you write me, fac sciam; fac ad mé scribas. 
What does this mean ? guid hoc sebi vult ? 

I don’t care a straw for your promise, Aromissum tuum non flocct facio. 
To be condemned to death, capitis damnart. : 
The thing in question, zd dé quo agitur. 

So it is (the case stands thus), z¢a rés sé habet. 

They desire revolution, movas rés cupiunt, “ novis rébus student.” 
They refreshed themselves, corpora curabant (see 2, above). 

He is intimate with the Scipios, Sczpionibus familiariter utitur. 
Richly endowed with knowledge, sczentia auctus. 

Promoted to honors, Aomoribus (abl.) auctus. 

To undergo punishment; to receive areward, poena affict; praemio afficr. 
I will not lie, as they do, 20 mentiar ut iste solent. — 

They were pinched with the cold, torridi erant frigore. 

In brief; to be brief, guid multa? quid plura ? 

Heaven forbid! Dz meliora! What’s the matter ? guorsus haec? 
They burst into tears, iz lacrimas effust sunt. 

Not to put too fine a point on it, me nimis subtiliter dicam. 

I allow myself to be imposed upon, verba mihi dari patior. 


VOCABULARY. 


Nore. — For Numerals and Pronouns, see Grammar, §§ 94-105. 

Regular verbs, of the first, second, and fourth conjugations, are simply 
marked. Of irregular verbs (except compounds of /ero and ¢o), and all of the 
third conjugation (except compounds of /acio), the several stems are given. Of 
nouns the genitive case is given, as indicating the declension. 

Phrases and groups of words are given either under the first word, or under 


the verb or noun or both; contained in it. 


Long vowels are marked, except the final i, 0, and u of inflection, which 


may be assumed as long. 


Contractions : (adj.), adjective ; (n.), noun; (v.), verb; (adv.), adverb ; 
(conj.), conjunction; (prep.), preposition. 


A; 


A, usually not expressed; a cer- 
tain, qguidam, quaedam, quod- 
dam. 

abdicate, abdico' (abdic. magis- 
tratum, or abd. sé magistratu). 

able (to be), possum, posse, potut. 

abode, domicilium, i, N.; habi- 
tatio, Onis, F. 
about (adv.), circiter, feré. 


about (prep.), dé; — to do, &c., 


fut. part. . 

above (prep.), supra (accus.). 

abroad, foris (place where) ; 
foras (whither). 

absent, abséns, ntis; to be —, 
absum. 

absolutely, sdané. 

abundance, copia, ae, F. 

abuse, abitor,’ abis- (abl.); =re- 
vile, male dico (dat.). 

accept, capio,? cépi, capt-; ac- 
cipio ; (friendship), sequor,? 
secut-. 

accident, casus, éventus, us, M. 


- 





accomplish, cdnjicio,? féci, fec- 
tum ; efficio ; (some special 
aim), adsequor,® seciitus. 

accord; of one’s own —, sponte 
(generally with possessive) ; 
ultro. 

according to, ablative case. 

account; on this —, ed, ob hance 
causam ; on — of, ob, propter 
(acc.), causa, with gen. ; (abl.) 
make no —, nihili facio (acc.). 

accursed, scelestus, @, unr. 

accuse, accuso,! arguo,* i, it-. 

accuser, accusdtor, Oris, M. 

accustomed, to be, soleo,” solitus; 
adsuévi (perf. of adsuésco) ; 
imperf. of verb. 

Acheron, Achertns, untis, M. 

acorn, gldns, dis, F. 

acquit, libero.} 

acre, jugerum, i, N. (sometimes 
gen. jugeris; pl. generally 3d 
decl.; really, about half an 
acre). 

across, trans (acc.). 

141 


/ 


142 


act (v.), facio,® féci, fact-. 

act (n.), factum, i; — of injus- 
tice, injuria, ae; royal —, re- 
gium, t (neut. adj.). 

action, factum, i, N. 

adapt, accommodo.' 

add, addo,? didi, dit- ; to be added, 
accédo,® cessi, cess-. 

addition, supplémentum, N. 

administer, gero,° gessi, gest-. 

admirable, admirdbilis, e. 

admiration, admiratio, Onis, F. 

admire, miror, admiror.' 

admit, admitto,® misi, miss-; (to | 
one’s self), recipio,® cépi, cept-. 

admonish, moneo,”? admoneo.? - 

adore, adoro.' 

adorn, orno, adorno.' 

advance (intr. v.), prégredior,$ 
gress-; (tr. v.), augeo,® auxi, 


auct-. ¥ 


advantage, wutilitds, tdtis, F. 

advantageous, wtilis, e ; to be —, 
prosum (dat.). 

adversary, adversarius, i, M. 

advice; cdnsilium, i, N.; auctori- 
tas, titis, F. 

advise, moneo,” ui, it-. 

eedileship, aedilitas, tdtis, ¥. 

Amneas, Aenéds, ae, dn, a. 

affability, cOmitas, tatis, F. 

affair, or affairs, rés, réi, ¥. 

afraid, to be, vereor,? veritus. 

after (prep.), post (ace.); also, 
abl. abs. 

after (conj.), postquam. 

after (adj.), posterus. 


_/ Yafterwards, posted. 
~) again, rursus, etiam, iterum; — 


* 


and —, etiam atque etiam. 
against, contra, adversus (acc.). 
age, detds, tatis, ¥.; old —, se- 
nectus, tulis, ¥. 


Latin Composition. 


aged, grandaevus, a, um. 
agent, minister, tri, M. 
ago, abhinc. 
agreeable, jiucundus, a, um. 
agreed (it is well —), cOnstat. 
aid (v.), adjuvo,' juvi, jut- (acc.) 
aid (n.), auxilium, adjumentum, 
i, N.3 Opis, F. (gen. case); 
come to — of, subvenio,‘ véni, 
vent- (dat.). 
alarmed, territus, a, um; to be 
—, trepido.' 
Alban, Albdnus, a, um. 
all, omnis, ¢; totus, a, um; (gen. 
ius) ; at —, omnino ; not at.—, 
minimé, nihil; — of a sudden, 
dérepente. 
alliance, conjunctio, Onis, Ff. 
allowed, it is —, licet, uit, itum. 
ally, socius, i, M. 
almost, paene, prope. 
alone, sdlus, a, um (gen. ius). 
along with, und cum (abl.). 
already, jam. 
also, et, etiam, quoque; but —, 
tum (following cum...). 
altar, ara, ae, ¥F. 
although, gquamquam, elsi, cum, 
quamvis, ut. 
altogether, omnind. 
always, semper. 
am, see be. 
ambassador, légdtus, 1, M. 
among, inter (acc.); in (abl.). 
ancestors, mdjorés, um (pl. adj.). 
anchor, ancora, de, F. 
ancient, antiquus, priscus, pristi- 
NUS, a, UM. 
and, et, atque, Gc, -que; — not, 
neque. 
anger, ira, irdcundia, ae, F. 
angry, irdtus (dat.); to be —, 
irascor,® irat- (dat.). 





Vocabulary. 


~ animal, animal, dlis, N. 
announce, niintio, rentintio.! 
another, alius ; (of two), alter, a, 

um (gen. tus); one —, inter sé. 
answer (v.), or make an —, ré- 
spondeo,” di, sum. 
answer (n.), résponsum, 7, N. 
ant, formica, ae, F. 
antiquity, vetustds, tatis, F.; an- 
tiquities, rés antiquae (plur.). 
Antony, Antonius, 7, M. 
anvil, incis, udis, F. 
anxiety, sollicitudo, dinis, F. 


any, wllus, a, win (gen. iws) ; sub-— 


stantive, quisgquam; anybody 
(emphatic), guivis, guaevis ; in- 
terrog. numquis (see Less. 52). 

apiece, distributive numeral. 

apparel, vestis, is, F.; vestitus, 
us, M. : 

appear, videor,? visus ; appareo.? 

appearance, species, éi, F. 

apple, pomum, 2, N. 

approach, accédo,’ cessi, cess- (in 
w. acc.) ; aggredior,’ gress- (ad 
WwW. acc.), appropinquo.' 

appropriate, proprius, a, um. 

approve, probo, comprobo.! 

April, aprilis, e (adj.). 

are, Sumus, estis, sunt; a sign of 
the present. 

argument, argumentum, 1, N.3 
ratio, Onis, F. 

arise, ndscor,® natus. 

y arms, arma, Orum (N. pl.). 

army, exercitus, us, M.; (in line 
of battle), aciés, iéi, F. 

Arpinatian, Arpinds, datis. 

arrange, constituo,’ tui, tit- ; dis- 
pono, sui, situm. 

arrangement, dispositio, Onis, F. 

arrival, adventus, us, M. 

arrive, pervenio,* véni, vent-. 


143 


arrogance, adrogantia, ae, F. 

arrogate, adrogo.' 

arrow, sagitta, ae, F. 

art, ars, artis, F. 

as (a piece of money), ds, assis, M. 

as, ut, quasi, pro (abl.), id quod ; 
noun in appos.; as if, quasi, 
tamquam ; as is due, or as is 
worthy, pro (abl.); as many 
as, guot; as often as, toéiés, 
quotiés ; quotiéscumque ; as to, 
quod pertinet ad (acc.) ; as yet, 
adhuc; asS...as, tam...quam; 
such...as, tdlis...qgudlis (see 
quantus, quot, quotiés). 

ascertain, cogndsco,* novi, nit-. 

ashamed, usually with pudet 
(impers.); as, Iam ashamed, 
mé pudet (gen. or infin.). 


+ aside (in compos.), sé-; as, sé- 


voco,' to call aside. 


K ask, Oro, rogo' (two accus.); 


peto,’ tivi, tit- (person expressed 
by ab w. abl.); quaero,? quae- 
sivi, quaesit- (person expressed 
by ab, dé, or ex w. abl.). 

ass, asinus, i, M. 

assault, grassor! (in w. acc.). 

_assemble (intr.), convenio,‘ véni, 
vent-. 

Jassembly, conventus, us, M.3; con- 
tio, Onis, F.; (for voting), comi- 
tia, Orum (N. pl.). : 

assent, assentior,* séns-. 

assert, praedico.' 

assistance, adjumentum, 7, N. 

assured, be, scito. 

at, ad (acc.), in (abl.); — hav- 
ing, &c. (to express a cause 
alleged), quod; — any rate, 
certé; — most, summum; — 
some time, aliguando ; — the 





top of his voice, maximum ; 


144 


locative, = near, ad; = on ac- 
count of, on occasion of, ad 
(acc.); — last, démum; — 
length, tandem. 

Athenian, Athéniénsis, e. 

Athens, Athénae, drum, F. 

attack (v.), aggredior,® gress- ; 
oppugno.' 

attack (n.), impetus, tis, M. 

attempt (v.), cdnor.' 

attempt (n.), cOndtus, us, M., 

attend, attendo,® ndi, nt-. 

attention, studium, i, N.; give — 
to, studeo,? dui (dat.); to give 
—, operam dare. 

Attic, Atticus, a, um. 

audacity, auddcia, ae, F.; auda- 
citds, atis, F 

August, sextilis, e (adj.). 

authority, auctoritas, atis, F. 

avarice, avdaritia, ae, F. 

avenge, persequor,® secit-. 

averse, remotus (ab w. abl.) 

avoid, vito, fugito.' 

award, tribuo,® bui, biit-. 

axle, axis, is, M. 


B. 

back (n.), tergum, 1, N. 

back (advy.), retro, re- (in com- 
pos., as, re-fero). 

bad, malus, a, wm; 
improbi. 

bag, saccus, i, M. 

balance, to lose one’s, concido,? 
cidi. 

bald, calvus, a, um. 


— people, 


band (of robbers), caterva, ae, F.7 


barbarian, barbarus, a, um. 

barbarous (in character), im- 
manis, é. 

bark (v.), ldtro.' 

bark (n.), cortex, icis, M. 





Latin Composition. 


base (adj.), turpis, e. 

basket, corbis, is; jiscella, ae, F. 

baths, aquae, drum, F. 

battle, proelium, i, N.; pugna, ae, 
F.; line of —, aciés, iéi, F. 

be, esse (sum, fui, futurus) ; — off, 
abscédo,*? cessi, cess-; — on 
hand (or with), adsum (dat.) ; 
— quiet, taceo”; — understood 
(of a word omitted in a sen- 
tence), désum. 

beam, trabs, trabis, F. 

bear (v.), fero, ferre, tuli, lat-; 
(suffer), patior,® passus. 

bear (D.), ursus,2,M.; Ursa, ae, F. 

beard, barba, ae, ¥F.; bearded, 
barbatus, 2. 

bearing, habitus, us, M. 

beast, bestia, ae, F. 

beat, verbero' ; (in battle), vinco,’ 
vici, vict-. 


| beautiful, pulcher, cra, crum. 


beauty, pulcritudo, inis, F. ; decor, 
Oris, M. 

because, quia, quod. 

become, 20, fieri, fact- ; (becom- 
ing to), decet (acc.) ; — a boy 
again, repuerasco.® 

bed, lectus, i, M.; 3 to go to —, 

- abeo cubitum. 

bee, apis, is, F. 

beet, bétdceus, i, M. 

befit, convenio,' véni, vent- (dat.). 

before (prep.), ante (acc.). 

before (conj.), antequam, prius- 
quam. 

before (adv.), anted, ante. 

beg, dro! (two acc.) ; peto,’ tivi, 
tit- (ab w. abl.) ; quaero,® sivi, 
sit- (prep. w. abl.) ; —to know, 
obsecro.} 

begin, incipio,® cépt, cept-; insti- 
tuo,? tut, tut- ;. (perf.), coepi. 


Vocabulary. 


~~ beginning, tnitium, 7, N.; in the 


— of summer, prima aestate. 
behalf, in — of, ob (acc.); pro 
(abl.). 
behind, post (acc.). 
behold, specio.' 
Belgians, Belgae, arum. 
believe, crédo,* didi, dit- (dat. of 
person, acc. of thing). ' 
belong, proprius esse (dat. or 
gen.). 

benefit (v.), prosum (dat.). 

benefit (n.), beneficiwm, i, N. 

berry, bacca, ae, F. 

beseech, peto,® tivi, tit- (ab w. 
abl.), dro,' imploro.' 

’ besides (prep.), praeter (acc.). 

besides (ady.), etiam. 

besiege, obsideo,* sédi, sess- ; 
pugno.' 

best, optimus. 

bestow, confero (dat. or in w. 
acc.); impertio‘ (dat. ); —time, 
or attention, adhibeo® (in w. 
acc.). 

betake one’s self, se conferre (ad 
W. acc.). 

betray, prido,° didi, dit-. 

betrothed, sponsus, i, M. ; sponsa, 
ae, ¥F. 

better, meiior, us ; 
paratior, us. 

between (adj.), medius, a, um. 

between (prep.), inter (acc.). 

beware, caveo,’ cavi, caut-. 

beyond, praeter (acc.). 

bid, jubeo,? jussi, juss-. 

bill (beak), réstrum, i, N. 

bind, restringo (astringo*), nxi, 
strict-; necto,* xi (xui), xum; 
vincio,* nxi, netum. 

bird, avis, is, F. ; 

bite, mordeo,? momordi, mors-. 


Op- 


— prepared, 





145 


bitter, acerbus, a, wm. 
bitterness, acerbitds, atis, F 
Bituriges, Bituriges, gum. 
black, niger, gra ; ater, tra, trum. 
blame (v.), culpo,' vitupero,' re- 
prehendo,* di, sum. 
blame (n.), culpa, ae, F. 
blessing, bonwm, 1, N. 


| blind, caecus, a@, um. 


blood, sanguis, inis, M.; when 
shed, cruor, Oris, M. 

blooming, jloréns, tis. 

blossom, jl0s, jloris, M. 

blow (v.), jlo. 

blow (n.), ictus, us, M. 

boar, “per, apri, M 

boast (v.), glérior.' - 

boast (n.), gloria, ae, F. 

boat, linter, tris, F. ; navis, is, F. 


‘body, corpus, oris, N. 


bold, @udax, acis. 

bond, vinculwm, i, N. 

bone, 0s, ossis, N. 

book, liber, libri, M 

booty, praeda, ae, F. 

border, finis, is, M. (rarely F.), 

born, ortus (abl.); to be —, 
nascor,® ndat-. 

both, ambo, ae,o; uterque, utra- 
que, utrumque (gen. utriusque) ; 
— of whom, qui utrique ; both 

.and, et...et; on — sides, 

utrimque. : 

bottom (of), 7mus, a, wm. 

bound (v.), contineo,” ui, tent-. 

bountiful, beneficus, a, um. 

bounty, beneficium, 2, N. 

bow, arcus, us, M. 

bowl, catillus, i, M 
F.; poculum, 2, N. 

boy, pwer, eri, M.; become a — 
again, repuerdsco.3 


; patera, ae, 


t-brain, cerebrum, 2, N. 


146 


branch, ramus, i, M. 

branching, ramosus, a, um. 

brandish, vibro.' 

brave, fortis, forte; audax, acis. 

bravely, fortiter. 

bravery, fortitudo, dinis, F. 

bread, pdnis, is, M. » 

breadth, /ldatitido, inis, F. 

break, frango,® frégi, fract-; — 
into laughter, vultwm risu wel 
vere. 

breaking, fractiura, ae, F. 

breast, pectus, oris, M. 

breath, spiritus, us, M. 

brevity, brevitds, dtis, F. 

bribe, donwm, i, N. 

bribery, ambitus, iis, M. 

brick, /ater, is, M. 

bridge, pons, pontis, M. 

brief, brevis, e; in —, quid 
multa? | 

briefly, pauca (acc. pl.). 

bright, cldrus, licidus, a, wm. 

brightness, cldritds, atis, F. 

brilliant, be, fldreo,® rui. 

bring, fero (irreg.), affero, per- 
fero; — about, efficio, perficio,* 
Séci, fect-; — charge against, 


criminor' ; — forward, produ-, 


co, xi, ct-; — out, effero; — to 
light, illistro'; — to pass, 
eficio ; —together, cégo,* coégi, 
coact-; — word, niintio (re- 


nuntio') ; — into power, redigo. 


broad, ldtus, a, um. 

broken, fractus, a, um; —piece, 
Sragmentum, 2, N. 

brook, rivus, rivulus, i, M. 

brother, frater, tris, M. 

bud, gemma, ae, ¥. 

build, aedijico.' 


bull, taurus, i, M. 7 


burden, onus, oneris, N. 


care, cura, 





Latin Composition. 


burdensome, gravis, e; less —, 
levior, us. 

burn (intr.), ardeo,’ arsi, ars-; 
(tran.), uro,* ussi, ust-. 

bury, sepelio,‘ wi, sepultum ; dé- 
fodio,® fodi, foss-. 

business, rés, rei, F.; negdtium, 
i, N.; ratio, Onis, F.; (a con- 
cern), curatio, Onis, F. 

busy, occupdadius, a, um. 

but, sed, at, autem, véro ; (unless, 
or except), nisi; after general 
negative expressions, quin ; 
— little, parum ; — few, pauci ; 
— if, sin, quod si. 

buy, emo,’ émi, empt-. 

by (agent after passives), @, ab 
(abl.); — no means, nullod 
modo, néquaquam ; — day, in- 
terdiu; — night, noctu; of 
means, abl. 


Cc. 


Cesar, Caesar, aris. 
Caius, Gdius, i, M. (initial, C.). 
cake, libum, 1, N. 
calamity, calamitas, atis, F. 
calf, vitulus, i, M. , 
call, voco, appello'; dico,? xi, et- ; 
— out, évoco'; — to mind, re- 
cordor' ; — upon, imploro.' 
calm, placidus, a, um. 
Cambyses, Cambysés, is. 
camp, castra, drum (N. pl.). 
can, possum, posse, potui ; cannot, 
non possum ; nequeo, ire, Wi. 
Canne, of —, Cannénsis, e. 
capital (chieftown), caput, itis, N 
Capitol, Capitodlium, 2, N. 
captive, captivus, a, um. 
capture (v.), capio,® cépi, capt-. 
ae, F.3; (watchful- 
ness), diligentia, ae, F.; — for, 


Vocabulary. 


or take — of, ciiro' (acc.); 
studeo,® dui (dat.). 

carefully, diligenter. 

careless, neglegens, ntis. 

carry, porto,' fero (irr.), perfero ; 
— away, aufero, abstuli, ablat- ; 
— on (war), gero,* gess, gest- ; 
infero (dat.) ; — back, refero. 

Carthage, Carthago, inis, F. 

Carthaginian, Carthdaginiénsis, e. 

casket, arca, ae, ¥. 

Cassius, of, Cassianus, a, um. 

cast, jacio,’ jéci, jactum ; — down 
(v.), déjicio*( déicio) , ject, ject- ; 
— off, repudio. 

eat, felis, is, M. Or F. 


eatch, capio* (excipio), cépi, 
capt-; — sight of, cdnspicor' 
(acc.). 


Catiline, Catilina, ae. 

Cato, Cato, dnis. 

cattle, pecus, pecoris, N. 

cause (v.), facio,® féci, fact-; be 
caused, fio, fiert, fact-. 

cause (.), causa, ae, ¥. 


cautious, cautus, a,um ; prudéns ; -| 


be — for, caveo,? cdvi, caut-. 
‘cautiously, cauté, ius, issimé. 
cavalry, equitdtus, us, M.; eguites. 
censor, cénsor, Oris, M. 
censure, reprehendo,* ndi, ns-. 
Ceres, Ceres, Cereris, F. 
- certain (sure), certus, a, um; 
_ a—, quidam. 
certainly, profecto. 
chaff, to, lido,® lusi, lis-. 
chain, caténa, ae, F. 
chair, sella, ae, F. 
chance (v.), cado,? cecidi, cas-. 
chance (n.), cdsus, tis,M.; by —, 
Sorte. 
change (v.), muto’ (acc. of thing 
received, w. abl. of thing given). 





147 


change (n.), versiira, ae; mita- 
tio, Onis, F. 

changeable, mutdabilis, e. 

character, morés, um, M. 

charge (v.), arguo,* acciiso' (ace. 
and gen.); = attack, impetum 
facere in (ace.); bring —, cri- 
minor! (acc.); — falsely, insi- 
mulo.! 

charge (n.), crimen, inis, N. 

charm (v.), délecto.! 

chase, sector.' 

cheap, vilis, e. 

cheerful, hilaris, e. 

cherry, cerasus, i, M. 

chest, arca, de, F. 

chestnut, castaneus, a, um (nux). 

chief (n.),.dux, ducis, M. or F. ; 
princeps, cipis; (pl.) primores. 

‘chief (adj.), maximus, a, um. 

chiefly, imprimis, maxineé. 

child, puer, eri, M.; children (of 
the family), 7iberi, drum; (in 
general), pueri. 

choice, voluntdas, tatis, F. 

choose (prefer), malo (irreg.) ; 
(select), déligo,® légi, lectum ; 
(elect), creo.’ 


_ Cicero, Cicero, dnis. 


cinnamon, cinnamum, i, N. 
citadel, arx, arcis, ¥. : 
citizen, Civis, is, M. or F. 
citizenship, civitds, tatis, F. 


_city (buildings, &c.), urbs, is, F. ; 


(as organized state), civitds, 
atis; of the —, urbanus. 
civil, civilis, e. 
clad, vestitus, a, wm. 
class, genus, generis, N. 
claw, unguis, is, M. 
clay, argilla, ae, F. 
clean, purus, a, um. 
clear, cldrus; (of sky, 


&C.), 


148 


serénus ; (of style), perspicuus, 
a,um; (transparent), lucidus, 
liquidus, a, um. 

clothe, vestio.* [is, F. 

clothing, vestitus, us, M.; vestis, 

cloud, nibés, is, F. 

Clusians, Cliusini, drum, M. 

coast, Ord, ae, F. 

cock, gallus, i, M. 

cohort, cohors, tis, F. 

coin, nummus,'t, M. 

cold (n.), frigus, oris, N-; algor, 
Oris, M. 

cold (adj.), frigidus, a, um. 

colleague, colléga, ae, M. 

collect, cénfero, comparo.' 

colonist, colonus, i, M. 

colony, colonia, de, F. 

color, color, Oris, M. 

comb, pecten, inis, N. 

‘come, venio,* véni, vert-; — to 

aid, subvenio (dat.); — away, 


décédo,* cessi, cess- ; — to one’s” 


senses, se colligo,’ légi; —upon, 
subeo,‘ ti, it- (acce.). 
comedian, comoedus, i, M. 
comedy, comoedia, ae, F. 
comfortable, habilis, e. 
coming, adventus, ws, M. 
comitia, comitia, drum, N. 
command (v.), jubeo,” jussi, jus- 
sum (acc. and inf.); impero' 
(dat. and wt with subj.). 
command (n.), imperium, i, N. 
commander, imperdator, Oris, M. 
commencement, initium, it, N. 
commend, commendo.' 
commerce, mercatura, ae, F. 
commit, committo,®? misi, miss- ; 
—acrime, facio,’ féeci, fact-. 
common, comminis, e; publicus, 
a, um; — people, plébs, bis, F. ; 
— wealth, rés publica. 





Latin Composition. 


: commonalty, plébs, plébis, F. 


companion, socius, 1,M.; comes, 
itis, C. 
compare, comparo'; cdnfero 
(irr.), (acc. and dat., or abl. 
WwW. cunr). 
comparison, comparatio, Onis, F. 
compel, cégo,* coégi, coact- (acc. 
w. inf.). ; 
complain, qgueror,’ questus. 
complaint; make —, expostulo' ; 
make no —, nihil expostulo. 
complete, perfectus, a, um. 
completely, omnino, penitus. 
complexion, color, Oris, M. 
conceal, célo! (2 acc., or ace. of © 
person, and abl. of thing with 
dé). 
concede, concédo,* cessi, cess-. 
concerning, dé (abl.). 
concerns, it, interest ( Less. 39.d). 
condemn, damno,' condemno.' 
condition (state), status, us, M. 5 
(of a treaty), léx, legis, F.; un- 
harmed —, incolumitas, tatis, 
F.; (terms), condicio, Onis, ¥F. 
conference, colloquium, i, N. 
confess, fateor,? fass- ; cdnfjiteor,? 
oonfess-. 
confide, fido* (cdnfido), fisus 
(dat. or abl.). 
confidence, jfidés, dei, F.; spirit 
of —, fidicia, ae, F.; want of 
—, diffidentia, ae, F. 
conflagration, incendium, 1, N. 
conform, obsequor.* 
congratulate, gratulor' (dat). 
congratulation, gratuldtio, Onis. 
connected, annexus, a,um (dat.). 
conquer, vinco,® vici, victum. 
conquering or conqueror (adj.), 
victor, Oris, M.; victrix, icis, F. 
conscience, conscientia, de, F. 


Vocabulary. 


conscious, cOnscius, a, um; to 
be —, sibi conscire. 
consecrate, sacro,' cdnsecro.} 
consent, cOnsénsio, Onis, F.3 cOn- 
sénsus (adsénsus), Us, M. 
consider (think about), cdnsi- 
dero, pondero, cogito’ ; (regard 
as), diico, duxt, duct- ; existimo, 
arbitror’ ; (for the interests of), 
consulo,® sulut, sult- (dat.). 


consolation, solatium, i, N. (-cium.) 


console, sdlor.' [ u2. 

conspicuous, to be —, émineo,? 

conspiracy, conjuratio, onis, F. 

conspirator, conjurdtus, i, M. 

conspire, conjiro.' 

constant, perpetuus, a, un; as 
moral] quality, constans, tis. 

consul, consul, sulis; of the —, 
consularis, e. 

consulship, cOnsuldtus, us, M. 

consult, consulo,? sului, sult-; 
— upon, confero. 

contain, capio,’ cépi, capt-. 

contemplate, contemplor' (acc.). 

contend, contendo,® ndi, nt-; dé- 
cerno,’ crévi, crét-; certo, dimi- 
co; (cum w. abl.). 


contented, contentus, a, um (abl.). 


contention, contentio, Onis, F. 
continue, permaneo,” si, sum. 
contract; give —, loco! (acc. w. 
gerundive in agreement). 
contrary to, contra, (acc.). 
control, administro'; (hold in 
check), moderor' (dat.). 
convene, convoco. | 
conversation, sermo, Onis, M. 
convey, confero (irr.). 
convict, damno' (acc. and gen.). 
Coreyreean, Corcyraeus, a, um. 
Corinth, Corinthus,i,¥F.; adj. -ius. 
corn, frumentum, t, N. : 


149 


corner, angulus, i, M. 
correct, corrigo,® rexi, rect-. 
corrupt, corrumpo,® riupi, rupt-. 
costly, pretidsus, a, um. 
cough, tussis, is, im, i, F. 
could, past tenses of posswm. 
council, consilium, concilium, t. 
counsel, cénsilium, 7, N.; need of 
~~ —, opus consulto ; mad —, fu- 
ror, Oris; take — against, con- 
sulo,® sului, sult- (in w. acc.). 
count, numero.! 
countenance, vulius, us, M. 
_country (native), patria, ae, F.; 
(opposed to city), rus, ruris, 
N.; agri, drum; inthe—, rur2; 
from the —, rure; to the—, 
rus (acc.) ; one’s —, patrius, a, 
um; — people, rustici, orum. 
-countryman, populdris, is; fel- 
low-citizen, possessive adj. 
eourage, virtus, utis; fortitudo, 
inis, F.; animus, t, M.3; good 
—, magnus animus. 
course, cursus, impetus, Us, M. 
court, supplico,' inservio* (dat.) ; 
(pay respect to), colo.* 
courtesy, officiwm, i, N. 
cover, tego,® texi, tectum ; operio,* 
ut, opertum. 
covered, opertus. 
covetous, avarus, a, um. 
COW, Vacca, ae, F. 
coward, igndvus, a, um (adj.). 
cowardice, ignavia, ae, F. 
crab, cancer, cri, M. 
cradle, cinae, drum (F. plur.). 
craft, sollertia, ae, ¥. 
crane, gris, gruis, F. 
crash, fragor, Oris, M. 
crazy; be —, insanio.* 
create, creo.' 





creature, ani 





150 


creditor, créditor, dris, M. [N. 
crime, scelus, eris ; facinus, oris, 
crocodile, crocodilus, 1, M. 
crops, frigés, wm, (¥. plur.). 
cross, trdnseo,* supero,' trajicio,® 
jeci, ject-; transmitto, misi,? 
miss- ; trdnscendo,’ ndi, éns-. 
crow, corvus, i, M. 
crowd, turba, ae; multitido, 
inis, F.; in crowds, frequéns. 
crown, Corona, ae, F. 
cruel, cridélis, e; saevus, a, um. 
cruelty, criudélitads, tatis, ¥F. 
crush, comprimo,? pressi, press-. 
cry, vagio* ; — out, exclamo.' 
cub, catulus, i, M. 3 
cultivate, colo,’ colui, cult-. 
cultivated, himdnus, a, wm. 
cure (V.), medeor.? 
cure (n.), remedium, 1, N. 
Curio, Curio, dnis. 
curse, maledico,® xi, ct- (dat.). 
custody, custodia, ae, F. 
custom, 08, moris, M. 
customary, tsitdius, a, um. 
cut, seco,' ui, sect- ; — to pieces, 
caedo,® cecidi, caes-. 


D. 


dagger, pugio, Onis, M. e 


daily (adj. by day), diurnus, a, 
um; (every day), quotidianus, 
a, um; (adv.), quotidié (cot-). 

dance, salto.' 

danger, periculum, 1, M. 

dangerous, periculosus, a, um. 

dare, audeo,” ausus. 

dark, obscurus, a, um. 

darkness, tenebrae, drum, F. 


dated, datus, a, um (of a letter; 


i.e., given to the messenger). 
daughter, filia, ae, ¥. 





Latin Composttion. 


day, diés, &, M.; by —, interdii ; 
in one —, uno dié; every —, 
cohhdié; this —, hodiernus 
diés ; — after, diés posterus. 

daybreak, at, prima lice. 

dead, mortuus, a, um. 

deaf, surdus, a, um. 


_ deal, a great, multum, plirimum. 


dear, carus, a, um. 

death, mors, rtis ; nex, necis, F.; 
put to —, interficio,® féci, fect- ; 
condemn to —, capitis damnare. 

deceitful, fallax, acis. 

deceive, décipio,® cépi, 
fallo, fefelli, fals-. 

decide, statuo,* tui, statit-. 

decision, consilium, i, N. 

declare, profiteor, profess-; (make* 
clear), expdno,* posui, posit- ; 
— war, indico® (dat.). 

decree (v.), décerno,? crévi, crét-. 

decree (n.), décrétum, consul- 
tum, t, N. 

dedicate, dédico.' 


cept- ; 


deed, factum, i; facinus, oris, N. 


deeds, rés gestae, F. 


_ deep, alius, profundus, a, um. 


defeat, vinco,* vici, vict-. 

defence, praesidium, i, N. ; means 
of —, munimentum, 7, N. 

defend, défendo,* ndi, ns- ; tueor,? 
tuit-, or tut-. 

defender, défénsor, Oris, M. 

definite, certus, a, wm. 

defraud, fraudo' (abl.). 

degree, gradus, tis, M. 

delay (v.), moror'; (trans.), re- 
tineo,” tinut, teni-. 

delay (n.), mora, ae, F. 

delight (v.), trans. délecto'; in- 
trans. gaudeo,” gdvisus. 

delight (n.), gaudium, i, N.; a—, 
cordi (dat.). 


Vocabulary. 


delightful, jicundissimus, a, um. 

deliver, trdado,* didi, dit-. 

demand, posco,* poposci (2 acc.) ; 
postulo' (ab). 

demolish, démdlior.' 

den, specus, US, M. 

dense, dénsus, a, um. 

deny, nego,' reciso.' 

depart, abeo,4 décédo*® (discédo, 
excedo, sécédo), cessi; Ccess-; 
émigro' ; (set out), projiciscor,? 
Sectus. 


departure, discessus, tis, M.; (set-_ 


ting out), profectio, Onis, ¥. 
depend on, nitor,® nis-, or niz- 
(abl.). 
depraved, pravus, a, um. 
deprive, privo.' 
deprived, be, careo? (abl.). 
descended, ortus, a, um (abl.). 
. desert, désero,® serui, sert-. 
deserve, mereo, or mereor?; dé- 
beo,? ui, it-. 
design, consilium, i, N. 
desire (v.), cupio, concupisco,’ ivi, 
W-; (wish), désidero' ; — more, 
malo (quam). 
desire (n.), cupido, inis ; cupidi- 
tas, tatis, ¥.; studium, i, N.3 
voluntas, tatis, ¥. 
desirous, cupidus, a, um. 
desist, désisio,* stiti, stit-. 
despair, déspéro.' 
despise, contemno,* psi, pt-. 
destiny, fatum, i, N. 
destroy, déleo,” évi, tum ; perdo,* 
didi, dit-. 
destruction, inieritus, 
cladeés, is, ¥F. 
detain, traho,’ traxi, tract-. 
deter, déterreo.” 
determine, statuo,’ tui, tut-." 
determined ; it is —, certum est. 


us, M.; 





15 


detract, dérogo' (dat.). 


devour, voro,' dévoro.' 


dew, 70s, roris, M. 

dictator, dictator, Oris, M. 

die, morior,® mortuus, moritirus. 

differ, disto' (no perf.), differo 
(irr.) ab; — in opinion, dis- 
sentio,* si, sum. 

difficult, difficilis, e. 

difficulty, difficultds, tdtis, ¥.; 
with —, vix. 

dig, fodio,* fodi, foss-. 

dignity, dignitds, tatis, ¥. ; honor, 
Oris, M. 

diligence, diligentia, ae, F. 

diligent, diligens, tis. 

dine, céno.' 

dinner, céna, ae, ¥.; after —, 
-céndtus, a, um (as adj.). 

direct, praescribo,® psi, pt-. 

direction, pars, partis, F. 

disadvantage, iniquitds, tatis, F. 

disaster, cladés, is, ¥.; incom- 
modum, i, N. 

disburden, exonero.' 

disciple, discipulus, i, M. 

disclose, indico.' 

discourse (v.), dissero,* rui, rt-; 
disputo,' eloquor.* 

discourse (D.), se7mo, Onis, M.; 
ordtio, Onis, ¥. 

discover, invenio,' véeni, vent-. 

discuss, dissero,? rui, rt- ; disputo. 

discussion, disputdtio, Onis, ¥. 

disdainfully, fastidioseé. 

disease, morbus, 7, M. 

disgraceful, turpis, é. 

disparage, vitupero.' 

dispersed, dispersus, a, um. 

dispute (v.), disputo.! 

dispute (n.), disputatio, nis, F. : 
controversia, ae, F. 

dissatisfied, I am, mé paenitet. 


152 


dissuade, dvoco' (ab). 


distance, spatiwm, intervallum, 1, 


N.; at a—, procul. 

distant (adj.), distdns, ntis. 

distant (adv.); be —, abesse. 

distinguish, orno.' 

distinguished, clarus, a, wm. 

distress, ango,* anxi, anct-. 

distressed, abjectus, a, um ; miser. 

district, regio, Onis, F. 

distrust, diffido,’® fisus (dat.). 

disturbance, perturbidtio, dnis, F. 

divine, divinus, a, um; or expr. 

_by the gen. deorum. 

do, facio,® féci, factum ; ago,’ égi, 
actum; as auxiliary, in ques- 
tions or commands, not trans- 
lated ; to be done, fiert; — 
good, prosum (dat.); — not, 
cave, with pres. subj.; n6li, né. 

-doctor, medicus, 2, M. 

doctrines, N. plur. of adj. 

doe, cerva, aé, ¥. 

dog, canis, is, Cc. (gen. pl. wm). 

dominion, imperium, 7, N. 

done for; be — —, pereo,* ti, it-. 

door, janua, ae, F.; out of —, 
fortis; (of motion) fords. 

doubt (v.); or be in —, dubito' ; 
esse dubium (dat. ). 

doubt (n.), dubium (N. adj.) ; 
dubitatio, Onis, F. 

doubtful, dubius, a, um. 

doubtless, sdné, nimirwm. 

dove, columba, ae, F. 

dove-cote, columbarium, 1, N. 

draw, traho,® xi, ctum. [tuo.3 


dread (v.), reformido,' praeme-; 


dread (n.), horror, Oris, M. 
dreadful, terribilis, e; formidu- 
 -ldsus, a, wn. 

dream (v:), somnio. 

dream (n.), somnium, i, N. 





Latin Composition. 


drink, bibo.* 

drive, pello (impello, compelio),* 
puli, puls-; ago,® égi, act-; 
(away), dépello, expello; — 
back, dévello; (in defeat), fugo! 

drop (dropping), gutta, ae, ¥. 


_. duck, danas, atis, c. 


due, to be, passive of débeo.? 

dunce (adj.), stolidus, a, um. 

during, accusative case. 

dust, pulvis, eris, M. 

duty, minus, eris, N.; sense of 
—, officium, 1, N. 

dwell, habito.' 

dwelling, habitatio, Onis, ¥. 


EK. 


each, quisque, quaeque, quodque, 
unusquisque ; (of two), uterque, 

~ utraque, utrumque. 

eager, cupidus, a, wm. 

eagerly, avidé. 

eagerness; with greatest —, 
summa ope. 

eagle, aquila, de, F. 

ear, auris, is, ¥F. 


‘ early (adj.), priscus, a, um. 


early (adv.), maturé. 

earnest, gravis, é. 

earnestly, vehenenter, 
opere. 

earnestness, diligentia, ae, F. 

earth, terra, ac, F.; of —, ter- 
réenus, a, UM. 

ease, Otium, t, N. 

easily, facile, facilius, facillimé. 

easy, facilis, -€. 

eat, edo,* édi, és-; vescor' (abl. ). 

eddying, aestus, us, M. _ 

education, doctrina, ae, F. 

effect, have, valeo.* 

egg, Ovum, 1, N. 


magne 


» 


* 


Vocabulary. 


either, uter, utra, utrum (gen. 
ius); either...or, aut...aut, vel 
...vel ; not —, nec, neque. 

elder, major natu. 

elect (v.), facio,® féct, fact-, creo.' 

elect (adj.), désigndatus. 

elegance, urbdnitas, tatis, 
humanitas, tatis, ¥. [wm. 

elegant, élegans, ntis; lautus, a, 

eloquence, éloqguentia, ae, F.; 
oratio, Onis, ¥. 

eloquent, éloquéns, ntis ; disertus, 
a, um. 

else, aliud. 

elude, éludo,* lisi, lis-. 

eminent, éminéns, ntis. 

emperor, imperdtor, Oris, M. 

empire, imperium, i, N. 

employ (make use of), wtor,* usus 
(abl.). 

empty, indnis, e. 

encamp, castra facio,’ feci, fact-. 

encouragement, hortdtio, cohor- 
tatio, Onis, ¥F. 

end, finis, is, M. (rarely F.). 


endure, fero (irr.) ; patior,® pass- 54 


tolero.! 
enemy (public), hostis, is, M.; 
(personal), inimicus, i, M. 
enhance, augeo,” auxi, auct-. 
enjoy, fruor, perfruor,’ fruct- (abl). 
enjoyed, usitdtus, a, wm. 
enjoyment, délectdatio, Onis, F. 
enmity, inimicitia, ae, ¥. 
enough, satis (gen.). 
enrol, scribo,? psi, pt-. 
enter, intro'; ingredior, gress- ; 
introeo,* ti, it-; — into, ineo; 
— upon, ingredior (acc.). 
entirely, omnino, plané. 
entreat, dro, exdro, obsecro, sup- 
plico' (dat.); ago# cum. 
entrust, committo,® misi, miss-. 


F. ; 


a 





153 


envy (v.). invideo,? ti, sum (dat.). 

envy (n.), invidia, ae, ¥. 

Epaminondas, Epaminondas, ae. 

Epicurean, Fpiciréus, i. 

Epirot, Epirotés, ae, M. 

equal, pdr, paris; (well-bal- 
anced), aequus, a, um; — in 
age, aequdlis, e; make —, 
adaequo.' 

equanimity, acquus animus. 

err, erro.! 

escape (vy.), évddo? vasi, vias-; 
‘(intr.), perfugio,* fig- ; effugio3 


Sugi, fugitum. 4 
escape (n.), fuga, ae, F.; effugium, 
2, N. . 


| especially, imprimis, praesertim, 


maxime, potissimum. 

establish, constituo,* tui, tit-. 

established, well, jirmus, a, wm. 

esteem, facio,® féci, fact- ; habeo.? 

esteemed; to be —, dat.of service. 

estimation ; in — of, apud (acc.). 

eternal, aeternus, a, um. 

Etruscan, Etruscus, a, um. 

even, etiam, quoque, ipse ; not —, 

2...quidem ; — if, etiamsi. . 

even (adj.), aequus, a, um. 

evening, vesper, eri, M. 

ever, wmquam (only with nega- 
tive, &c.). 

every, omnis, e ; — thing, omnia. 

evil, malus, a, um; as noun, 
malum, i, N. 

examine, cOnsidero.' 

excel (trans.), praesto, stiti, stit-, 
or stat-; antecédo,® cessi, cess- ; 
antecello® (dat. or ‘acc.); (in- 
trans.), excello.% 

excellent, égregius, a, um; prae- 
stans, excelléns, ntis; praesta- 
bilis, e; optimus, praeclarus, a, 
um. 


154 


excess, nimia (N. plur.). 

exchange, permiito' (acc. of the 
thing given). 

excite, moveo,? movi, mdt-; — 
strongly, inflammo'; — war, 
infero (dat.). 

excuse, exciso.! 

exercise, exerceo,? cui, cit-. 

exhort, hortor.' 

exile, exsilium, i, N.; an —, 
exsul, sulis, C.; in —, extorris, 
e (abl.). 

expect, spéro, arbitror'; (wait 
for), exspecto." 

expectation, exspectatio, Onis, F.; 
opinio, Onis, F. 

expense, sumptus, US, M. 

experience, experientia, ae, ¥F. 

experienced, peritus, a, um 
(gen. ). 

explain, explico.' 

expression, an, v0x, v0cis, F. 

extant, be, exsto.' 

extinguish, exstinguo,’® nxi, net-. 

extraordinary, singularis, € ; ex- 
imius (€gregius), a, um. — \ 

extreme, swmmus, a, un. 

- eye, oculus, i, M.; dim. ocellus ; 

in eyes of, apud (acc.). 


F. 


fable, fabula, ae, F. 

face, vultus, us, M. 

fair, serénus ; albus, a, um. 
faith, jfidés, e2, F. 


faithful, fidus, a, um; fidélis, e. 


Faliscan, Faliscus, a, um. 

fall, cado,’ cecidi, casum; ruo,? 
corruo.® 

false, falsus, a, um. 

falsehood, mendacium, i, N. 

fame, fama, ae; gloria, ae, F. 





Latin Composition. 


family, familia, ae, F.; one’s — 
poss. adj. masce. plur. 

famine, fames, is, F. 

famous, égregius, a, um; nobilis. 

far, longé, procul. 

farewell, valé. 

farmer, agricola, ae, M. 

fashionable, lautus, a, wm. 

fast (adj.), citus, rapidus,a, um. 

fast (adv.), cito. 

fasting, inedia, ae, F. 

fatal, capitdlis, e. 

fate, fortuna, ae, F. 

father, pater, tris; paréns, tis; 
father’s, patrius, a, wm. 

fatherland, patria, ae, F. 

fault, vitiwm, 1, N.; culpa, de, F. 3 
find — with, acciiso.' 

favor (v.), or be favorable, fa- 
veo,” favi, faut-; studeo.? 

favor (n.), gratia, ae, F. 

favorable, secundus, a, um. 

fear (v.), timeo,? mui; metuo? 
tui ; vereor®; praemetuo, perti- 
mesco.* 

fear (n.), timor, Oris, M.; metus, 
us, M. ; 

feather, penna, plima, ae, F. 

feed, vescor® (abl.); (tr.) pasco, 
pavi. past-. 

feel, sentio,* sénsi, séns-. 

feelings, animus, i, M. 

feign, simuilo.' 

fertile, fertilis, e. 

fervor, fervor, 6ris, M. 

fever, febris, is, im, i, F. 

few ; but —, pauci, ae,a; parum 
multi, very —, perpauci. 

fickle, levis, e. 

fidelity, jidélitds, dtis ; fides, et, F. 

field, ager, agri, M. 

fierce, ferdx, dcis; acer, cris, cre. 


‘fig, ficus, i, M. 


Vocabulary. 


fight, pigno,' dimico'; décerno,® 
crévi, crét- ; conffigo. fi Slixi, flict-. 

fill, compleo (impleo),” évi, étum. 

fillet, infula, ae, F. 

filth, squalor, dris, M. 

find, invenio,* véni, vent-; re- 
perio,’ peri, pert-; — fault 
with, acciiso.' | 

fine, praeclarus, a, unr. 

fine; in —, in summa. 

finger, digitus, i, M. 

finish, or — up, conficio,® féci, 
fect-. 

fire, ignis, is, M.; 
cendo,® di, sum. 

firm, firmus, a, um. 

firmness, firmitds, tatis, ¥. 


set on —, in- 


first, primus, a, um; princeps, - 


cipis. 

fish, piscis, is, M. 

fit, iddneus, a, um. 

flee, fugio,® fugi, fugit-. 

fleet, classis, is, F. 

flesh, caro, carnis, ¥. 

flight, fuga, ae, F. 

flock, pecus, péecoris, N. 

flow, fluo,® fluxi, flux-. 

flower, jlés, floris, M.; made of 
flowers, fldreus, a, um. 

fly (v.), volo? ; > flee, fugio,® Sagi, 
Sugitum. - 

fly (n.), musca, ae, F. 

follow, sequor (insequor) ,* seciit- ; 
— advice, wtor,* tisus (abl.). 

follower, sectdior, dris, M.; masc. 
adj. (as, Pompéianus). 

folly, stultitia, ae, ¥. 

fond, stucditane, a, um (gen.). 

' food, cibus, i, M. 

fool, stuliws, i, M. (adj. as noun). 

foolish, stultus, ineptus, a, wm. 

foot, pés, pedis, M. 

footstep, vestigium, i, N. 


ee} 


‘ 





155 


for (prep.), ad, in; (advantage), 
dative case; (characteristic), 
gen. case ; — this reason, ideo. 
for (conj.), nam, enim, namque. 


‘forbid, veto,’ ui, itum (ace. and 


inf.); prohibeo,* ui, itum (with 
né and subj.). 

force (v.), compello,’ puli, puls-. 

force (n.), vis, vim, vi; pl., vires, 
ium, F.; &—, manus, us, F.’ 

forces (troops), copiae, drum, F. 

foreign, exiernus (aliénus), a, wm. 

foreigner, peregrinus, i, M. 

foresee, provideo,? vidi, vis-. 

foresight, pridentia, ae, ¥. 

forest, silva, ae, F. 

foretell, praedico,’ dixi, dict-. 

forget, obliviscor,* lit- (gen.). 

forgetful, oblitus, a, wm; imme- 

“ mor, orts. 

forgive, igndsco,® gnovi (dat.). 

form (v.), jingo,® nxi, fict-; — 
plans, ineo.* 

form (n.), forma, figura, ae, F- 

former, superior, us. 

formula, formula, ae, F. 

fortified, miinitus, a, um. 

fortify, minio,* comminio.4 

fortunate, felix, icis ; be dative: 
a, um. 

fortune, fortuna, ae, F.; 
Jelicitas. 

forum, forum, i, N. 

found, condo,’ didi, dit-. 

founder, conditor, Oris, M. 

fountain, Sons, fontis. 

fourth (adj.), quartus, a, wm. 

fourth (adv.), quarto. 

fox, vulpes, is, F. 

frail, fragilis, e. 

fraud, fraus, fraudis, F. 

free (v.), libero.} 

free (adj.), liber, era, erum. 


good —, 


156 


freely, liberé ; free from restraint, 
incaute. 

freeze, gelo, gelor.' 

frequent, créber, bra, brum; fre- 
queéns, tis. 

fresh, recéns, tis; integer, gra, 
grum. 

friend, amicus, i, M. 

friendly, amicus, a, wm. 

friendship, amicitia, ae, F. 

frighten, terreo,’ ui, itum. 

frightened, territus, a, um. 

frog, rand, ae, ¥. 

from; away —, d@, ab (abl.); out 
of, @, ex; as denoting cause, 
express by ablative ; (after 
verbs of hindering, &c.), quin, 
quominus. 

front; in — of, ante (acc.) 

frost, gelt, N.; hoar —, pruina, 
ae, ¥F. 

frugality, frigdlitas, tatis, ¥F. 

fruit, fructus, us, M.; fruits, 
Sruges, um, F. 

frustrate, irritum facio.’ 


full, plénus, a, um (gen. or abl.). 


furlong, stadium, i, N. 


furnish, praebeo,® ui, itum; mi- 


nistro.} 
furthest, extrémus, a, um. 
future, futirus, a, um; the —, 
futira (N. plur.). 


G. 


Gabinian, Gabinus, a, wm. 
gaily, hilare. 

game, ludus, i, M. 

garb, habitus (vestitus), Us, M. 
garden, hortus, i, M. 

gate, porta, ae, F. 

gather, colligo,? légi, lect-. 
gathering, conventus, tis, M. 





Latin Composition. 


Gaul, the country, Gallia, ae, F.; 
the people, Gallus, i, M. 

general, imperdtor, Oris, M. 

genial, sudvis, e. 

geniality, sudvitds, tatis, ¥F. 

gentle, lénis, mitis, e. 

genuine, jistus, a, um. 

get; — possession of, potior* 
(abl.); — back, repeto,? fivi, 
tit- ; — together, comparo.' 

giant, gigas, gigantis, M. 

gift, donum, i; beneficium, i; 
MUNUS, eis, N. 


give, do, dare, dedi, dat-; reddo,* 


didi, dit- ; — attention, studeo,? 
dui (dat.) ; —a contract, loco! 
(with gerundive) ; — over, trd- 
do*; — thanks, grdtiads agere ; 
— away, cédo, cessi, cess-. 

glad, laetus, a, um; I am — to 
hear, libenter audio; to be —, 
gaudeo,® gavisus. — 

gladly, libenter, laetus (adj.). 

glorious, clarus ( praeclarus, glo- 
ri0sUus), a, UM. 

glory, gloria, ae, F. 

go, eo*; proficiscor,® fect-; (ad- 
vance), vddo,® vasi, vas-; per- 
go,® .rexi, rect-; (arrive), per- 
venio,’ véni, vent-; — away, 
abeo, décédo,* cessi, cess-; — 
from or forth, exeo, égredior,* 
gress- (ab, ex, dé, or abl.); 
— off, abeo; — on (be per- 
formed), pass. of ago,’ égi, act- ; 
(of games), fio; — to bed, 
abeo cubitum ; — to sleep, con- 
dormio* ; going to do a thing, 
fut..act. part. 

goat, caper, pri, M. ; capella, ae, F. 

god, deus, i, M. 

goddess, dea, ae, F. 

gold, auruni, t, N. 


Vocabulary. 


good, bonus, a, um; — courage, 
magnus animus ; — faith, fide, 
fidei, ¥. ; — will, gratia, benevo- 
lentia, ae, ¥.; — for nothing, 
nihili ; do — to, prosum (dat.). 

goodness, bonitds, datis, F. 

goose, anser, eris, M. 

gourd, cucurbita, ae, F. 

grace, gratia, ae, ¥F. 

grandson, nepos, potis, M. 

grant, tribuo,® bui, but-; conce- 
do,® cessi, cess- ; (bestow), lar- 
gior.* 

granting that, licet, ut. 

grasp, prehendo (comprehendo),* 
di, sum ; — at, adripio.* 

grass, gradmen, inis, N.; herba, ae. 

great, magnus, a, um; how —, 


quantus, a, um; SO —, tantus; 


a,um; greatest (of qualities), 
summus, a, wm. 
great-grandfather, proavus, i, M. 


greatly, mdgni (with interest, . 


etc.), magnopere. 

greatness, magnitudo, inis, F. 

Greece, Graecia, ae, F. 

greediness, cupiditds, tatis, F. 

greedy, avidus, a, um. 

Greek, Graecus, a, um; (the lan- 
guage), Graeca (N. plur.). 

grief, dolor, Oris ; luctus, us, M. 

grievance (or sense of grief), 
dolor, dris, M. 

grieve, doleo,? ui; lugeo,? xi, ct-. 

ground, terra, ae, F.; solum, 7, 
N.; (reason), causa, ae, F. 

grove, sacred, lticus, 7, M. 

grow, crésco,* crévi, crét- ; orior,® 
ort-, oriturus. 

grudge, invideo,® vidi, vis- (acc. 
and dat.). 

guard (v.) against, or be on one’s 
—, caveo,” cavi, caut-. 








guard (n.), custodia, ae, F. ; prae- 
sidium, t, N.; (guardian), cus- 
t0s, Odis, C. 

guest, hospes, pitis, C; hospita, F. 

guide, dux, ducis, C. 

guilty of, astrictus, a, um (abl. ) 

gulf, gurges, itis, M.; sinus, Us, M. 


H. 


hail, grando, inis, F. 


~ hair, crinis, is, M. 


hall, dirium, 7, N.; dula, ae, F. 

hand, manus, us, F. 

hang over, impendeo,? di (dat.) ; 
and be hanged to you, dierecté. 

hanging, dependéns, tis. 

Hanno, Hanno, Onis. 

happen, fio; (to any one, favor- 

" able), contingo,? tigi, tact-; 
(unfavorable), accido,® cidi. 

happily, beaté. 

happy, bedtus, a, wm. 

harbor, portus, us, ubus, M. 

hard, difficilis, e; durus, a, um. 

hardly any one, némo feré. 

hardship, labor, Oris, M. 

harm, 7oceo,” ui (dat.). 

harmony, cOnsénsus, U8, M. 

harper, /yrisiés, ae, M. 

haste, festindtio, Onis, F.; need 
of —, properdtd opus. 

hasten, festino,' propero.' 

hastily, temeré. 

hate (v.), di, Osus. 

hate, hatred, odium, i, N. 

have, habeo”; (dative of poss., 


Less. 42. 6); — advantage, 
praesto,' stitt, stit-; — effect, 
valeo?; — hope, spero'; — 


leave, or right, licet ; — need, 
egeo”, ui (abl.) ; — respect to, 
pertineo® ad. 


158 


he, is, tlle ; but generally implied 
in third person. 

head, capui, itis, N. 

health, salus, itis, ¥.; state of 
—, valétudo, inis, ¥.; be in 
good —, valeo.* 

healthful, saliber, bris, bre. . 

heap, acervus, i, M. 

hear, or — of, audio, exaudio.* 

hearer, auditor, Oris, M. 

heart, cor, cordis, N.; animus, i. 

hearth, focus, i, M. 

heat, calor; Oris, M. 

heaven, caelum, i, N.; pl. caeli, M. 

heavy, gravis, é. J 

Hector; of —, Hectoreus, a, um. 

height, altitudo, inis, ¥. 

Hellespont, Helléspontus, i, M. 

helm, guberndaculum, i, N. 

help (v.), prdsum, subvenio,* 
véni, vent- (dat.); cannot —, 

+ praeterire, or facere non posse. 

help (n.), auxilium, i, N. | 

hen, gallina, ae, ¥. 

hence, hinc. 

Hepheestion, Hephaestion, Onis. 

her (obj.), eam; (poss.), é@jus; 
— own (emph.), ipsius; (refl.), 
suus, a, uM. 

Hercules, by, hercule, méhercule. 

herdsman, bubulcus, i, M. 

here, hic. 

hereafter, posted. 

hero, vir, viri ; hérds, dis, da, M. 

hesitate, dubito.' 

hidden, occultus, @, um. 

hide, célo} (2 acc.) ; occulo,® ui, 
occultum. . 

high, altus, a, um. 

highest, summus, a, um. 

high ground, collés, ium (M. pl.).* 

highly, magni; so high, tanti. 





hill, collis, is, M. 


Latin Composition. 


himself (emph.), ipse ; (refl.), sé. 

hinder, obsto,' stiti, stat-. 

hindrance, impedimentum, i, N. 

his, jus (gen. of is); — own 
(emph.), ipstus; (refl.), suas, 
a, um: omitted when it is im- 
plied from the context. 

history, historia, ae, ¥. 

hitherto, adhic. 

ho, heus ! 

hold, teneo (obtineo),? ui, tent-; 
habeo,? ui, it-; (regard), diico.* 

holding; power of —, capacitds, 
atis, ¥. 

home, domus, us, F.; at —, domi; 
towards —, domum; from —, 
domo. 

Homer, Homérus, i, M. 

honest, probus, a, um. 

honesty, probitds, atis, ¥. 

honey, mel, mellis, N. 

honor (v.), augeo,” auxi, auct-; 
honoro.' 

honor (n.), honor, 6ris, M. ; decus, 
oris, N. 

honorable, honestus, a, wm. 

honorably, honesté. 

hoof, ungula, ae, F. 

hope (v.), spéro! (ace.). 

hope (n.), spés, spei, ¥F. 

hopeless, déspérdans, tis. 

horn, cornu, us, N.; With horns 
(horned), cornitus, a, um. 

horrible, atrdx, atrocis. 

horse, equus, i, M. 

horseman, eques, itis, M. 

host, hospes, hospitis, c. 

hostage, obses, obsidis, c. 

hostile, 7nféensus, inimicus, a, um. 

hostility, inimicitia, ae, ¥. 

hot, calidus, a, um. 

hotly, acriter. 

hour, hora, ae, F. 


Vocabulary. 


house, domus, us ; aedés, ium, F. ; 
at the — of, apud (acc.), domi. 

how, guam, qgudmodo; (rel.), 
quemadmodum ; (interr.), quid, 
qui; — much, quantum; — 
many, quot; — great, quantus, 
a, um; adv. (with compar.), 
quanto ; (price), quanti. 

how so? quidum ? 

however, autem ; quamvis. 

howling, freméns, tis. 

human, hiimanus, a, um. 

humble, démissus, a, um. 

hunger, fameés, is, F. [tum. 

hunt, vénor'; a-hunting, vénd- 

hunter, véndtor, Oris, M. 

hurl, torqueo,’ si, tum ; jacio (con- 
jicio) ,° jéci, jact- (ject-). 

hurry, festino.! ; 

Hydruns, Hydrins, niis. 


I. 


I, ego, mez, mihi, mé. 

ibis, 2bis, is (idis), ¥. 

ice, glaciés, i, F. 

ides, Jdus, uum, F. 

idle, ignavus, a, um; iners, tis. 

if, st; but —, sin; even —, 
etiamsi. 

ignorance, 2gnorantia, ae, F. 

ignorant, igndrus, a, um; be —, 
inoro' (acc.); nescio* (with 
clause). 

ill, male. 

illustration, exemplum, i, N. 

image, imdago, ginis, F.; simulda- 
crum, t, N. 

imitate, imitor.' 

immediately, statim. 

immense, ingéns, ntis. 

immortal, immortdlis, e. 

* immortality, immortdlitds, tatis. 





159 


impart, impertio.* [ tis. 

impatient, festindns, impatiéns, 

impede, impedio.* 

impel, impello,® puli, puls-. 

impiety, impietdas, dtis, F. 

impious, impius, a, wm. 

implore, imploro.' 

important, magnus, a, um. 

impudence, impudentia, ae, ¥F. 

in, in (abl.); — fine style, bel- 
lissimé ; — high spirits, ludi- 
bundus ; — proportion to, or 
— behalf of, pro (abl.); — re- 
gard to, dé (abl.); — the very 
place, ibidem ; — midst of, 
in (abl.), in medio. 

inch, wncia, ae, F. 

inclined to think (I am), nescio 
an; — to believe, crediderim. 

inconsistent, aliénus (abl.); be 
—, repugno' (dat.). 

inconstant, levis, e. 

increase, crésco,* crévi. 

incredible, incrédibilis, e. 

incredibly, incrédibiliter. 

incur, suscipio,® cépt, cept-. 

indeed, quidem. 

indulgence, venia, indulgentia, 
ae, ¥. 

industry, industria, ae, F. 

inferior, inferior, us (with abl.). 

inflict, sumo,* mpsi, mpt- (siimere 
poenam dé). 

influence, moveo,? movi, mot-. 

inform, certiorem facere (dé) ; — 
against, détego,® xi, ct- (acc.). 

injure, violo.! 

injury, injuria, ae, ¥. 

injustice; act of —; injuria, ae, F. 

innocence, innocentia, ae, F. 

inquire, sciscitor' ; — into, cdg- 
nOsco,* novi, nit- (dé). 

insane, dméns, ntis. 


160 : 


insignia, insignia, um (N. pl.). 
insolence, insolentia, ae, F. 
institution, institutum, i, N- 
instead of, pro (abl.). 
instruct, doceo,? cut, ct-. 


intending to, express by fut. part. 


intent, intentus, a, um (dat.). 

interdict, interdico,’ xi, ct- (dat. 
of person, and abl. of thing). 

interest, studium, i, N.; it is one’s 
—, interest (gen.); it is my —, 
mea interest ; interests, rés, ret, 


F.; consult the — of, cénsulo,* 


sului, sult- (dat.). 
interpret, interpretor.' 
interrupt, interpello. 
intimacy, wsus, us, M. 
into, in (acc.). 
_ investigate, quaero,’ sivi, sit- (dé). 
investigation, quaestio, Onis, F. 
invite, invito.' 
Ionian, /Onius, a, um. 
iron, ferrum, i, N. 
island, insula, de, F. 
it, id, illud ; — is, est; 
itself), sibi. 
Italy, Jtalia, ae, F. 
ivy, hedera, ae, F. 


itself (for 


J. 


jack-knife, culiellus, i, M 

January (of), jdnwarius, a, um. 

javelin, pilum, i, N. 

jaw, mala, ae, ¥. 

jealous, invidus, a, um. 

jeweller, gemmarius, i, M. 

join (trans.), conjungo,* nxi, net- ; 
(intr.), accédo,® cessi, cess- (ad). 

joining, junctura, ae, ¥. 

joint, artus, us, M. 

joke (v.), jocor. 

joke (n.), jocus, i, M.; pl. joca. 

journey, iter, itineris, N. 


W 


. just (ady.), adeo ; 


kill, interjficio,? feci, fect- ; 





Latin Composition. 


Jove, Juppiter, Jovis, M. 

joy, gaudium, i, N. 

judge (y.), judico ; arbitror'; 
aestimo'; cénseo,®? nsut, ns-. 

judge (n.), judex, dicis. 

judgment (legal), jus, juris, N. ; 
(of mind), existimdtio, dnis, F. ; 
(decision), consilium, t, N. ; 
pass — on, judico’ (de). 

June (of), junius, a, um. 

Jupiter, Juppiter, Jovis. 

just (adj.), justus, aequus, a, um. 

— now, modo ; 
— like, cénsimilis, e. 

justice, justitia, ae, F. 


_ justly, jure. 


K. 


Kalends, Kalendae, drum. 

keen, acer, acris, acre. 

keenly, acriter. 

keep, servo,' teneo,® retineo?; 
— from rest, inqguiéto.' : 

key, cldavis, is, F. 

kid, haedus, i, M. 

(with- 
out a weapon), neco'; (vio- 
lently), occido,? cidi, cis-; ob- 
trunco.' 

kind (n.), genus, eris, N. 

kind (adj.), benignus, a, um. 

kindness, Deneficium, i, N. 

king, réx, régis, M 

kingdom, régnum, i, N. 

kingly, régius, a, um. 

kitchen, colina, ae, F. 

knee, genu, Us, N. 

knight, eques, equitis, M. 

knot, nddus, i, M. 

know, scio‘; intellego,* lexi, lecte + 
(be acqnainted); novi (perf. of 
nosco); not —, nescio*; let—, 

_certidrem facere. 


Vocabulary. 


knowledge, scientia, ae, F. 
known, notus, a, um. 


L. 


labor, labor, Oris, M.; opus, eris, N. 

Lacedzmonian, Lacedaemonius,. 
a, um. 

lack, egeo (indigeo),? ui (gen. or 
abl.) ; careo,? ut (abl.). 

ladder, scala, ae, ¥. 

lake, lacus, us, M. 

lamb, @gnus, i, M. [bus. 

lame, claudus, a, um; aeger pedi- 

lament, /@mentor.' 

lamentable, jlébilis, e. 

land, ager, gri, M.; terra, ae, F.; 
native —, patria, ae, ¥.; by — 
and sea, terra marique. 

language, lingiwa, ae, F. 

large, magnus, a, wm. 

last, ultimus, postremus, a, um; 
at —, deémum, postrémo. 

lasting, diuturnus, a, um. 

late, sérus, a, wn. 

lately, nuper, paulo ante. - 

Latin, Latinus, a,,um; — lan- 
guage, Latina, drum (N. pl.); 
(adv.), Latiné. 

laugh (v.), rideo,? risi, ris-. 

laugh (n.), risus, is, M. 

laughter, risus, us, M. 

law (abstract), jis, juris, N. ; 
(statute), léx, légis, F. 

lawful, fas (indecl.), légitimus, 
a, um. 

lay aside, dépdno,* posui, posit- ; 

' — siege to, oppiugno! (acc.) ; 
— waste, populor,' vasto!; — 
out, distribuo.? 

lazy, piger, gra, grum ; iners, tis. 

lead, diico (perdiico),? xi, ct-; — 

' to do a thing, adferre; — 





161 
across, transdico ; — away, 
deduco ; — forth, or out, éduco 
(ex). 


leader, dux, ducis, C. 

leaf, folium, i, N. 

league, foedus, eris, N. 

learn, disco, didici ; — thorough- 
ly, édisco, perdisco; (become 
acquainted), cdgndsco,* novi, 
nit-. 

learned, doctus, a, um. 

leave (trans.), relinguo,* liqui, 
lict- ; (intrans.), excédo,* cesst, 
cess- (abl.) ; have —, licet ; 
— off, désisto,* stiti, stit- (inf.) ; 
— undone, praetermitto.* 

least, minimus, a@, um; at —, 
quidem. 

left, reliquus, a, um. 

Ieft hand, sinistra, ae, F.; (adj.), 
laevus ; on the —, ad laevam. 

leg, crus, cruris, N. 

legion, legio, Onis, ¥. 

length, longitiudo, inis, ¥. ; — of 
time, diuturnitas, atis, ¥.; at 
—, tandem. | | 

lenient, /énis, e. 

less (adj.), minor, minus. 

less (adv.), minus, secus. 

lest, né (followed by subjunctive). 

let know, certiorei facere. 

letter, epistula, ae, ¥.; letters 
(literature), litterae, arum, F. 

lettuce, head of, lactuéca, ae, ¥F. 

Leucas, Leucas, cadis. 

level, planus, a, um. 

liar, mendax, dacis, C. 

Liber, Liber, eri, M. 

liberality, iberdlitds, tatis, F. 

liberty, /ibertas, tdtis, ¥F. 

lie, jaceo,” cui, cit- ; (speak falsee 
ly), mentior.4 

lieutenant, légdius, i, M. 


162 


life, vita, ae, F.; period of —, 
aetds, tatis, F. 

light (n.), liz, licis, ¥.; lumen, 
inis, N.; (lamp), lucerna, ae, 
F.; bring to —, illistro.' 

light (adj.) in weight, levis, e. 

lightly, leviter. 

like (adj.), similis, e; just —, 
consimilis, ¢€; in — manner, 
similiter. [ velin. 

like (v.), amo'; should —, libet, 

line, ordo, dinis, M.; — of battle, 
aciés, éi, ¥. 

link, hamus, i, M. 

lion, leo, Onis, M. 

lips, 6s, Oris, N. 

listen, or — to, audio,* exaudio,* 
ausculto.' 

little (adj.), parvus, a, wm. 

little (adv.), paulo; but —, parum. 

live (v.), vivo,’ vixi, vict- ; (dwell), 
habito.' 

live (adj.), vivus, a, um. 

load, onus, oneris, N. 

lock, sera, ae, ¥. 

log, tignum (tigillum), i, N. 

long, longus, a, um; (distant), 
longinquus, a, um ; (time), diu- 
turnus, ad, um; — established, 
vetus, eris (sup., -rimus) ; fora 
— time, diu ; — ago, jam diu; 
so —, tamdiu. 

longer, diiitius ; no —, non jam. 

look, videor,? visus; — at, con- 
tueor,” tuit-; — for, requiro?; 
— round, circumspecto’; (in- 
trans.), circumspicio,®?  spexi, 
spect- ; — upon, contemplor.' 

lord it, dominor.' 

lose, Gmitto,* misi, miss-; perdo,® 
didi, dit-; careo,? wi (abl.). 

losing, injuridsus, a, um. 

loss, jactura, ae, ¥F. 


| loud (adv.), claré. 





Latin Composttion. 


[lect-. 

love (v.), amo'; diligo,® lexi, 

love (n.), amor, Oris, N. 

low, humniilis, e. 

lower (price); at —, mindris 
(gen.). 

luck, fortuna, ae, F. 

lucky, felix, icis. 

lurk, lateo,® tui. 

lust, libido, dinis, ¥. 

luxury, luxuria, ae, ¥. 


Lyso, Lyso, Onis. 


M. 
mad, dmens, ntis; furidsus, a, 
um; be —, furo,® rui. 
madman, insdnus, i, M. 
madness, @mentia, ae, ¥. 
magistrate, magistratus, ts, M. 
maiden, puella, ae; virgo, inis, ¥. 
maintain (keep), teneo,” ui, ten- 
tum; (hold an opinion), dis- 
puto’; — friendship, colere. 
majesty, mdjestds, tatis, ¥. 
make, facio,? féci; factum; pas- 
sive, fio, fieri, factus; — an- 
swer, réspondeo,? ndi, ns-; — 
complaint, expostulo'; — no 
complaint, nihil exp. ; — equal, 
adaequo' (dat. or cum); — 
mistake, committere ; — new, 
novo! ; — out, efficere ; — popu- 
lous, frequento' ; — reference, 
referre ; — trial, experior,* 
pert- ; —up one’s mind, statuo,? 
tui, tut-; — use of, wor,* us- 
(abl.). 
man, vir, viri, M.; & person in 
general, homo, inis; a little —, 
homunculus, i, M.; (meaning 
persons of a certain quality 
or descent), éxpressed by ad- 
jectives. | 


Vocabulary. ge 


manage, gero,® gessi, gest-. 

mane, jubda, ae, F. 

manifest, manifestus, a, um. 

manly, virilis, e; fortis, e. 

manner, modus, i, M.3; genus, 
eris, N.; after the —, modo 
(with gen.); in like —, simili- 
ter ; in what —, gquemadmodum. 

mantle, amictus, tis, M.; pallium, 
1, N. 

many, multi, ae,a; plures; very 
—, plarimi. 

March (month), martius, a, wm. 

march (v.), iter facere, contendo.® 

march (n.), iter, itineris, N. 

mark of, or it marks, gen. case. 

marked, singuldris, e. 

Mars Hill, Aréopagus, 7, M. 

marsh, palis, tdis, F. 

mask, persona, ae, F. 

massacre, caedeés, is, F. . 

master (teacher), magister, tri; 
(of property), dominus, i, M.; 
of the —, erilis, e. 

matron, mdtrona, ae, F. 

matter, ov matters, rés, rei, F. 

May, mdius, a, wm (adj.). 

may (it is permitted), licet; in 
purpose clauses, wt with subj. ; 
of wish, pres. subj. 

meadow, pratum, 7, N. 

mean, vilis, e; abjectus, a, um. 

means, operd (with gen.) ; ratio, 
Onis, ¥.; (resources), cdpiae, 
arum, F.; by no—, nulld modo, 
nequaquam. 

measure (v.), métior,* ménsus. 

meat, caro, carnis, ¥. 

mediocrity, mediocria, tum (N. 
plur. adj.). 

meet, convenio,‘ véni, vent- (acc.); 
congredior,® gress- (cum); go 
to —, ob viam ire (dat.) ; — ex- 





pectations, &c., réspondeo,? ndi, 
ns- (dat.). 

meeting, conventis, us, M." 

memory, memoria, ae, F. 

merciful, cléméns, tis. 

mercifully, clémenter. 

Mercury, Mercurius, i. 

mercy, clementia, ae, F.; miseri- 
cordia, ae, F. 

merry, hilaris, e. 

messenger, nuntius, i, M. 

middle (of), medius, a, um. 

midst; in the —, inter (acc.). 

might, licet, possum. [ tis. 

mighty, magnus, a, um; ingens, 

migrate, démigro.! 

mild; to grow —, mitésco.* 

mildness, sudvitas, tdatis, F. 

mile, mille passuum. 

military, militdris, e. 

milk, ldc, lactis, N. 

mill, mola, ae, F. 

mind, méns, mentis, F.; (feel- 
ings), animus, i, M.; make up 
one’s —, statuo,® tui, tit-. 

mindful, memor, oris (gen.).. 

mingling, mixtura, ae, ¥. 

mischief, malum, i, N.; 
mitted), malejficium, i, N. 

misery, miserid, ae, F. 

misfortune, malum, i, N:; casus, 
us, M. 

misgiving; to have no —, non 
dubitare. 

mission, /égdtio, Onis, F. 

mistake, make, committere. 

mistaken; to be —, fallor.* 

mistress, magistra, ae, F. 

Mitylenzan, Mitylénaeus, a, um. 

mix, misceo,” cui, xt-. 

mob, turba, ae, ¥.; tumailtus, us, M. 

model, specimen, minis, N. 

moderate, moderdtus, a, um. 


(com- 


a . A rf 
Le ae nA ££ , 

f OF THE Y Ra 

f UNIVERSITY 


164 


moderation, moderdtio, Onis, ¥F. 

modest, modestus, a, um. 

money, or sum of —, pecunia, 
F.; argentum, it, N. 

monkey, simia, ae, F. 

monstrous, immdnis, ¢é. 

month, ménsis, is, M. 

monument, monumentum, i, N. 

moon, /iinda, ae, ¥. 

more, plis, pluris ; (adv.), magis; 
also, sign of comparative. 

morning; in the —, mdne. 

mortal, mortdlis, e. 

Moss, MuUscus, i, M. 

most (men), plerique ; (adv.), 


plurimum, maximé; sign of 
superlative. 

mother, mater, tris, F. 

mound, tumulus, i, M. [M. 


mount, mountain, m0ns, montis, 

mourn, ligeo,? lixi, lict-. 

mournful, tvistis, e. 

mouse, Mis, Muris, M. 

mouth, 6s, dris, N. 

move, moveo (commoveo),* movi, 
mot- ; for intrans., use passive. 

movement, mdtus, us, M.; iter, 
itineris, N. 


much, multum; by —, multo > 


too —, nimius, a, um. 
mule, mulus, i, M.; mila, de, F. 
multitude, multitudo, dinis, F. 
music, misica, ae (or @, és), F. 
must, débeo”; necesse est; gen- 

erally by participle in dus. 
my, meus, d, um; VOC. M., mi. 
myrtle (of), myrteus, a, um. 


N. 
nail, cldvus, 1; (of the finger), 
unguts, is, M. 
name, nomen, minis, N. 





Latin Composition. 


Narbo, Narho, dnis. 


narrow, artus, angustus, a, wm. 


nation, géns, tis; populus, i, M.; 
natio, Onis, ¥. 

native land, 

native city, 

natural powers, ingenium, i, N. 

nature, natura, ae, F.; indoles, 
is, F.; ingenium, t, N. 

nay, immo, quin. 

near, prope (acc.); nearly, fere. 

nearest, proximus, a, um; — to 
person speaking, citimus. 

necessarily, necessario. 

necessary, 1ecessarius, necesse ; 
opus (as pred.); necessaries, 
rés necessariae. 

neck, collum, i, N. 

need (v.), or have —, egeo* (abl.). 

need (n.), inopia, de, F. ; (=need- 
ful), opus, wsus (abl.); needs, 
désiderium, i, M. 

needful, opus (as pred.). 

needle, acus, ts, F. [ neglego. 

neglect, négligo,® glexi, ylect-; or, 

negligence, néglegentia, ae, ¥. 

negligent, néylegéns, ntis-. 

neighbor, vicinus, proximus, fi- 
nitimus, a, um. 

neighborhood, loca (N. plur.); 
in the — of, ad. 

neither (of two), neuter, tra, 
trum (gen. trius); —...nOr, 
nec... Ne. 

Neto, Nero, Onis. 

net, réte, is, N. 

neutral, medius, a, wm. 

never, numquam. 

nevertheless, tanen. 

new, novus, a, um. 

news, nintius, i. M.; fama, ae, ¥. 

next, alter, a, um; (day). pos- 
terus, a4, um; — day, postridié. 


patria, ae, F. 


Vocabulary. 


night, nox, noctis, F.; by —, nocti. 

nightly, nocturnus, a, um. 

no, or no indeed, immo; (adj.), 
nillus, a, um; — longer, non 
jam; — one, nemo, inis (for 
gen. and abl., nullius, nullo). 

nobility, nobilitas, tatis. 

noble, nobilis, e. 

nobody-knows-who, nescio quis. 

noise, strepitus, us, M. 

nones, Nonae, arum. 

noon, meridiés, éi, M. 

nor, neque, nec (see neither). 

north wind, Aquilo. Onis, M. 

nose, nasus, i, M.; epith., ndso. 

not, non; — at all, minimé; in- 
terrog. nonne ; — yet, non- 
dum; — even, né... quidem; 
imperative, né. 

nothing, nihil, nihilum, ti, N. 

notice, animadverto. ti, sum. 

November, november, bris, bre. 

now, nunc; = already, jam. 

number, numerus, 1, M.; a great 
— of, permulti, ae, a. 

nut, nux, nucis, F. 

nymph, nympha, ae, F. 


O. 


oak, quercus, us, F. 
oar, remus, i, M. a 
oath, jusjurandum, jurisjurandi. 
obedience, obédientia, ae, F. 
obey, pareo,? ui, itum (dat.). 
obscure, obscirus, a, un. 
obstinate, contumdx, dacis. 
obtain, adipiscor,®. adept-. 
occupy, teneo,” tenui, tent-. 
ocean, Oceanus, t, M. | 
October, october, bris, bre (adj.). 
odium, odium, i, N.; tnvidia, 
ae, ¥. 





165. 


of, expressed by genitive; out—, 
ex; (of separation), ablative; 
(= concerning), dé (abl.); — 
course, scilicet. 

off; to be so far —, tantum abesse. 

offence, injiria, ae, F. 

offended ; to be —. stomachor' ; 
rather —, stomachans, niis. 

offensive, molestus, a, um. 

offer, défero; — to do a thing, 
profiteor.? fess-. 

offering, minus, eris, N. 

often, saepe ; very —, saepissimeé ; 
as — as, quotiescumque. 

oil, olewm, i, N. 

old, vetus, eris ; — man, senex, is, 
M.; years —, ndtus; — age, 
senectiis, utis, F.; older, major 
natu, senior. 

olive, oliva, ae, ¥F. 

omen, Omen, inis. N. 

on, in (abl.); of time or instru- 
ment, expressed by ablative; 
— a side, ab. ex; = concern- 
ing, dé; — this account, ed, 0b 
eam causam ; — the ground 
that, quod. ' 

once, semel ; (formerly), olim, 
quondam ; at —, statim, pro- 
tinus, jam. 


“one, unus, a, um (gen. ius); a 


certain —, guidam ; any —, 
quis, aliquis; — ... another, 
alius...alius ; —... the other, 
alter ... alter ; no —,. némo ; 
the — who, is gui; — by —, 
singuli ; — another, inter sé. 


onion, caepe, is, N.; bulbus, t, M. 
‘only (adj.), sdlus, unus, a, um. 


only (adv.), slum, tantum, modo ; 
not —, cum (followed, by tum). 


| open (v.), aperio,* ui, apertum. 
_open (adj.), apertus; be —, pateo? 


166 


operation, negotium, i. N. 

opinion, sententia, ae, F.; (con- 
jecture), opinio, Onis. F.; be of 
—, cénseo,” sui, sum; it is my 
—, mihi placet. 

opportunity, occdsio, Onis, F.; 
(power). facultas, tatis ; potes- 
tas, tatis, F. 

oppose, obsto,” stiti, stat- (dat.). 

opposite, adversus, a, um (dat.). 

opposition ; to make —, obtrecto.' 

or, aut, vel ; either... or, aut (vel) 
...@ut (vel) ; whether... or, 
utrum...an; — not, necne, 
annon. 

oracle, résponsum, i, N. 

oration, Ordtio, Onis, F. 

orator, Ordtor, Oris, M. 

order (v.), jubeo,? jussi, juss- 
(acc. and inf.). 

order (n.), ordo, dinis, M.; in—, 
ex ordine ; in — that, ut, uti, 
quo. 

origin, origo, inis, F. ) 

ornament, orndmentum, i, N. 

other, alius, a, ud; reliquus, 
cétert ; — (of two), alter; of 
others, aliénus, a, um; (di- 
verse), diversus, a, um. 

otherwise, aliter (followed by 
atque or ac). 

Otho, Otho, 6nis. 

ought, oportet (acc. and infin.) ; 
débeo.* 

our, noster, tra, trum. 

ourselves (emph.), ipsi (w. verb 
in first pers. plur.) ; refl., nds. 

out of, ex; — of doors, foris, 
Soras. 

outside of, extra (acc.). 

over (prep. ), super (acc. or abl.). 

over (adv.), supra. 

overflow, redundo.' | 





Latin Composition. 


overwhelm, supero,' opprimo} 
pressi, press-. . 

owe, deheo,? débui, débit-. 

owing to, stat per (quominus). 

owl, bubo, Onis, M. 

own, proprius, a, um; suus, or 
gen. of ipse. 

ox, bs, bovis (dat. plur. bdbus). 

oyster, ostrea, ae, F. 


P. 


Padua, Patdvium, i, N. 

pain, dolor, Oris, M. 

painful, acerbus, a, um. 

pale, pallidus, a, um. 

panic-stricken (to be), paveo,? 
pari. 

paper, charta,ae,¥F.  [(n.), venia. 

pardon, ignosco,’ novi, ndt-(dat.); 

parent, paréns, tis, M. or F. 

part, pars, partis, F.; (of a city), 
locus, i, M.; for my —, vero; 
take —, intersum (dat.). 

partial, iniquus, a, un. 

partner, socius, i, M. 

pass (a decree), facio,? féci, fact- ; 
— by, praetereo,* ti, it-; — 
judgment, judico'; — over, 
praetereo, transeo ; (neglect), 
omitto.; praetermitto®  misi, 
miss- ; — through, perfungor,® 
Sunet- (abl.). 

passion, cupiditds, tdtis,¥.  [M. 

path, sémita, ae, F.; trdmes, itis, 

patience, patientia, ae, F. 

patrimony, patrimonium, i, N. 

pay (V.), cénstituo,®? tui, tut- ; 
pendo,® pependi, pens-; — costs, 
impendium reddere. 

pay (n.), mercés, cédis, ¥F. 

peace, pdx, pdcis, F.; dtium, t, N 


peaceful, quiéius, a, um. 


Vocabulary, 


pear (tree), pirus, i, F.; (fruit), 
pirum, i, N. 

peck, modius, i, M. 

peculiar, singularis, é; proprius, 
a, um (gen. or dat.). 

pen, calamus, stilws, i, M. 

penetrate, penetro.! 

penny, ds, assis, M. 


_ people, populus, 1, M.; common 


—, plébs, plébis, ¥ 
perceive, sentio,’ sensi, séns-. 
perfect, perfectus, exactus, a, um. 
perfidy, perjidia, ae, ¥. 
perform, gero,’ 
sacrifices, facio*; — duties, 
JSungor, perfungor? (abl.), 
perhaps, fortasse. 
peril, periculum, i, N. 
period, tempora, um (N. pl.); — 
of life, aetas, tatis, ¥ 
perish, pereo, ire, iwi (ti), itum. 
permit, permitto,® misi, miss-. 
permitted; it is —, licet (dat. )- 
Persian; Persad, ge, M. 
persist, persevero.' 
person; use deriv. adjective. 
persuade, persuddeo,? si, 
(dat. and ut with subj.). 
pestilence, pestis, is, F. 
phalanx, phalanx, angis, F. 
Phalaris, Phalaris, idis, M. 
Philip, Philippus, t 
Philolaches, Philolachés, is. 
philosopher, philosophus, i, M. 
philosophy, philosophia, ae, ¥. 
Pheenician, Poenus, a, wm. 
physician, medicus, i, M. 
physics, physica, orum (N. pl.). 
Picene, Picénus, a, um. 
picture, tabula, ae, F. 


piece, fraymentum, i, N.; cut to. 


pieces, caedo,® cecidi, caes-. 
piety, pietds, tatis, ¥ 


gessi, gest-; —: 


sum 





167 


pile, acervus, 7, M. 

pin, acicula, ade, ¥. 

pine, pinus, i (ws), F. 

pirate, pirata, de,M.; —captain, 
archipirata, ae. 

pity (v.); have —, misereor,? mi- 
sertus (gen.), miseret. 

pity (n.), misericordia, ae, ¥. 

place (v.), pdno,*® posui, posit-; 
(definite), loco'; — above, 
antepono (dat.) ; — before, pro- 
pono (dat.); — together, col- 
loco’ ; — upon, impono (dat.). 

place (n.), locus, i, M. (pl., loca, 
N.); in next —, deinde ; to the 
—,¢0; take —, fio. 

plain (n.), campus, i, M. 

plain (adj.), planus, aequus, a, um. 

plan, consilium, i, N.; (system), 

- ratio, Onis, ¥. 

plane-tree, platanus, i, F. 

Plato, Plato, dnis. 

play, liido,* si, sum. 

plea, Ordtio, Onis, F. 

pleader, Ordtor, oris, M. [wm. 

pleasant, jucundus, amoenus, a, 

please, délecto' (acc.), libet ; (give 
satisfaction), placeo” (dat.). 

pleasing, grdtus, a, um. 

pleasure, voluptdas, tatis, F.; take 
—, libet; with —, libenter. 

plots, insidiae, drum, F. 

plough, aro'; — around, cir- 
cumaro.' 

poet, poeta, de, C. 

point (spot, place), locus, i, M.; 
pars, partis, F.; N. adj. 

poison, venenum, i, N. 

politics, rés publica. 

Pollux, by, pol, édepol. 

Pompey, Pompeius, t. 

pontifex, pontifex, jficis, M 


1 poor, pauper, eris; egéns, tis, 


168 


poppy, papaver, eris, N. 

popular, grdtus, a, um. 

populous; make —, frequento.' 

portend, significo.' 

position, loca, drum, M. 

possess, possideo,” sédi, sess- ; — 
power, potior* (abl. or gen.). 

possession; take — of, occupo.! 

possessions, rés, rerum; N. adj. 

post, statio, dnis, ¥F. pour, fundo? 

posterity, posteritas, tatis, F. 

poverty, paupertas, eyestas, tatis, 
F.; inopid, ae, ¥. 

power, potestds, tatis, ¥.; (abili- 


ty), potentia, ae, ¥.; military —, 


~—amperium, i, Ne 

potior rerum. 

powerful, poténs, tis. 

powers, vires, virium, ¥. 

practice, exercitatio, Onis, ¥. 

preetor, praetor, Oris, M. 

praise (v.), /audo.' 

praise (n.), las, laudis, ¥. 

pray, precor' (ab aliqud) ; who 
—? quis tandem ? 

prayer, precis, em, e (No nom.), F. 

precept, praeceptum, i, M. 

prefer, malo (quam) ; antepono,* 
-posui, -posit- (dat.). 

preferable, potior, us (quan). 

prematurely, praemdtire. 

prepare, paro,' praeparo.' 

prepared (well), pardtus, a, um. 

presage (v.). praesdgio.* 

prescribe, praescribo,* psi, pt-. 

present (v.), déno' (dat. and acc., 
or acc, and abl.) ; — one’s self, 
sé praebére, 

present (adj.). praeséns, -ntis ; 
be —. adsum; at —, in prae- 
sentia. 

presently, 02%. 

preserve, cOnservo.' 


possess —, 





Latin Composition. 


pretend, simulo'; facio? 

prevent, impedio* (with quominus 
or gun). 

prey, praeda, ae, F. 

price, pretiwm, i, N. 

priest, sacerdos, Otis, c. 

prison, carcer, eris, M. 

prisoner, captivus, i, M. [um. 

private, privdtus, domesticus, a, 

prize, praemium, i, N. 

proceed, prodcédo,* cessi, cess- ; 
profsiciscor,’ fect-. 

process, actio, Onis, F. 

proclaim, édico,* xi. ct-. 

proconsul, proconsul, is, M. 

prodigy, prodigium, i, N. 

profit (v.), prosum (dat.) 

profit (n.), stipis (gen. F.). _ 

profitable, quaestudsus, a, um. 

promise, promitto,? misi, miss- ; 

- polliceor,? citus. 

pronounce (law), @co,* xi, ct-. 

proof, argumentum, i, N. 

proper; it is —, decet. 

properly, recté. 

property, bond, drum (N. plur.). 

proportion; in — to, pro (abl.) ; 
each in — as, use quisque, 
with superlative. 

proposal (of laws), létio, dnis. 

prosperous, prosperus, @, wn. 

protect, tueor,’ tuit-, or tut-. 

protection, praesidium, i, N.;5 
Jidés, ei, ¥. 

proud, superbus, a, um. 

prove, probo.' 

provide, prdvideo,* vidi, vis- (dat. 
and acc.). 

provided, dum, modo, dummodo. 

providence, providentia, ae, ¥. 

province, provincia, ae, ¥F. 

prudent, pridéns, ntis. 

prudently, pridenter. 


Vocabulary. 


public, piblicus, a, um; the —, 
vulgus, i, N. : 
publican, publicdnus, i, M. 
punish, pinio,* castigo'; suppli- 
cium siimere dé (abl.); ulciscor,® 
ult-; animadverto,® verti, vers- 
(in with accusative). 
punishment, poena, ae, F. [M. 
puppy, catulus ; dim., catellus, %, 
purchase (n.), emptio, Onis, F. 
purple (n.), purpura, ae, F. 
purple (adj.), purpureus, a, wm. 
purse, bursa (cruména), ae, F. 
pursue, persequor,insequor,*secit-. 
pursuit, studiwm,i,N.; neut. adj. 
push, incito,' urgeo,? ursi ;—back, 
repello,® puli, puls-. 
put on, induo,’ ui, itum (on one’s 
self, pass: with abl.); — to 
flight, fugo* ; — to death, inter- 
Jicio,® feci, fect- ; — out (light), 
exstinguo,*® nxt, net-. ‘ 


Q. 

quezstor, qguaestor, Oris, M. 
queestorship, quaestura, ae, F. 
quality (good), bonum, i, N. 
quarrel, rixa, ae, F. 
quarries, lautumiae, drum, F. 
queen, régina, ae, F. 
quench, stinguo? 

stinxi, stinct-. 
quick, citus, rapidus, a, um. 
quickly, cito, celeriter. 
quiet (v.); be —, taceo,? ui, cit-. 
quiet (n), quiés, étis, F. [ lict-. 
quit, linquo* (relinquo), ligui; 
quite, prorsus, omnino. 


(exstinguo), 


R. 
rabbit, cuniculus, i, M. 
rabble, piébs, plébis, ¥.; sentina, 
ae, ¥. 





race, gens, gentis, F. 

rage, furor, Oris, M. 

raiment, vestis, is, F. 

rain (v.), pluere.® 

rain (n.), pluvia, ae, ¥. 

raise, tollo,® sustuli, sublat-. 

raised, be (shout), exsisto,* stiti, 
Sstit-. 

rake, rdstrum, i, N. 

rampart, vallum, i, N. 

rank, ordo, dinis, M.; high —, 
fastigium, i, N.; of —, nobilis, e. 

rapid, rapidus, a, um. 

rarely, raro. 

rash, temerarius, a, um ; praeceps, 
cipitis. 

rashly, temeré. 

rashness, temeritds, tatis, F. 


-rate; at any —, cerié; at high — 


(of-value), magni. 

rather, potius ; (with adj.), com- 
parative; would —, mdlo. 

ravage, vasto.' 

reach, pervenio,‘ véni, vent- (ad) ; 
attingo,® tigi, tact-. 

read, lego,? légi, lect-. 

reader, lector, Oris, M. 

readily, facile. 

ready, pardtus, a, um; facilis, e. 

reap, meto,® messui, mess-. 

reason, ratio, Onis, F.; (cause), 
causa, ae, F.; no —, nihil est 
quod; without special —, te- 
mere. 

rebellion, ¢umultus, us, M. 

recall, revoco.' 

recapture, recupero.! 

receive, accipio (recipio),® cépi, 
cept-. 

reckon, puto,' existimo.' 

reckoning, ratio, Onis, F. 

recline, jaceo,? jacui. 


- recognize, cOgnosco,? novi, nit-. 





one 


A TTAT TXT OR aT 


170 


recount, commemoro.'! 

recover, recipio,® cépi, cept-. 

red, ruber, bra, brum. 

reduce, redigo,® égi, act-. 

_ reference; to make —, referre. 

refinement, himdnitds, tdtis, ¥. 

reflect, cOgito.' 

refuge, perfugium, i, N.; take —, 
confugio,® figi (in or ad). 

refuse, reciso,' nego,' abnuo,’ nui, 
nuit-, or niut- ; remitto, miso, 
Miss-. 

regard, existimo,' dico*; in — 
to, de (abl.). 

region, locus, i, M.; pl., loca, N. 

regret; 1 —, mé paenitet (gen. 
or infin.). 

reign (y.), régno'; in the — of, 
express by ablative absolute. 

reject, rejicio (-icio),* jéci, ject-. 

rejoice, lactor,' gaudeo, gavis-. 

relate, narro, memoro.' 

relieve, levo.' 

religion, religio, Onis, F. 

relying, jfrétus (abl.). 

remain (wait), maneo,? nsi, ns- ; 
(be left), résto,’ stit-; it re- 
mains, réstat, reliquum est. 

remarkable, insignis, e ; eximius. 

remedy, remedium, i, N. 

remember, memini ; (call to 
mind), reminiscor*; imperat., 
menrvento. 

remind, admoneo,”? commonefucio.* 

remiss, dissolutus, a, wm. 

remote, remdtus, longinguus, a, 
um. 

remove, dmoveo,” removeo,” movi, 
mot-; migro'; discédo,? cessi, 
cess- ; abeo (irr.). 

renowned, clarus, inclitus, a, um. 

repair (roads), minio.* 

repeal, abrogo.' 





Latin Composition. 


repel, repello,* puli, puls-. 

repent, paenitet (acc. and gen.). 

reply, réspondeo,? di, sum. 

report, renintio.' [¥. 

republic, réspiblica, reipublicae, 

reputation, /aus, laudis, ¥. 

request, peto,’ petivi, petit- (ab). 

require (or requiring), genitive 
with adjective. 

reside, insum (in with abl.). 

residence, domicilium, t, N- 

resist, resisto, obsisto,® stiti. 

resolution, integritds, tatis, ¥. 

resolve, siaiwo® (constituo), statui, 
statut-. 

respect, have (concern), perti- 
neo, tinui- (ad); (consider), 
pareo,* parui (dat.). 

respected, spectdtus, a, wir. 

rest (of), reliquus, @, wn. 

rest (n.), requiés, étis, ¥.; keep 
from —, inquiéto.' 

restore, reddo,? didi, dit-. 

restrain, cohibeo, ui, itum ; arceo,* 
cui, cl- (ab). 

retreat, pedem referre. 

return (trans. ), reddo,* didi, dit-; 
(intrans.), redeo,* ii, it-; re- 
vertor,® vers-. e 

reverence, reverentia, de, ¥. 

reward, niercés, édis, F.; pretium, 
praemium, t, N. 3 

Rhine, Rhénus, i, M. 

Rhodes, Jthodus, i, ¥. 

Rhone, Rhodantus, i, M. 

rhythmically, numerosé. 

rib, costa, ae, ¥. 

rich, dives, itis (ditior, ditissimus). 

riches, divitiae, drum, F. | 

ride, equito,' vehor,? vect-. 

right, jis, juris, N.; — hand, 

~ dextra (tera), ae, ¥.; havea—, 
licet (dat. of person). 


Vocabulary. 


rightfully, jure. 

rightly, recté. 

ring, dnulus (annulus), i, M. 

ripe, maturus, a, wm. ; 

river, flimen, inis, N.; amnis, is, 

- M.3 — bank, ripa, ae, F. 

road, via, ae, F. 

roar, fremo,* wi. 

robber, latro, Onis, M. 

robe, vestis, is, F. 

_ rod, virga, ae, F. 

Roman, Romanus, a, wm. 

Rome, Roma, ae, F. 

roof, tectum, i, N. 

root, radix, icis, F. . 

rope, finis, is, M. 

rose, r08a, de, F. 

rough, asper, era, erum. 

rout (v.), fundo, fidi, fis-. 

rout (n.), cladés, is, F. 

route, iter, itineris, N. 

royal, régius, a, um; — power, 
regnum, t, N. : 

royalty, regnum, i, N. 

rub, tero,® trivi, trit-. 

rude, agrestis, e. 

rudely, duré. [ didi, dit-. 

ruin (v.), afiigo,® xi, ct-; perdo? 

ruin (n.), perniciés, éi, ¥. 

rule (v.), rego,® xi, ct- (acc.); 
impero' (dat.). 

rule (n.), imperium, 7, N.; — of 
conduct, praeceptum, i, N. 

rumor, riimor, doris, M.; fama, 
ae, ¥F. 

run, curro,® cucurri, cursum. 

rust, robigo, inis, F. 

rustic, risticus, a, um. 


S. 
sacred, sacer, cra, crum; — 
grove, lucus, i, M.; held — 
sanctus, a, um. 





171 


sacrifices, sacra, Orum (N. pl.). 

sad, tristis, é. 

sadden, contristo.' 

safe, tutus, a, wm. 

safety, salis, wtis, F.; in —, 
tuto. i 

sagacious, sagdax, acis. 

sage, sapiens, ntis. 

sail (v.), ndvigo.' 

sail (n.), vélwm, t, N. 

sake; for the — of, causd. 

Salamis, of, Salaminius, a, um. 

salt, sal, salis, M. 

salute, salito.' 

same, idem, eadem, idem; at the 
— time, simul. 

Samnite, Samnis, iis. 

sapling, surciulus, i, M. 

satisfy, satisfacio® (dat.). 

savage, immdanis, e. 

save, servo.! 

Saw, serra, de, F. 

say, dico,’ xi, ct-; loquor,’ locit-; 
dio, inguam ; — not, nego.' 

scarcely, vix. 

seare, exterreo,” ui, it-. 

scheme, inceptwm, i, N. 

school, schola, ae, ¥.; ludus, i, M. 

schoolmaster, Judi magister, tri. 

Scipio, Scipio, dnis. 

scoundrel, mastigia, ae, M. 

scout, explorator, Oris, M. 

scream, clamo.' 

sea, mare, is, N.; from beyond —, 
transmarinus, a, um. 

seal, signum, sigillum, i, N. 

sea-urchin, echinus, 7, M. 

secretary, scriba, we, M. 

secretly, clam (acc..or abl.). 

sedulously, @iligenter. 

see, video,” vidi, vis- ; — clearly, 
cerno,® crévi, crét-. 

seed, semen, inis, N. 


172 


seek, peto (repeto, adpeto),* tivi, 
tit- ; quaero,® sivi, situm. 

seem, or — good, videor,” visus. 

seize, prehendo,®? comprehendo,? 
di, sum; — upon, occupo} 

self (emph.), ipse ; (refl.), sé, sui, 
or personal pron. ; — restraint, 
continentia, ae, F.; — seeking, 
cupiditas, tatis, ¥. 

sell, véndo,* didi, dit-; be sold, 
veneo,' ti, it-. 

senate, sendtus, is, M.; (= sena- 
tors), patrés, um,M.; — house, 
Curia, ae, F. 

senator, sendtor, Oris, M. 

senatorial, sendtorius, a, wm. 

send, mitto,* misi, miss- ; — for- 
ward, praemitto. 

Senones, Senonés, wm. 

sense, sénsus, Us, M.; — Of grief, 
dolor, Oris, M.; come to one’s 
senses, se colligere. 

separate (trans.), sécerno,? crévi, 
crét- ; (intrans.), discédo,? cessi, 
CeSs-. 

separate (adj.), sépardatus, a, wn. 

separation, digressus, ts, M. 

September, september, bris, bre. 

serious, gravis, € ; sevérus, a, uM. 

seriously, vehementer. 

seriousness, gravitds, atis ; sevéri- 
tas, atis, ¥F. 

serpent, serpéns, tis, M. 

servant, servus, villicus, t, M. 

serve, servio* (dat.); (military), 
stipendia mereo.® 

service, officiwm, t, N.; military 
—, rés militaris ; services, bene- 
ficium, t, N.3 officia, N. 

sesterce, séstertius, i, M. 

sestertium, séstertium, i, N. 

set, pono,® posui, posit-; — out, 
proficiscor,® fect-; — on fire, 





Latin Composition. 


incendo,’ ndi, ns- ; —sail, solvo,3 
solvi, solut-. : 
several, aliquot (indeclin. adj.). 
severe, gravis, €; severus, a, um; 
tristis, e. 
severely, dcriter, graviter. 
severity, sevérilds. atis, F. 
shade, shadow, umbra, ae, F.; 
shades, ma@nés, ium (M. plur.). 
shake, concutio,® cussi, cuss-. 
shall, sign of fut. or imperat. 
shame, pudor, Oris, M. 
shameful, turpis, e. 
shape, forma, figura, ae, ¥. 
share, communico' (cum). 
sharer, particeps, cipis, C. 
sharp, actus, a, wm. 
sheep, ovis, is, F. 
shelter (v.), tego,* xi, ct-. 
shelter (n.), tectum, i; tegmen, 
inis, N. 
shepherd, pastor, Oris, M. 
shield, scuitwm, i, N.; clipeus,i,M. 
shine, liceo,? xi; — upon, illi- 
césco,® lixi (dat.). [ ne. 
shining, fulgéns, tis; nitidus, a, 
ship, ndvis, is, ¥.; belonging to 
—, navdlis, e. 
shoe, calceus, i, M. 
short, brevis, e ; very —, perbrevis, 
e; in —, denique. 
shortness, brevitds, tatis, F. 
should, sign of mood or tense. 
shoulder, humerus (umerus), i, M. 
shout (v.), clamo,' exclamo. 
shout (n.), clamor, Oris, M. 
shouting, clamitatio, Onis, F. 


. show (v.), ostendo,® ndi, nt- and 


ns-; — off, exhibeo?; it shows 
wisdom, sapientis est. 
show (n.), speciés, @i, F. 
shower, timber, bris, M. 


- showily, appardaté. 


Vocabulary. NaF € Lipo 


shrewd, callidus, a, wm; sollers, 

shrine, fanwm, 1, N. [ tis. 

shrink from, reciso.} 

shun, vito, évito.! 

shut, claudo,® si, sum. 

Sicilian, Siculus, a, um. 

Sicily, Sicilia, ae, F. 

sick, wegrotus, a, um. 

sickly, morbidus, a, wm. 

sickness, morbus, i, M. 

Sicyonian, Sicyonius, a, um. 

side, /atus, eris, N.; pars, partis, 
F.; on both sides, utrimque ; 
on all sides, undique. 

Sidon, Sidon, Onis (acc. a). 

Sidonian, Sidonius, a, um. 

siege, obsidio, Onis, F.; (attack), 
oppugnatio, Onis, ¥.; lay — to, 
oppugno:' | 

sight, cOnspectus, us, M.; catch 
— of, cénspicor.' 

sign, signal, signum, i, N. 

silence, silentium, i, N. 

silent, be, taceo,” cut, cit-. 

Silly, stultus, a, um. 

silver, argentum, i, N. 

simple, simplex, icis. 

simply, simpliciter. 

since, cum (with subj.), gquoniam ; 
abl. abs.; (adv.), posted. 

sinew, nervus, i, M. 

sinewy, nervosus, a, um. 

sing, cano,* cecint, cantum. 

sister, soror, Oris, F. 

sit, sedeo* (resideo), sédi, sess- ; 
assido,* séd-. 

size, magnitudo, inis, F. 

skilfully, scienter, pridenter. 

skill, scientia, ae; ars, artis, ¥F. 

skilled, peritus, a, um (gen.). 

skin, pellis, is, F. > 

skulk (v.), lateo.? 

sky, caelum, i, N.; (pl. caeli, M.). 





slaughter (v.), trucido.! 

slaughter (n.), caedés, is, F.; 
cladés, is; internecio, Onis, ¥. 

slave, servus, i; (female), serva, 
ae; of a —, servilis, e; be —, 
servio* (dat.).- 

slay, interjicio,® féeci, fectum. 

sleep (v.), dormio.* 

sleep (.), somnus, 7, M.3; go to 
—, condormio. 

slender, tenuis, e ; exiguus, a, um. 

sling, funda, ae, F. 

slipper, calceus, 1, M. 

slow, tardus, a, um. 

sluggard, igndvus, i, M. (adj.). 

small, parvus, a, um (minor, 
minimus) ; exiguus, a, um. 

smoke, fimus, i, N. 

smooth, /évis, e. 

snail, cochlea, ae, F. 

snake, anguis, is; serpéns, tis, M. 

snatch (up), rapio,® raput, rapt-; 
— away, éripio,® rept- (dat.). 

snow, nix, nivis, F. 

snowy, nivdsus, a, wm. 

so, ita, sic; — great, tantus ; — 
many, tot ; —...as, tam...quam ; 
— long, tamdiu; — highly 
(of value), tanti. 

sober, s0brius, a, um. 

society, societds, atis, F. 

soft, mollis, e. 

‘softness, mollitia, ae, F. 

solace, sdlatium, i, N. (-ciwm). 

soldier, miles, itis, M.; belonging 
to —, militaris, e. 

soldiership, rés militaris. 

solid, solidus, a, um. 

solitude, sdlitudo, dinis, F. 

some, dadliguis, guidam ; (correl.), 
alius ; — or other, nescio quis. 

some time, aliquando ; (in’dura- 
tion), aliquamdiu. 


174 


somewhat, aliquid, quicquam ; 
(w. comparatives), aliquanto ; 
(in like manner), similiter (at- 
que or dc). 

son, filius, i; voc., fili; natus, 7. 

song, cantus, us, M.; (the words), 
carmen, inis, N. 

soon, brevi, mox; as — as, simul 
atque. 

sorrow, dolor, Oris, liictus, tis, M. 

sorrowing, mdestus, a, un. 

sorry ; to be —, doleo,? ui; Iam 
—, me paenitet ; aegré fero (with 
quod, or acc. and infin.). 

sort, genus, eris, N.; of what —, 
qualis, e; of this —, éjusmodi. 

soul, animus, i, M. 

sound (v.), sono,' sonui, sonit-. 

sound (n.), in general, sonus, i, 
M.; — of voice, v6x, vdcis, F.; 
— of arms, &c., sonitus, us, M. 

sour, acidus, acerbus, a, um. 

south-east wind, Lurus, i, M. 

south wind, Auster, tri, M. 

sow, sementem (sémentis, 
facere. 

Spain, Hispania, ae, F. 

spare, parco,® peperci, parcitum. 

sparrow, passer, eris, M. 

speak, loqguor,® locitus (ad or 
cum) ; dico,® dixi, dict-. 

spear, hasta, ae, F. 

speech, contio (ratio), Onis, F.; 
sermo, Onis, M. 

speed, celeritds, atis, F. 

speedily, cito. 

spend (time), mdlior.* 

spirit, animus, i,M.; — of confi- 
dence, fiducia, ae, F.; in high 
—, ludibundus, a, um. 

spirited, fortis, e. 

splendid, orndtus, a, um. 

splendor, magnificentia, ae, F. 


is) 





Latin Composition. 


spoil (n.), praeda, ae, F. 

sport, lido,* lisi, lis-. 

spot, locus,i,M.; pl.loca. [um. 

spread (adj.), dissémindtus, a, 

spring (v.), salio,* salui, saltum. 

spring (n.), vér, véris, N. 

sprung, ortus (part. of orior), 
oriundus (ab). 

spur, calcar, aris, N. 

spurn, sperno,® sprévi, sprét-. 

staff, virga, ae, F. 

stag, cervus, i, M. 

stand, sto,' steti, stat-; (matter), 
sé habere” ; — aside, abesse (ab). 

standard, signum, i, N. 

star, stella, ae, F. 

state, civitas, tdtis, F.; by the —, 
publicé ; — of things, neut. adj. 

statue, signum, i, N. 

stature, statura, ae, F. 

stay, manco (remaneo),* nst, ns-. 

steal, firor.' 

step, gradus, Us, M. 

sternness, sevéritds, tdtis, F. 

stew-pan, patina, de, F. 

stiff, rigidus, a, wm. [um. 

still (adj.), placidus, quiétus, a, 

still (adv.), adhuo. . 

stimulate, commoveo,? movi, mot-. 

stir up, concito! ; cieo,® civi, citum. 

stock, stirps, stirpis, F. 

Stoic, Stdicus, i, M. 

stone, lapis, idis, M. 

stool, scamnum, t, N. 

storm, hiems (hiemps), is, F.; 
tempestas, atis. 

story, fabula, ae, F. 

stout (thick-set), crassus, a, um. 

straightway, protinus. 

strait, fretum, i, N. 

straits, angustiae, drum (F¥. pl.). 

strange, Mirus, d, um; stranger, 

stream, flumen, inis, NX. [advend. 


Vocabulary. 


strength, virés, ium (F. pl.) ; (de- 
fence), praesidium, t, N. 

strike, ferio,4 percutio,® cusst, 
cuss- ; verbero’ ; — (terror), in- 


Ferre (dat.); — (thunderbolt), . 


excutio,® cussi, cuss-; — off, 
décutio. 

strip, spolio' (abl.). 

strive (to do a thing), nitor (éni- 
tor), nisus ; (contend), certo'; 
contendo,? di, tum. 

strong, validus, a, um ; valéns, tis. 

strongly, vehementer, valde. 

study, studeo,? dut. 

style, stilus, 7, M.; in fine —, bel- 
lissimé. 

subdivision, partitio, Onis, F. 

subdue, subigo,® égi, act-; paco.' 

subject, rés, rei, F. 

subtlety, sollertia, ae, ¥F. 

suburbs; in the —, suburbanus, 


a, um. 

succeed, succédo,? cessi, cess- 
(dat.). | | 

successfully, prospere. 


successive, continwus, a, un. 

such, tdlis, e; (= so great), tan- 
tus, a, um. 

sudden, subitus, a, wm. 

suddenly, subito. 

suffer, patior,*® pass-; (intrans.), 
labéro’ ; — punishment, dare 
poenas. - 

suffice, sufficio,® fect, fect-. 

sufficient, satis. 

suit (of clothes), habitus, us, M. 

suitable, idoneus, a, wm. 

suited, aptus, a, um (dat., or ad 
with acc.). 

sullen, mordsus, a, um. 

sum of money, pecunia, ae, F. 

summer, destds, dtis, ¥F.; (adj.), 
aestwus, a, wm. 





175 


summon, arcesso,” sivi, sit-. 

sun, sol, sdlis, M. 

sunset, sdlis occdsus, Us, M. 

superfluous, supervacuus, a, um. 

superior, praestantior, us. 

superstitious, swperstitiosus, a, 
um. 

supper, cénd, ae, F. 

suppliant, supplex, plicis, c 

support, sustineo, tinui, tent-. 

suppose, arbitror,' judico,' puto! 
(or subjunctive). 

suppress, comprimo,® compress, 
press-. 

sure, certus, a, um; I am —, 
crédo*, certé sciot; be —, fac; 
be — not, cavé (with subj.). 

surely, profecto, 

surety, sponsor, Oris, M. 


“surname, cOgndmen, minis, N. 


surpass, supero.' 

surrender, sé déedere. 

suspect, suspicor.' 

suspected, suspectus, a, um. 

suspicion, suspitio (cio), Onis, F. 

suspicious, suspitidsus, a, wm. 

sustain, sustento’; sustineo,? ut, 
tentum. 

sustenance, victus, Us, M. 

swamp, palis, udis, ¥. 

swan, cignus, i, M. 

swear, juro.! 

sweet, dulcis, sudvis, e>~ 

sweetness, sudvitds, atis, F. 

swift, vélox, Ocis ; celer, eris, ere ; 
rapidus, a, um. 

swiftly, cito. 

swiftness, celeritas, se F. 

swim, nato.! 

swine, sus, suis, C. 

sword, gladius, i, M.3; ferrum, 
1, N. 

Syracuse, Syractsae, drum, F, 


176 


T. 


table, ménsa, ae, F. 

tail, cauda, ae, F. 
take, capio,* cépi, capt-; sumo,* 

-- mpsi, mpt-; — away or from, 
aufero ; adimo? (dat.); — care 
of, curo’; — counsel against, 
consulere (in with acc.); — 

‘ journey, iter facere; — part, 
interesse (dat.); — place, fio; 
— pleasure, libet; — refuge, 
confugere (in with acc.); — 
upon, sumo (dat.); — upon 
one’s self, suscipere. 

talent, talentum, i, N. 

talk (v.), loquor? lociit-. 

talk (n.), vdx, vocis, ¥. [um. 

tall, éminéns, ntis; procérus, a, 

Tarquin, Jarquinius, i. 

tarry, consisto,’ stiti, stit- ; moror.' 

task, opus, eris, N. 

taste; have — of, sapio,? iwi. 

teach, doceo,? ui, doctum. 

tear, lacrima, ae, ¥. 

tear away, déripio,® ripui, rept-. 


tell, nintio'; dico,* xi, ctum; — 


a lie, mentior* ; — me, cédo. 

temper, animus, i, M. 

tempest, tempestas, atis, F. 

temple, templum, i, N. 

tempt, sollicito.' 

tend, ciro.' 

tender, tener, era, erum. 

tent, tabernaculum, i, N. 

terrified, perterritus, a, um. 

terrify, terreo,? ui, itum. 

territory, ager, agri, M.; fines, 
tum (M. plur.). 

terror, terror, Gris ; metus, US, M. ; 
be in —, trepido'; there is —, 
trepidatur. 

test, experior,* pert-. 





Latin Composition. 


testify, testificor.' 
than, quam (or ablative after 
comparative), atgue dc. 


thanks; give or return —, gra- 


tids agere. 

that (demonstr.), is, ille, iste; 
(relat.), guz, quae, quod. 

that (conj.), ut, quo, quin, quod ; 
(purpose), ué (subj.) ; -— not, 
quin, quominus. 7 

theatre, theatrum, i, N. 

Theban, Thébdnus, a, um. 

theft, furtum, i, N. 

Themistocles, Themistoclés, is. 

themselves, see self. 

then (at that time), twm ; (there- 
upon), deinde. 

thence, inde. 

Theophanes, Theophanés, is. 

there, ibi ; — is, est ; is —? estne? 

therefore, itaque, ergo, igitur. 

thick, crassus (dénsus), a, um. 

thief, fur, furis, M. 

thin, tenuis, e; gracilis, e. 

thing, rés, rei, F.; (neut. adj.); 
good things, bona, N. 

think, puto’ ; (suppose), opimor'; 
(by reasoning), existimo, arbi- 
tror'; (a judgment), cénseo,? . 
nsui, ns- ; (opinion), sentio,* 
nsi, ns-; (exercise the mind), 
cogito' ; I — best, mihi placet. 

thinness, tenuitds, datis, ¥F. 

thirst, sitis, is, im, i, ¥. 

this, hic; (a thing to be men- 
tioned), tlle ; — is, ecce. 

thither, ¢0, illuc. 


thoroughly, accurate. 


those, illi, ae, a (see that). 

threaten, minor! (acc. of thing, 
and dat. of person). 

threatening, mindx, dcis. 

three days, triduwm, i, N. 


Vocabulary. 


thrice, ter. 

throat, guttur, uris, N. 

throne, solium, i, N. 

throng (v.), concurro,? curri, 
curs- ; concursum facere. 

through, per (acc.); abl. (cause). 

throughout, express by totus. 

thunder, tonitrus, tis, M. (tru, N.). 

thunderbolt, fulmen, inis, N. 

thus, ita, sic. 

thwart, obsto,' stiti, stat- (dat.). 

Tiber, Tiberis, is (acc., im), M. 

tidings, neut. plur. of adj. 

tie, necto,*? xui, xum. 

tiger, tigris, idis, Cc. 

till, donec. 

time, tempus, Oris, N.; tempestas, 
tatis, F.; in good —, opportiiné ; 
at that —, tum; at the same 
—, simul ; idem, agreeing with 
name of person; some —, ali- 
quando ; for some —, aliquam- 
diu. 

timid, timidus, a, um. 

timorous, pavidus, a, um. 

tired, fessus (lassus), a, um; I 
am —, mé taedet. 

Tiro, Tiro, Onis. 

to, of motion, ad (acc.); of rela- 
tion, dat. ; before a verb, infin.; 
— be sure, scilicet. 

to-day, hodié; (adj.), hodiernus. 

tomb, sepulcrum, i, N. 

together, coram, und. 

to-morrow, crdas; (adj.), crdsti- 
nus, a, WM. 

tongue, lingua, ae, F. ~ 

too (also), et, guoqgue ; — much, 
nimius, a, um ; compar. of adj. ; 
nimis, nimium. 

tooth, déns, dentis, m. 

top (of), swmmus, a, um. 

topic, locus, i, M.; plur., loci. 





177 


torture; examination with —, 
quaestio, Onis, ¥. 

tossing, agitatio, Onis, F. 

touch, tango,* tetigi, tact-; — 
upon, attingo,? tigi, tact-. 

towards, ergd (acc.). 

town, oppidum, i, N. 

townsman, oppiddanus, i, M. 

tragic, tragicus, a, wm. 

train, exerceo.? 

traitor, proditor, Oris, M. 

Tranio, TrCnio, dnis. 

transfer, trdnsfero. 

treachery, proditio, Onis, F.; per- 
Jidia, ae, ¥. 

treason, proditio, Onis, F. 

treaty, foedus, eris, N. 

tree, arbor, oris, ¥. 

tremble, tremo,? mui. 

trial, judicium, i, N.; make a —, 
experior,’ pert-. 

tribe, tribus, us (ubus), F. 

tribune, tribinus, i, M.; of the 
—, tribunicius, a, um. 


. trick, trickery, dolus, i, M. 


trifling, modicus, a, um. 

tripe, vulva, ae, F.(asimilar dish). 

troops, cOpiae, arun. 

.trophy, tropacum, i, N. 

trouble (v.), moveo (commoveo),? 
movi, mot-. 

trouble (n.), opera, ae, ¥.; labor, 
Oris, M. 

troublesome, importinus, a, um. 

Troy, Trodja, ae, ¥. 

true, vérus, a, wm. 


—truly, recté, véré, vero. - 


trust, crédo,®? didi, dit- (dat.); 
confido,? fisus (dat. or abl.). 

trusted, probatus, a, um (dat.). 

truth, véritds, tdtis, ¥.; in —, 
vero ; with —, vére. 

try, cdnor'; experior,* expertus. 


178 


tuft of wool, jloccus, i, M. 

turn, verio, ti, sum; — out (in- 
trans.) , évddo,* vasi, vas-. 

Tusculanum, Tusculdnum, i, N. 

tusk, déns, dentis, M. 

twin, geminus, a, um. 

type, norma, ae, F. 

tyrant, tyrannus, i, M. 


U. 


ugly, turpis, déformis, e. 
Ulysses, Ulizxés, is or i. 
unawares, improviso. 
uncertain, incertus, a, um. 
under, sub (acc. or abl.). 
undergo, subeo,* ii, it- (acc.). 
understand, intellego (intelligo) ,* 
lexi, lect-; be understood (of 
words), désum. 
undertake, suscipio (recipio),° 
cepi, ceptum. 
uneasy, sollicitus, a, um. 
unfriendly, inimicus, a, wm. 


unhappy, infélix, icis ; miser,. 


era, erum. 
unharmed, incolumis, e ; —con- 
dition, incolumitas, tatis, ¥. 
union, societds, tdatis, F. : 
unite, jungo (conjungo),? nxi, nct-. 
unjust, injustus, a, um, 
unless, nisi. 
until (conj.), dwm, donec. 
until (prep.), usgue ad. 
untimely, immdturus, a, wm. 
unwilling, invitus, a, wm. 
unworthily, indigné. 
unworthy, indignus, a, wm (abl.). 
up, sursum. 
up and down, profecto. 
upon, in (acc. or abl.). 
uproar, strepitus, tis, M. 
urge, sollicito.' 





Latin Composition. 


use (v.), and make — of, itor? 
usus (abl.); (be accustomed), 
soleo,” solitus. 

use (n.), utilitds, atis; facultas, 
tatis, ¥. 

used-to, imperfect tense. 

usury, Usura, de, F. 


V. 


vain; in —, frustrda. 

valiant, strenwus ; fortis, e. 

valley, vallis, is, ¥. 

valor, virtis, titis, ¥. 

value, aestimo' ; facio,® fect, fact-. 

various, varius, ad, un. 

Varro, Varro, Onis. 

vast, ingéns, tis. 

verdict, sententia, ae, ¥F. 

Vergobret, Vergobretus, i, M. 

very, expr. by superl. or per-; 
(adj.), ipse ; — few, perpauci ; 
— highly, plurimi; — much, 
valde ; — short, perbrevis, e; 
— unwilling, perinviius, a, wm. 

Vespasian, Vespasianus, 1, M. 

veteran, veteranus, i, M. 

vexed, be, moleséé ferre. 

vice, vitium, t, N. 

victor, victorious, victor, victriz. 

victory, vicioria, ae, ¥. 

vigor, viriditds, tatis, F. 

villa, villa, ae, ¥. 

villanous, and villain, scelestus, 
a, um. . 

vine, vitis, is, F. 

viol, jidicula, ae, F. 

violent, violéns, ingéns, entis; 
veheméns, ntis. 

virgin, virgo, inis, F. 

virtue, virtis, titis, ¥. 


‘visit, viso,® vist, vis-. 


voice, v0x, vocis, ¥. 


: Vocabulary. 


Volscian, Volscus ( Vulscus), 7. 
voluntary, voluntarius, a, wm. 


Ww. 


wait; — for, exspecto.! 

wake, vigilo.! 

walk, ambulo.' 

wall, mirus, i, M.; (of a house), 
pariés, ietis, M. 

want, egeo (indigeo),? gui (gen. 
and abl.); volo; — of confi- 

dence, diffidentia, ae, ¥. 

wanting, be, déswm (dat.). 

wanton; to be—, lido,* lascivio.4 

war, bellum, i, N.; (service), 
militia, ae, ¥. 

warlike, bellicosus, a, wm. 

warm, tepidus, a, um. 

warn, moneo (admoneo),? ui, itum. 

wash, «abluo,? lui, lit-; lavo.' 

watch, vigilo.' 

watchful, diligéns, ntis. 

watching (adj.), vigilans, tis. 

watching (n.), vigilia, ae, F. 

water, aqua, de, F. 

wave, liicius, vis, M. 

way, vid, ae, F.; give —, cédo,3 
cessi, cess- ; be on — from, 
décédo. 

we, n0s (exp. only for emphasis). 

wealth, divitiae, drum, ¥. 

wealthy, opulentus, u, um. 

weary, fessus, a, wm. 

weather, tempestds, tdtis, ¥.: 

weep, jleo,” flévi, flétum. 

weigh, pendo,? pependi, péns-. 

weight, pondus, eris, N. 

welfare (common), és, rei (pib- 
lica). 

well (adv.), bene, probé. 

well (interj.), én, ewge ; — now, 
eho; be —, valeo* ; be — for, 





179 


expedio* (dat.) ; — fitted, aptus, 
a, wm. 

wet, be, madeo,? madui. 

what, quod, id quod; (interr.), 
quid ? quis ? quisnam ? 

whatever, quicquid (quidquid). 

wheat, triticum, 7, N. 

wheel, rota, ae, ¥. 

when, cum, quando, ut, wbi, etc.; 
abl. abs.; noun in apposition. 

where, whi. 

wherefore, quam ob-rem. 

wherever, ubicunque. 

whether, an, num; —... or, 
wutrum... an. 

which? quis ? to—, quod; — of 
the two, uter, tra, trum. 

while, cum; dum (pres. indic.). 

whirl, torqgueo,? torsi, tortwm. 

whisper, susurro.} 

white, albus, candidus, a, um. 

whither, qué. 

whithersoever, quocumque. 

who, which, qui, guae, quod. 

who? what? quis, quae, quid ? 

whole, totus, @, um. © 

wholly, totus (adj.}, omnino. 

why, cur, quin, quapropter ; — 
not? guidni ? 


wicked, improbus, a, wm. 
| widely, late. 
wife, uxor, Gris, F. 


wild, ferus, a, um; agrestis, e. 


will (v.), volo, velle, volut (or 


future). 
will (n.), voluntds, dtis, F. 


willingly, libenter. 


wily, subdolus, a, um. 


win, adipiscor;? dept- ; expeto,? 
tivi, tit-. 


wind, ventus, i, M. 
window, fenestra, ae, ¥F. 
_ wine, vinum, 7, N 


180 


wing, dla, ae, F.; — of army, 
cornu, N. 

winter, hiems (hiemps), is, F. ; 
(adj.), hibernus, a, um; — quar- 
ters, hiberna, orum (N. pl.). 

wisdom, sapientia, ae, F. 

wise, sapiéns, prudéns, ntis, 

wish, volo, velle, volui; cupio.* 

wit, facétiae, argutiae, drum (F. 
plur.). 

with, cum (abl.); (in presence 
of), apud (ace.); be —, adsum 
(dat.) ; imstrum., express by 
ablative. 

withdraw (trans.), dédiico,* xi, 
ct- ; exhaurio,’ hausi, haust- ; 
(intr.), cédo,’ cessi, cess- (abl.). 

withhold, abstineo, tinui, tent-. 

within, intra (acc.) ; abl. of time. 

without, sine (abl.); (destitute 
of), caréns, ntis (abl.). 

withstand, sustineo,? tinui, tent-. 

witness, testis, is,c.; — in court, 
juratus, i, M. 

witty, facétus, a, um. 

wolf, lupus, i, M.; lupa, ae, F. 

woman, mulier, eris, F. 

wonder at, miror.' 

wonderful, mirabilis, e. 

wont, to be, soleo,” solitus. 

wood, lignum, i, N.; (forest), 
silva, ae, ¥. 

wooden, ligneus, a, um. 

wool, lana, ae, ¥.; tuft of —, floc- 
Cus, i, M. 

word, verbum, i, N.; — by —, ad 
verbum; bring —, nuntio, re- 
nintio.' 

work, opus, eris, N. 

world, mundus, i, M.; orbis ter- 
rarum, M. 

worm, vermis, is, M. 

worn out, be, marceo,’ défatigor.' 





Latin Composition. - 


worry, vexo.! 

worse, péjor, us. 

worship, adoro! ; colo,’ ui, cultum. 

worth, be, sto,' steti, stal-; — 
while, operae pretiun. 

worthy, dignius, a, um (abl., or 
clause with qv). 

would, utinam (subj.); (auxil.), 
subj.; — rather, mdlo. 

wound (v.), vulnero.' 

wound (n.), vulnus, eris, N. 

wounded, viulnerdtius, a, um. 

wrath, irda, ae; wracundia, ae, F. 

wreath, corond, dé, ¥.; sertum, 
i, N. 

wretch, miser, i, M.; that —, iste, 
a, ud. 

wretched, miser, era, erun. 

wretchedly, miseré. 

wretchedness, miseria, ae, F. 

write, scribo,’ psi, ptum ; — out, 
déscribo, perscribo. 

writers, use adjective. 

writing, scriptum, i. 

wrong; to do —, pecco'; — is 
done, peccatur (impers.). 

wrong (n.), injuria, ae, F.; todo 
a—, injuriam iwferre. 


X. 


Xerxes, Xerzés, is. 


Y. 


year, annus, i, M.; year’s (adj.), 
annuus, a, um. 

yes, to be sure, etiam ; — indeed, 
immo. - [nus. 

yesterday, hert; (adj.), hester- 

yet, tamen; not —, nondum. 


‘yield, cédo,? cessi, cesswm. 


yoke, jugum, i, N. 


Vocabulary. 


you, fi, vos. 

young, adulescéns, ntis ; — man, 
adulescéns, juvenis, is. 

your, twus, a, um; vester, tra, 
trum ; iste. 

youth, adulescéns, ntis, C.; ju- 
venis, is, M.; abstract, or body 





18! 


of —, juventis, tutis, F.; adu- 
lescentia, ae, ¥F. 


Z. 
zeal, studium, 1, N. 


zealous, studidsus, a, um. 
zealously, studidse. 


4) 


ode 
* 

a Ase 
ae 





Latin Text-Books. 





INTROD. PRICE, 


ALLEN & GREENOUGH: Latin Grammar, ,. $1.20 
Ceesar (7 books, with vocabulary ; illustrated) . 1.25 
Cicero (13 orations, with vocabulary ; illustrated) . 1.25, 
Se OSt o CO Gio ee tee cee ke .60 
Cicero de Senectute. ..... .50 
Ovid (with vocabulary) . 6: ty etch ak eel 
Preparatory Course of Latin Prose. +7 Sick ete te 
Eatin COmn Dp OetntOte SG tie go ee es ee ie 
ALLEN. .- NewLatin Method . ee -90 
Introduction to Latin Composition . ae re ee. 
CAG Pee 6g oe ei 8 ee oe BE 
Latin Lexicon ,.. : ig: ee 
Remnants of Karly Latin. . ‘ 75 
Germania and Agricola of Tacitus . Rang, o 
BLACKBURN . Essentials of Latin Grammar....... 70 
Latin Exercises. ‘ .60 
Latin Grammar and Exercises ‘(in one volume) . 1,00 
COLLAR & DANIELL: Beginner’s Latin Book ........ 1.00 
Latine Reddenda (paper) . Gos ee 
Latine Reddenda and Voc. (cloth) iets os ee 
COLLEGE SERIES. OF LATIN AUTHORS. 
Greenough’s Satires and Epistles of Horace 
(text edition) $0.20; (textand notes)... . 1.25 
CROWELL... Selections from the Latin Poets. . 1.40 
CROWELL & RICHARDSON: Briof History of Roman Lit. (BENDER) 1.00 
GREENOUGH . Virgil: — 
Bucolics and 6 Books of Atneid (with vocab.) . 1.60 
Bucolics and 6 Books of Atneid (without vocab.) 1.12 
Last 6 Books of Aineid,and Georgics(withnotes) 1.12 
Bucolics, Atneid, and Georgics siege as ers notes) 1.60 
Text of Virgil (complete) : € 6% 75 
Vocabulary to the whole of Virgil . Re 1,00 
GINN & Co. . Classical Atlas and Geography (cloth) . , 2.00 
HALSEY. . . Etymology of Latin and Greek . I.12 
KEEP .,. . Essential Uses of the Moodsin Greek and Latin 25 
eee ee gt Dees emesis eee ee ee 25 
LEIGHTON. . Latin Lessons . “ade igh yaar Mer: okt as eam eee meee 
First Steps in Latin hess GM tat dere foc 
MADVIG . . Latin Grammar (by THACHER) Eee na te 2.25 
PARKER & PREBLE: Handbook of Latin Writing .... .50 
PREBLE; <>. TPerence’s Adelphoe . . 2. ee ww °25 
SHUMWAY. . Latin Synonymes. . Sra ek a ae ee 
STICKNEY. . Cicero de Natura Deorum Pe i tee 1.40 
TETLOW . . Inductive Latin Lessons . oy eee 
TOMLINSON . Manual for the Study of Latin ‘Grammar ae oe 
Latin for Sight Reading .. ‘“ I.00 
WHITE (J. W.) Schmidt’s Rhythmic and Metric .- . 2.50 
WHITE (J. T.) Junior Students’ Latin-English Lexicon (mor.) 1.75 
English-Latin Lexicon (sheep) . . 1.50 
Latin-English and English- -Latin Lexicon ( sheep) 3.00 
WHITON .. Auxilia Vergiliana; or, First Stepsin Latin Prosody —.15 
Six Weeks’ Preparation for Reading Ceesar . .4a 


Copies sent to Teachers for Examination, with a view to Introduction, 


on receipt of Introduction Price. 





GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
Boston, NEw YORK, AND CHICAGO, 


Greek Text-Books. . 


Intro. Price, 

Allen: Medea of Euripides . eae sae” - $1.00 
Flage: Hellenic Orations of Demosthenes . | . ; 1.00 
Seven against Thebes . . j oe 6 en 

Anacreontics . . ° ° ‘ ° Bo as 9) 

Goodwin: Green Grammiae 6° Oo ere ee ee 
Greek Reader. . ay ee ie ‘eo 

Greek Moods and Tenses. . = 

Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus o> 6 = oe 

Goodwin & White: Anabasis, with vocabulary . . . . 150 
Harding: Greek Inflection . = : é ‘ . ae 
Keep: Essential Uses of the Moods ; : a : . a 
Leighton: New Greek Lessons. : ‘ <a 
Liddell & Scott: Abridged Greek-English ‘Lexicon . qj os {eee 
Unabridged Greek-English Lexicon . . . . 940 

Parsons: Cebes’ Tablet eee gh a eg) 1S. 
Seymour: Selected Odes of Pindar 1 GR aA ee Bethy agi . te 
Introd. to Language and Verse of Homer, | Glee oa 

Sidgwick: Greek Prose Composition. . =. 2. °°. «  « 3 
Tarbell: Philippics of Demosthenes . a. | 6 a 
Tyler: Selections from Greek Lyric Poets a oa 
White: First Lessons in Greek : oii ee 
Schmidt’s Rhythmic and Motel. gs 

Oedipus Tyrannus of Sophocles. . . . . I1/12 

Stein’s Dialect of Herodotus’ . Se le 

Whiton;: Orations of Lysias Als tar vate roma ede eR > 


D’Ooge : 
Dyer: 


Fowler: 


Manatt: 

Morris: 

Seymour: 
Smith ; 





Arrowsmith: 
Elwell: 


(Beckwith: Euripides’ Bacchantes. 


Text and Notes, Paper, .80; Cloth, $1.10; Text only, .20. 
Sophocles’ Antigone. 

Text and Notes, cb at .95 ; Cloth, $1.25 ; Text only, .20. 
Plato’s Apology and Cri 

Text and gies Pa are « “50; Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20. 
Thucydides, Boo 

Text and Notes, aver, .95; Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20. 


Humphreys: Aristophanes’ Clouds. 


Text and Notes, Paper, .95; Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20. 
Xenophon’s Hellenica, Books I.-IV. 

Text and Notes, Paper, $1.20; Cloth, $1.50; Text only, .20. 
Thucydides, Book I. 

Text and Notes, Paper, $1. 20; Cloth, $1.50; Text only, .20. 
Homer’s Iliad, Books 

Text and N otes, aga “9B: Cloth, $1.25; Text only, .20. 
Thucydides, Book VII. 

Text and Notes, Paper, .95 ; Cloth, $1.25 ; Text only, .20. 


Sanskrit. 


Kaegi’s Rigveda, (translation) . . .« «. « $1.50 
Nine Jatakas (Pali) . .« . ge Ae . .60 
Sanskrit Reader . F ‘ ; 2 ‘ . ao 
Sanskrit Primer . ‘ 2 i ~ : - 150 
Sanskrit Grammar ‘ Ps : - 2.50 


Copies sent to Teachers for Examination, with a view to iitboduction, on 


receipt of Introduction Price. 





GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 


Boston, New YorK, AND CHICAGO, 





( UNIVERSITY 











pl is 


eye cm 





= wild “ a 
hip dctie Lah ees “ee 








« 





. 


U. C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
€O459175b5 








‘ 





